travel europe in 2 weeks

2 Weeks in Europe: 6 Itineraries

DISCLAIMER: This post might have links to travel services and products that we enjoy. We might make a commission from it at no extra cost to you.

Europe is a continent consisting of 44 countries with diverse languages, climates, and cultures . It has numerous world-famous landmarks preserved from years upon years of history.

Spending 2 weeks in Europe will cover plenty of amazing places. It’s not much, but a good start, especially if it’s your first time here.bulga

Another great thing about Europe is that the places are close to each other, you can reach most of them via train, buses, and driving. Land borders separate the countries. However, many of them practice free movement across borders.

This continent has peninsulas, islands, and varied landforms, as well as seas, lakes, and other bodies of water. There are infinite fascinating places to see, foods to taste, and activities to try out during your 2 weeks in Europe.

TIP : This is a long-form article, I highly recommend you check the Table of Contents below to help you navigate the page easier and faster.

THINGS TO KNOW BEFORE VISITING EUROPE

Before you go book your flight and hotels, take a look at the information below first. It will help you visualise and plan your itinerary better. You can get ideas on when to go, how to travel around, and what to pack.

When is the best time to go to Europe

This depends on what you plan to do. Most people go to Europe during summer, but of course, if you want to ski, come between December and February. I personally love going in spring and summer, during autumn, it’s also very pretty but it rains a lot.

You might want to consider travelling during the off-season because this is when there are fewer travellers and the prices of accommodations and tours aren’t sky-high so you’ll be able to save quite a bit.

Getting around Europe

The best way to get around Europe is to rent a car especially if the country you’re visiting are next to each other or have an open border agreement. It’s cheaper and gives you freedom of your time.

However, if you are crossing countries and they are not next to each other, you are probably better off flying than doing a long drive. Check first if your driver’s license is valid in Europe and check what type of cars each country you are going to have.

For example, Italy, Spain, and France are known for using a stick or manual transmission. While the UK and Ireland drive on the left.

Buses and trains are quite reliable and affordable. But there are also domestic flights which are affordable as long as you don’t pack too much unless you are willing to pay extra.

Language and currency

There are over 24 official languages in Europe. You should be able to get around with English but it’s important to also learn basic words to show respect for each country’s culture and easily communicate with locals.

Luckily though, most countries in Europe use Euro, except in the UK, Nordic countries, and maybe some countries in East Europe. It’s easy to pay with credit cards but carrying cash with you for emergencies is still advisable.

Visa and COVID-19 policy

Each country has different visa rules, however, if your destination is an EU member, they have the same visa policy; 90 days visa-free for visitors with a passport from North America, some Latin America, some Southeast Asia and East Asia, and most Oceania. This also applies to non-EU countries such as Switzerland and Norway.

For visitors with a passport from the EU or a European country, you should have freedom of movement for unlimited time except for some nationalities such as the UK and countries in East Europe.

Europe is open to COVID-1 vaccinated tourists. If you are unvaccinated, best to check if your destination has extra entry requirements. Depending on the airline and destination, you might be required to submit a test before boarding.

Wearing a mask is no longer required in many places in Europe, but it’s smart to carry one just in case you get to countries that still require them. Read about the EU reopening .

What is the average cost for 2 weeks in Europe

As diverse as the European culture is, the cost also varies a lot. The budget for 14 days in Europe depends on a few things such as the countries, type of tours, accommodation, and how you plan to move around.

$800 in Eastern Europe will not work for Scandinavia. $800 is a tight budget, but it might work for more affordable countries such as Eastern Europe or the Baltics (assuming this excludes the flights to the region and back). $1,000 will be fine for southern-east Europe, and $1,500 will be decent for central Europe. While west Europe and the Nordics plan to spend around $3,000.

The accommodation will cost the most expensive, but the food can be budgeted. Then the transportation. You can either use public transport or rent a push bike when moving around the cities. Take the bus or train when travelling to the next country or ride a plane.

Travelling during the peak season will also cost a lot more. Check under each itinerary to see the average cost of a 2-week trip in Europe.

Other basic travel tips

Planning a trip can be exhausting and often overwhelming. To make it a bit easier, I use travel sites and services that have flexible cancellation policies in case I change my mind or my travel dates. Here’s a list of travel tools I use. From flight selections, affordable hotels, wide-range options for car rentals, and even affordable travel insurance.

TOP PLACES IN EUROPE (pinned map)

Click the icon on the top right to enlarge the map. Credit: map data: Google

2 WEEKS IN EUROPE ITINERARIES

I will show your six itinerary options to choose from for your 14 days in Europe. Covering multiple countries and featuring famous attractions that are historical, cultural, and outdoor activities.

Deciding where to spend your 2 weeks in Europe can be hard. Should it be in Spain or Portugal? How about both? Should you visit Rome or Paris ? When unsure, there are a few things you can do to see which places are more suitable for you.

For example, Rome would be ideal if you love historical sites such as ruins. Perhaps you like history, but in the form of art, then Paris is the one. For food lovers, don’t miss visiting France, Spain, Italy, and Greece.

Itinerary #1 South Europe: Spain and France or France and Italy

We have two sub-options in our first itinerary for your 2 weeks in Europe. This includes either Spain and France or France and Italy. Spain is well-known for its lively culture, flamenco, arts, and literature, as well as its wines, beaches, and, of course, football.

If you feel like this itinerary is a little too expensive, you can instead go to Portugal. Take a look at how to spend 2 weeks in Portuga l or even just a few days in Lisbon. Spending 14 days in Southern Europe is a good place to do your first trip to this continent.

France, on the other hand, is well-known for macarons, wine, champagne, great pastries, as well as fashion, museums, and other historical sites. You could also do many water activities in France or if you plan to come during winter, you can head to the Alps for some skiing.

Italy is loved for its opera, its art cities, unique scenery, and good food. They are also among the four fashion capitals, with luxury brands, and of course, who could forget the Vespa?

If you have never been to Italy, make sure you visit Venice, Rome, Florence, and the southwest coast, where you can visit Naples for Amalfi and Sorrento. You can also consider 2 weeks in Greece for this itinerary. Not to mention, the south is a famous region to spend honeymoon in Europe .

Spain for 7 days

Spain is one of the most popular destinations in Europe, not only for foreign visitors but also for other European nations. With its stunning beaches, yummy food, and very welcoming culture, Spain is undeniably a must-visit when you come to Europe for 2 weeks.

Most people go to Madrid, the capital of Barcelona, a coastal city. However, if you want to get away from big crowds, head to Seville, Valencia, or even Zaragoza. For young travellers who love to dance and party, Ibiza is a top spot, while Palma, Tenerife, and Gran Canaria are awesome islands to explore and spend your vacation in.

We have a specific 2 weeks in Spain itinerary , which might help you plan a trip there if you decide to spend your trip in one European country only.

Here are some of the top-rated attractions in Spain :

• Alhambra and Generalife in Granada
• Palacio Real in Madrid – get your ticket in advance
• El Escorial near Madrid
• Aqueduct of Segovia – north of Madrid
• Sagrada Familia and Gaudi Sites in Barcelona – check tour prices
• Great Mosque in Cordoba, near Seville
• Guggenheim Museum in Bilbao
• Beaches of Gran Canaria

France for 7 days

Some of the options to reach France from Spain include flying, taking a train, riding the bus, using rideshare or driving. The most recommended option is to ride a plane, but if you have plenty of time, you should consider renting a car and driving on your own. We have an article with 3 different itineraries on how to spend 2 weeks in France .

France is a country famous for many reasons. The food is great, it is rich in culture, the abundance of historical sites, and thousands of wineries to explore. France is also known for Tour de France and is a great holiday destination any time of the year. You should geat a hop-on hop-off bu s that will take you to the top attractions of Paris.

Paris is an obvious place to visit, but if you don’t like big cities or have been here before, you can consider other places. For history buffs, head to Calais, Dunkirk, and Normandy. For those who love the outdoors, check out Lyon, Marseille, Nice, and Bordeaux (aka the Basque region).

Here are some of the top attractions n France:

• The Louvre in Paris – book a guided tour
• Cathédrale Notre-Dame de Chartres near Paris
• Eiffel Tower in Paris – get your skip-the-line ticket in advance
• Chateau de Versailles in Paris – visit with a garden access
• Mont Saint Michel
• Loire Valley Chateaux
• Côte d’Azur aka French Riviera in the South
• Provence for lavender fields
• Chamonix-Mont-Blanc for skiing in the Alps

Italy for 7 days

To reach Italy from France, you could either take the train or fly but taking the train is preferred by most tourists and locals alike because you’ll be able to reach your destination in less than five hours anyway. There are tons of routes to choose from if you want to see some interesting scenery and plan to drive instead.

2 weeks in Europe have to include Italy. It is loved for its dishes to die for, beautiful castles, amazing hiking trails, and warm culture. Just like in Spain and France, wine in Italy is world-class and their historical sites are well preserved.

Before you book anything, decide where you want to go. Rome and Venice are the top places to visit in Italy. But if you have been there, it’s time to explore Florence, Milan, Bologna, and Genoa in the north. For the south, head to Naples, Sicily, and all the way to Palermo. Check out our 4 itineraries for 2 weeks in Italy .

Some of the top tourist attractions in Italy include :

• Colosseum in Rome – get your ticket in advance to skip the very long queue
• Spanish Steps in Rome
• Trevi Fountain in Rome
• Venice Grand Canal – don’t skip the romantic gondola ride
• Gode Palace and St. Mark’s Basilica in Venice – explore with a tour guide and secure a ticket
• Leaning Tower of Pisa
• Vatican City near Rome; Basilica of St. Peter, Sistine Chapel & Vatican Museums – you can visit this in one go
• The Uffizi Gallery in Florence
• Cathedral of Santa Maria del Fiore in Florence
• Lake Como near Milan
• Cinque Terre
• Amalfi Coast
• Pompeii and Mount Vesuvius in Naples – visit this and the entirety of Naples on a day trip from Rome

Travel cost

These three destinations are one of the most expensive places in Europe. Budget around $2,000 for a 2-week trip around Spain, France, and Italy not including the flights from your location and back. Accommodation will be the most expensive cost while food is quite affordable in these places.

Of course, if you want to travel with luxury, you can easily spend $3,000-$5,000 which will allow you to stay at 4-5 star hotels, dine at fancy restaurants, and take a private car with a driver anywhere.

For those on a tight budget, $1,500 is possible , however, you will likely stay at youth hostels and share a room with other people in dorm/bunk rooms or even look at Couchsurfing. You can also save more money by looking at ready-to-eat meals at grocery stores or cooking in the hostel is possible. Join a free walking tour where you will be expected to give a tip based on the tour guide and the tour itself.

Itinerary #2 Central Europe: Germany and Poland

For this next itinerary, we’ll be covering 2 weeks in Central Europe, which consists of the countries Germany, Poland, Switzerland, Liechtenstein, Austria, Czechia, Slovakia, and Hungary. However, in this itinerary, we’ll only be covering Germany and Poland.

Germany is well-known for its cathedrals, castles, palaces, and colourful architecture, as well as its sausages and beers. It has many historical sites relating to World War I and II. Berlin is loved for being vegan-friendly, but meat-eaters shouldn’t have a problem finding their way around restaurants either.

Conversely, Poland is famous for its food, stunning geography, folklore, history, and friendly locals. In Poland, you’ll find Europe’s most ancient forest, Medieval Castle, the infamous Auschwitz-Birkenau Camp, amazing museums, and more.

Apart from that, you can also visit theme parks in Poland, such as Engerylandia Theme Park, Rabkoland, and Aquapark Sopot.

Germany for 8 days

Germany has so many things to offer that it would take 8 days to satiate your curiosity, and even then, you would barely scratch the surface. Don’t overwhelm yourself trying to see everything in 8 days. If you want t visit Germany only, we have these 2 weeks in Germany itineraries .

Most people will go to Berlin or Munich, but there are also other cities such as Hamburg, Frankfurt, Nuremberg and Cologne to name a few. I highly recommend you rent a car to move around easier, but taking a domestic flight or the train is also easy and affordable.

If you’re going to Berlin, the best way to see all the top attractions is by buying a hop-on hop-off bus with live a tour guide .

Here’s a list of the top attractions in Germany:

• Brandenburg Gate in Berlin
• Berlin Wall
• Cruise the River Spree – book a 2.5-hour boat tour
• Museum Island in Berlin
• Sachsenhausen Memorial – visit with a tour guide
• Neuschwanstein Castle near Munich
• Linderhof Palace near Munich – book a combo tour with Neuschwanstein Castle
• Marienplatz in Munich
• Pay respects at Dachau Concentration Camp – join a tour from Munich
• Kölner Dom in Cologne
• The Black Forest, Baden-Württemberg, near Stuttgart
• Miniatur Wunderland at Port of Hamburg
• Bamberg and the Bürgerstadt near Nuremberg

Poland for 8 days

There are tons of modes of transportation from Germany to Poland, including boarding a plane, using rideshare cars, trains, buses, or driving. Flights between these two countries are frequent and affordable.

Poland has a dark history, but the country is more than that. It has stunning lakes, UNESCO sites, and rather interesting cuisine, and it is in the top 20 safest countries in the world – a great place to discover if you are travelling alone.

Poland also has the biggest castle in the world, and many believe that vodka originated in Poland. In winter, you can ski in Poland, which is more affordable than France, Switzerland, and even Italy.

Many foreigners get confused and think Krakow is the capital of Piland, but it’s actually Warsaw. Apart from these two cities, you can also visit Gdansk, Wroclaw, Katowice, and Lublin. Most of the cities are connected via buses and trains hence moving around during your 2 weeks in Europe shouldn’t be a problem.

>>TIP: Check out our 2 weeks in Poland post if you prefer to explore that country on a single trip. There are two itineraries to choose from.

Here are some of the top tourist attractions in Poland:

• Wieliczka Salt Mine near Krakow
• Auschwitz- Birkenau Camps near Krakow – book a guided tour or combine it with the Wieliczka Salt Mine tour
• Oskar Schindler’s Enamel Factory in Krakow
• Wawel Royal Castle in Krakow
• Warsaw Old Marketplace
• Lazienki Park in Warsaw
• Malbork Castle near Gdansk
• Morskie Oko Lake and Hot Bath Pools near Zakopane – check tour prices
• Crooked Forest near Szczecin

Travel cost:

Central Europe in general can be costly, but only if you plan to visit Germany, Austria, and Switzerland. Poland and Czechia are both affordable destinations compared to their neighbouring countries. $2,000 will take you a long way if you choose one expensive place to spend a week and the other one is a more affordable country (e.g Germany and Poland or Switzerland and Czechia).

You can save even more money if you focus on Poland or Czechia only or book a trip to Switzerland just for 2-3 days instead of an entire week.

$5,000 will be a great budget for a luxury trip . This is suitable for couples who are on their honeymoon or retiree travellers. For young visitors and backpackers, you can probably get away with $1,000 to $1,500 for the 2 weeks trip .

Accommodation in Germany, Switzerland, and Austria is costly but affordable in Poland and Czechia. Rely on using public transportation in all countries, such as buses and trains, instead of renting a car or flying.

Itinerary #3 Baltics: Lithuania, Latvia, Estonia

The Baltics are one of the most affordable regions in Europe. Although it has its fair share of tourists, the streets and attractions don’t get too busy, even during the summer season. It’s an awesome place to spend your 2 weeks in Europe vacation without being surrounded by a big crowd.

Lithuania is famous for its natural scenery, including forests, lakes, flatlands, and other landscapes. There are also historical spots here to visit, and you must try their local ciders. I personally loved their local food, especially beetroot. If you’re a foody, check this Vilnius food guide for a list of must-try dishes.

Conversely, Latvia is known for its UNESCO World Heritage Sites and art nouveau architecture. It’s on the coast, hence if visiting during summer, don’t forget to dip your toes.

Last but definitely not least is Estonia, which is famous for its dense woods, thousands of uninhabited islands, and rich history. It experienced a boom in tourism recently since it implemented a digital nomad visa.

Estonia is among Europe’s most linguistic nations, is one of the countries with the cleanest air in the world, and half of the country is made up of forest, which probably explains the great air quality. We also have two itineraries specifically for 2 weeks in the Baltics only or 2 weeks in Eastern Europe itineraries .

Lithuania for 5 days

Lithuania is rich in cultural preservation, so much so that UNESCO considered their folk dance as one of the intangible cultural heritages. They also have one of the oldest languages, even older than Greek, German, and Celtic, and the oldest tree in Europe could be found here as well.

With five days in Lithuania, you can do and see a lot of things. You can cover at least two major cities; the capital city Vilnius, and the cultural art city of Kaunas. If it’s warm enough, head to the coast and visit Klaipeda.

Here is a list of the best places to see in Lithuania:

• Gediminas Castle Tower in Vilnius
• Vilnius Cathedral Square
• Hot Air Balloon Flight – over Vilnius or Trakai Castle
• Energetikos ir technikos muziejus in Vilnius
• Museum of Occupations and Freedom Fights and A.Mickiewicz Memorial Museum in Vilnius
• MO Muziejus in Vilnius
• Gates of Dawn in Vilnius
• Three Crosses Monument in Vilnius – join a full-day tour from Vilnius
• Walk around Uzupis
• Trakai Castle near Vilnius
• Kaunas Castle
• Devils’ Museum in Kaunas
• Hill of Crosses near Šiauliai

Latvia for 4 days

You can go to Latvia from Lithuania by driving, riding a bus, plane, or taking the train. The most recommended option is through riding a bus as it is the cheapest and fastest. Latvia is also a great destination during summer. You can take a swim on its sandy beaches, lakes, and rivers.

You can either spend the entire 4 days in Riga, the capital city or take day trips to see Gauja National Park and Turaida Museum Reserve for example. You can also explore Riga on a segway tour .

Here are some of the top tourist attractions in Latvia :

• House of the Black Heads in Riga – get your ticket in advance
• Riga Cathedral
• Three Brothers, Latvian Museum of Architecture
• St. Peter’s Church
• The Freedom Monument in Riga
• Shop souvenirs at Riga Central Market – join a food-tasting tour
• Gauja National Park outside of Riga
• Rundale Palace and Museum ner Jelgava

Estonia for 4 days

To reach Estonia if you’re coming from Latvia, you could board a plane, ride a bus, take the train, or drive. The most recommended option would be to ride a plane as it’s the fastest, but the cheapest option would be to take the bus.

Estonia is very unique, they have islands but are inhabited – and that makes them interesting to visit. There, you can go fishing, sailing, canoeing, kayaking, and for those who love birds, birdwatching is a popular thing to do in Estonia.

Tallinn, the capital, is obviously the most popular destination. However, with 2 weeks in Europe, around the Baltics, you can also head to Parnu and Tartu – both are located in the south of Estonia. Go to Haeska, Kabili, and Matsalu for birdwatching and wildlife experiences.

Here are some of the sights to see in Estonia :

• Tallinn’s Old Town
• Lennusadam Seaplane Harbor in Tallinn
• Lahemaa National Parl – sign up to a day trip
• Patarei Prison Exhibition/Communism Prison in Tallinn
• Parnu’s Beaches
• Alpakafarm near Parnu
• Estonian National Museum in Tartu
• Tagurpidi Maja (Peapeal OÜ) / Upside Down House in Tartu
• TYPA Letterpress and Paper Art Centre in Tartu
• Kuressaare Castle in Saare
• Join a 3-hour food tour

Travelling around the Baltics is one of my favourite destinations and one I recommend if you’re on a budget. You will still experience the European culture, walk through the alleys and paves with cobbled stone, and eat delicious meals.

It’s honestly possible to travel here for around $1,000 for those on a budget . You will stay in a hostel and consume street food or grocery store meals. The tours also don’t cost that much. Accommodation is around $25 to $35 a night, but transportation is cheap.

$2,000 is the average cost where you get to have a private room and try out a few local restaurants. For a luxury trip, $3,000 will get you very comfortable.

Itinerary #4 East Europe: Hungary and Croatia or Romania and Bulgaria

East Europe is a massive region. You will have to choose 2-3 countries to cover during your visit and perhaps next time, you go to new places. Right now, we’ll only cover 4 destinations for your 12-day in Europe itinerary; Hungary and Croatia or Romania and Bulgaria.

Croatia has so much to offer, but in the last few years, being the filming location of Game of Thrones, this country attracted more tourists. Aside from that, they also have stunning waterfalls and gorgeous Adriatic Islands, among other landscapes.

Hungary on the other hand is famous for its ruin bars, paprikas, and goulash. It also has sought-after outdoor and public thermal bars and great nightlife. Outside the city, Hungary has a lot of nature preserves and can be an affordable ski destination in winter.

Bulgaria is the oldest country in Europe and has tons of hot springs. It’s undeniable how affordable Bulgaria is as a travel destination. It also sits right on the Black Sea, a popular spot during summer.

Nightlife in Bulgaria is another reason tourists come here for its affordability. Speaking of cuisine, the traditional Bulgarian food is something of a must-try.

Romania is famous for its Carpathian Mountains, Salt Mines, and Medieval Fortresses. Just like Bulgaria, it’s also located on the Black Sea. One might want to visit Romania since it’s famous for being the home of Dracula.

Hungary for 7 days

Hungary, like many other European countries, is a landlocked country. But it doesn’t mean you can’t enjoy summer in Hungary. This country has over 1,000 natural springs water, hence, the popularity of its thermal baths.

Budapest is not the only city worth visiting in Hungary, you should also consider Debrecen and Szeged. While Balaton Uplands National Park is the spot to you want to go hiking, join wine tours, and be around nature.

Here are some of the top tourist attractions in this country :

• Hungarian Parliament Building in Budapest
• Budapest’s Széchenyi Thermal Bath – book a full-day spa
• Buda Castle
• Buy souvenirs at Central Market Hall
• Take a boat cruise Danube River in Budapest – check cruise prices
• Matthias Church in Budapest
• Esztergom Basilica
• The Caves of Lillafured near Miskolc
• Lavender field at Tihany

Croatia for 7 days

It is relatively easy to travel to Croatia if you’re coming from Hungary as they are neighbouring countries. You could travel by bus, by train or by driving. Any option is fine, but the cheapest option would be to ride the night bus.

As mentioned before, Croatia is now popular for being the filming location for Game of Thrones, but there are other places to see in this magnificent country. Just like its neighbouring country of Italy, Croatia is also a fantastic beach destination and so much more affordable.

Zagreb is the capital of Croatia and a must-visit, then you can go to the coast. The most popular city is Split and Dubrovnik, but Zadar,  Hvar, and Pula are an equally stunning area for swimming and other water activities.

Want to spend 14 days in Croatia ? Our guide has three itineraries you can check out and see which one suits you best.

Some of the top tourist attractions in this country include :

• Dubrovnik’s Old Town Walls – join a walking tour
• Trsteno Arboretum, Trsteno near Dubrovnik
• Dubrovnik’s Lovrijenac Fort
• Visit Game of Thrones filming locations – book a tour
• Nikola Tesla Technical Museum in Zagreb
• Diocletian’s Palace in Split – enjoy a walking tour with a local guide
• Blue Cave, near Split – book the 5 island boat tour
• Krka Waterfalls, near Split – visit on a boat tour
• Plitvice Lakes National Park near Zadar
• Kornati National Park near Zadar
• Euphrasian Basilica in Porec
• Pula’s Roman Arena
• Swim at Galebove Stijene in Pula
• Explore Brijuni/Brioni National Park near Pula
• Mulini Beach in Rovinj

Romania for 7 days

A massive country in East Europe, Romania has a lot to offer. From national parks, vibrant cities, historical sites, and beach access to the Black Sea. Bucharest is known for great nightlife, but apart from that, it’s also rich in cultural and historical spots.

Other than Bucharest, you have to go to the Transylvanian region, known as the home of Dracula. If it’s warm enough, head to Constanza, while Brasov and Cluj-Napoca are the areas to go to during winter for skiing and other winter activities.

Here are some of the places you could visit once you reached Romania:

• Romanian Athenaeum in Bucharest
• Grigore Antipa National Museum of Natural History in Bucharest
• National Museum of Romanian History in Bucharest
• Dimitrie Gusti National Village Museum in Bucharest
• Vaser Valley Forestry Railway
• Bran Castle aka Dracula’s Castle in Transylvania – book a tour combo with Peles and Brasov trip
• Sighisoara Historic Center
• Covered Stairway in Sighisoara
• The Clock Tower in Sighisoara
• The Black Church in Brasov
• Peles Castle near Brasov – book a 2-day tour from Bucharest to visit Brasov, Sibiu, and Sighisoara
• Bucegi Natural Park near Brasoc
• Transylvanian Alps

Bulgaria for 7 days

Just south of Romania, you can reach Bulgaria by train, bus, or driving. The quickest option would be to drive, which would take you more or less five hours, but the cheapest option is by riding a train.

Another country with the best nightlife, Bulgaria is popular with young tourists. But it doesn’t mean non-partygoers cannot enjoy Bulgaria. This country is a great place to explore the outdoors. There are many hiking trails and to ski here, you don’t have to spend too much.

Head to the capital city, Sofia, but for winter sports, you can go to Bansko, Borovets, and Pamporovo. If you are coming during the warm months, you can still go to the Black Sea by heading toward Varna.

Some of the top spots in Bulgaria are:

• National Palace of Culture in Sofia
• Sofia History Museum
• Rila Monastery – visit with combo tour to Boyana Church
• Seven Rila Lakes – check tour price from Sofia
• Tsarevets Fortress in Veliko Tarnovo
• Belogradchik Rocks
• Prohodna Cave in Karlukovo
• Krushuna Waterfalls
• The Rose Valley near Kazanluk
• The Ancient Theatre of Philippopolis in Plovdiv – join a tour of Plovdiv, Asen’s Fortress, and Bachkovo Monastery
• Pirin National Park near Plovdiv
• Thracian Tomb of Sveshtari near Shumen

East Europe is one of the most affordable regions in Europe. The accommodation alone can range between $20-$30 while food and the use of public transportation are also very affordable.

It’s easy to travel on a budget in eastern Europe, around $800 is feasible for backpackers and young travellers. If you want to be comfortable, $1,000 will be great and get you your own private room and dine at restaurants. $2,000 can easily be a luxury trip in this region for a 2-week adventure.

Itinerary #5 Nordic: Iceland, Norway, and Denmark

The next option would be the Nordic countries, which consist of Norway, Iceland, Sweden, Finland, and Denmark. However, in this itinerary, we will only cover Norway, Iceland, and Denmark.

Norway is also known as the Land of the Midnight Sun. It is famous for its fjords, lakes, and magical skies (Aurora Borealis), as well as Viking culture and folklore.

Iceland is also famous for a lot of natural wonders such as geysers, active volcanoes, and glaciers. You could also see the Northern Lights here. Iceland is relying 100% on renewable energy; hydropower, and geothermal.

Last but definitely not least is Denmark, which is well-known for its coastal towns, architecture, Royalty, and cuisine. Copenhagen is a must-visit. If you find yourself with extra time, you can hop on a train and head to Sweden.

You can also just visit Denmark, Norway, and Sweden using our 2 weeks in Scandinavia itinerary .

Iceland for 4 days

Iceland is the land of fire and ice, and you might be wondering why. They have glaciers but have volcanically heated pools at the same time, where you could swim all year round. That’s pretty fascinating.

Aside from that, it is also a literary-focused country. In fact, one out of ten Icelanders will publish a book even at least once in their lifetime.

Iceland is not a big country, but spending four days here is plenty. Most tourists love staying in Reykjavik, but you don’t have to. If you want to save money, you can stay outside the city and rent a car instead. You can easily move around in your own car, which means it doesn’t matter if your hotel is not in the city.

We have a complete guide and itinerary for 2 weeks in Iceland .

Top attractions in Iceland:

• Drive the Golden Circle
• Blue Lagoon – get your ticket in advance including Kerid Volcanic Crater
• Gullfoss Falls
• Seljalandsfoss
• Silfra – snorkel between 2 tectonic plates between North American and Europe
• Þingvellir National Park
• Jökulsárlón
• Chase the Northern Lights – join a tour to find the best spot
• Icelandic Phallological Museum
• National Museum of Iceland
• Reykjanesfólkvangur
• Whale Watching near Reykjavik – book a cruise
• Eystri-Fellsfjara / Diamond Beach

Norway for 6 days

You will need to ride a plane to reach Norway if you’re coming from Iceland. The fastest route takes more or less 6 hours. However, the journey would be worth it because there are so many sights and sceneries once you reach Norway.

This includes the world’s longest road tunnel and the world’s most remote island, among others. This is also an amazing place to ski during winter.

Many tourists usually go to Oslo and Bergen, but you can also add Stavanger, Kristiansand, and Tromso to your itinerary of 2 weeks in Europe.

If you want to see Fjords, you have to head west; from Trondheim all the way down to Stavanger. Check our 2 weeks in Norway itinerary list if you only want to see this country.

Here is a list of some of the best places to visit in Norway:

• Bygdoy Peninsula in Oslo 
• Vigeland Sculpture Park in Oslo
• Viking Ship Museum in Oslo
• Naeroyfjorden
• Akershus Fortress in Oslo
• Oslo’s Fjords – check tour prices or a cruise to Nærøyfjorden, Flåm, and Stegastein 
• Hanseviertel Bryggen in Bergen
• Sognefjord near Bergen
• Osterrjod and Mostraumen near Bergen – join a cruise
• Pulpit Rock (Preikestolen), in Stavanger
• Lofoten Islands
• Geirangerfjord
• Arctic Museum in Tromso
• Find the Northern Lights from Tromso – book a guided tour
• Atlantic Ocean Road

Denmark for 4 days

To reach Denmark from Norway, the best would be to take a plane. There is also a car ferry service, but with a limited time, it’s not ideal. Denmark has the oldest Monarchy in Europe.

Denmark is a small country but popular not only in Europe but around the world. For many years, it has been voted the happiest country in the world. It’s also known for being safe for tourists, the home birth of lego, and has the oldest monarchy in Europe and the oldest flag in the world.

Naturally, visitors will go to Copenhagen, but since the country (excluding Greenland and the Faroe Islands) is not that big, 4 days in Denmark is plenty

You can explore the entirety of Copenhagen and even have time to go to Odense, where the famous children’s book author Hans Christian Andersen was born. You can actually get to the city centre from Copenhagen airport in just 13 minutes – a great way to save time.

Here is a list of some of the best attractions in Denmark:

• The Little Mermaid (Den Lille Havfrue) – explore Copenhagen in a day
• Freetown Christiania
• The King’s Garden
• Amalienborg
• Rosenborg Castle
• Tivoli Gardens – get your ticket in advance
• Botanical Garden
• The Round Tower
• Memorial Anchor
• Copenhagen Opera House
• Walk around Strøget
• Ny Carlsberg Glyptotek
• Christiansborg Palace
• Danish Architecture Centre
• Ofelia Plads
• Legoland in Billund
• Hans Christian Andersen’s Childhood Home
• H. C. Andersens House

Nordic and Scandinavia is undeniably the most expensive place to travel around Europe. Accommodation alone could run $100, and dining and consuming alcohol are costly as well. But taking the bus and train is a little bearable.

To ensure that you will enjoy your 2 weeks in Europe around this region, plan to spend about $2,000 . If you are on a budget, you can probably do it for $1,700 but no less. But for l uxury, your trip cost will really skyrocket up to $5,000 .

Itinerary #6 West Europe: The UK, Netherlands, and Belgium

The last itinerary option for your 2 weeks in Europe includes the countries the UK, Netherlands, and Belgium, also known as the west of Europe.

The UK is popular for many things, including its monarchy, culture, history, and performers. Being the home of four different countries; England, Scotland, Wales, and Northern Ireland, you can easily say that it’s worth a visit. From bustling cities, amazing hiking trails, pubs to check out, and castles to explore.

There are tons of iconic places in the Netherlands despite it being a small country. The Netherlands is famous for many things . Here, you’ll be able to see windmills, cheese markets, bulb fields, and earthenware, among others. The Netherlands also have plenty of historical spots to discover including Anne Frank’s House.

The last country on our list is Belgium. They have high-quality chocolates, hence the name Belgian chocolate. This country is also well-known for waffles and beer and is the home to NATO headquarters.

The UK for 6 days

There are many things to see in the UK, and six days is definitely not going to be enough. But don’t panic. If this is your first time here, list the attractions you really want to see first. The world-famous Big Ben, London Eye, and River Thames can all be found here, and that’s just in London.

If you have been here before, perhaps, you can now explore less popular areas. Perhaps, you can focus on hiking instead of being in the city or just spend 14 days in England only, especially if it’s your first time.

It’s undeniable that the UK has the most famous monarchy in the world. London alone has a lot of attractions related to the British Monarchy and historical places. In order to make the most out of your trip, the recommended duration of stay is at least five days.

ALSO READ: 2 weeks in the UK , 2 weeks in England , and 2 weeks in Ireland and Northern Ireland itineraries.

List of some best places to see in the UK :

• Tower Bridge
• Stonehenge – book a combo tour with Windsor Castle and Bath
• Buckingham Palace
• The British Museum
• Tower of London and Crown Jewels Exhibition – buy your ticket in advance
• Kensington Palace
• Madame Tussauds – get your skip-the-line ticket
• Shakespeare’s Globe
• St. Paul’s Cathedral
• Book a Harry Potter tour – Warner Bros. Studio
• Scotney Castle
• Bodiam Castle
• Warwick Castle
• Lake District National Park
• Dean Village
• Edinburgh Castle – book a skip-the-line tour
• Palace of Holyroodhouse
• Loch Ness, Glencoe, and the Scottish Highlands – check the tour price from Edinburgh
• Loch Lomond & The Trossachs National Park
• Titanic Belfast – join a guided tour
• Crumlin Road Gaol
• Giants Causeway – visit with a stop at Dark Hedges, Dunluce, and Belfast
• Free Derry Corner
• The Derry Walls

The Netherlands for 4 days

You could either ride the train or drive if you want to reach the Netherlands from the UK. Once you reach the Netherlands, you could experience the biggest ice skating tour in the world, or join a cycling tour. You can also know more about world-famous painters like Van Gogh and Rembrandt.

Four days sounds too little but you can actually do a lot while in the Netherlands. You can of course explore Amsterdam, and head to The Hague, Rotterdam, and Groningen.

Some things to see and do in The Netherlands:

• Jordaan and Amsterdam’s Canals – book the famous canal cruise
• Anne Frank House
• Rijksmuseum
• Mauritshuis
• Van Gogh Museum – enjoy with an audio guide
• The Windmills of Kinderdijk
• Hoge Veluwe National Park
• Valkenburg Castle Ruins

Belgium for 4 days

To reach Belgium, you could ride the train, ride a bus, use rideshare, or drive. The cheapest option would be to use rideshare and the most recommended option would be to ride the train. It would take you almost 3 hours to reach your destination.

The popular cities in Belgium are Brussels which is the capital, Ghent, Antwerp, and Bruges. You can take buses, trains, or rent a car to travel between cities. Don’t forget to go try different beers and waffles which are two of my favourite part of my visit.

Popular attractions in Belgium:

• Grand Palace
• Atomium – get your entry ticket in advance
• Sign up for the famous Hungry Mary’s beer and chocolate tour or join chocolate making class
• Manneken Pis
• Day trip to Bruges and Ghent – enjoy with a tour guide
• The Canals of Bruges
• Battlefield in Flanders
• Belfry of Bruges
• Basilica of the Holy Blood
• Bruges Beer Experience
• Sint-Salvatorskathedraal
• Gravensteen
• Museum Aan de Stroom
• The Rubens House

What I enjoy about travelling in western Europe is how it’s honestly a pricey place but it can be done on a budget. If you think you can stay on your feet for long hours and walking around is not a problem, you can easily cut costs by taking the bus or taxi. The accommodation will surely get you, but dining can be affordable.

The street food in all these countries is fun, globally diverse, and easy to find. For budget travellers, $1,700 is required for your 2-week trip and most likely requires you to stay in a youth hostel. $ 2,500 offers comfort and a bit of luxury where you can dine at nice restaurants. $4,000 means you can stay in hotels right downtown and near the top attractions, With this budget, you can even hire taxis during your entire trip.

SUMMARY OF 2 WEEKS IN EUROPE

There are so many countries to choose from if you plan to visit Europe. Fortunately, Europe has amazing transportation between cities and countries, making it easy to travel around even with limited time.

When planning your 14-day itinerary for Europe, don’t try to cram it too much. It’s better to travel a bit slower, see fewer places, but be able to enjoy and process everything you have seen and experienced. Europe is not going anywhere, you can always visit again and check out a new place.

I hope that you found these 2 weeks in Europe itineraries helpful in planning your own.

TO SAVE THIS ITINERARY, PIN THIS IMAGE BELOW:

11 EPIC 2-Week Europe Itinerary Options [2024 UPDATE]

Trying to plan a 2-week Europe itinerary but don’t know where to start? This complete Europe travel guide will help you figure out which region in Europe is best for you and which itinerary would best suit your travel preferences!

Europe tops the list of leading destinations for travelers across the globe with its pristine, Mediterranean beaches, medieval history, sumptuous cuisine, and picturesque landscapes. But, with so many countries and options to choose from, finding a 2-week itinerary to suit your needs can be daunting!

With over a dozen European countries under my belt and years of personal traveling experience, I have created the best itineraries to suit every traveler. From the beachbums to the hikers, and the history buffs to the nature enthusiasts, there is a European itinerary for everyone!

Here is my list of the best itineraries across the continent, each containing the top activities of the region. I’ve also included tons of useful information on how to plan your trip, how to select the countries you should visit, and more!

Happy Travels!

11 Incredible 2-Week Europe Itinerary Options

Whether you want to visit Central, Western, or Northern Europe, we have a special itinerary for every travel style and budget!

✈️ Now, before you set out your door en route to the airport, be sure to check out these Essential Tips for Traveling to Europe for the First Time ! Even if it’s not your first trip to the continent, you’re likely to find some helpful tips for your next go-around.

✈️1. London & Paris: 2-Week Europe Itinerary

This combination makes for a fantastic Eastern Europe itinerary! With so much to see and do in both, you’ll want at least a few days in each to explore the nooks and crannies of these gorgeous cities.

This trip can be shortened to fit within one week, but keep in mind these are two of the largest cities in Europe.

They have a lot of incredible sites and activities to offer that you won’t want to miss out on, not to mention you’ll need some time to sit back and enjoy a cup of tea (or a glass of wine) and a freshly baked croissant!

Day 1 : Arrive in London Day 2 : Big Ben, the Tower of London, the London Eye Day 3 : Buckingham Palace and the Changing of the Guard Day 4 : Walking Tour of the City Day 5 : Harry Potter tour Day 6 : Train to Paris: Eiffel Tower and the Arc de Triomphe Day 7 : Les Champs-Élysées and the Notre Dame Day 8 : Museums: Orsay and Louvre Day 9 : Explore some neighborhoods: Montmartre and Le Marais Day 10 : Day Trip to the Palace of Versailles Day 11 : Picnic in the Luxembourg Gardens Day 12 : Get lost in the Latin Quarter Day 13 : Paris Catacombs and catch a show at Le Moulin Rouge Day 14 : Return home

With 20 arrondissements in Paris and over 600 square miles in London, it’s safe to say the possibilities are endless when designing a trip to these cities. But, you really can’t go wrong!

Each day can be customized to fit your goals. Looking to relax by the Seine and have a picnic? Do it. Not really into shopping? Skip the Champs-Élysées and spend time listening to the singing bells of the Notre Dame Cathedral.

In London, opt to check out the local art scene and make your way through its numerous museums.

Looking for a day trip from London? Windsor Castle, Bath, and Stonehenge are most popular for visitors looking to escape the chaos of the city for a day, and with their incredible cultural heritage and stunning architecture, there’s no wondering why.

London and Paris offer fantastic opportunities to immerse yourself in Europe while avoiding complex itineraries and long-haul journies between destinations. Pair them together for a classic 2 week Europe trip full of beauty, romance, and charm.

Related Articles on Paris

✔️ Why Visit Paris? 25 Reasons to Visit Paris, France ✔️ Is Paris Safe? A Full Guide on Safety in Paris ✔️ Souvenirs from France: 45 Unique French Souvenirs ✔️ Best Time to Visit Paris: 7 Things to Consider ✔️ 27 Incredible Day Trips from Paris ✔️ 17 Beautiful Beaches Near Paris ✔️ 27+ Magical Things To Do in Paris at Night ✔️ Wine Tours in France: 15 Top-Rated French Wine Tours

✈️2. Amsterdam, Bruges & Luxembourg City: 2-Week Europe Itinerary

Medieval architecture, sweeping canals, and charming squares await in these three cities seemingly based on a storybook. Evidently frozen in time, the magic of these cities can be felt by even the most jaded of travelers, and surely won’t disappoint your inner child!

Stroll the windy, cobblestoned alleyways and take a boat ride through the web of canals in Amsterdam and Bruges, but find yourself watching the changing of the guard and getting lost in the Casemates du Bock of Luxembourg City.

These cities offer everything from traditional design to modern cafés and boutiques and represent the epitome of European travel.

Day 1 : Arrive in Amsterdam Day 2 : Bloemenmarkt & Canal Boat Ride Day 3 : Red Light District (if it’s your style) & Jordaan neighborhoods Day 4 : Van Gogh Museum & Anne Frank House Day 5 : Day Trip to Zaanse Schans Day 6 : Optional Day in Brussels & train to Bruges Day 7 : Train to Bruges Day 8 : Canal Boat Ride & Belfry of Bruges Day 9 : Rozenhoedkaai (Quay of the Rosary) & Market Square Day 10 : Train to Luxembourg City Day 11 : Casemates du Bock & the Grund Day 12 : Walking tour of the Old Town Day 13 : Day Trip to the Mullerthal Trail Day 14 : Return home

Now, you’re probably wondering why I’ve chosen Bruges over Brussels… and the answer is simple. I’m all about getting out of the basic tourist spots (Bruges is still very touristy, but has far more medieval character and beauty to it), and going beyond the first train stop in a new country.

Yes, while traveling from Amsterdam to Bruges, you will most likely be stopping in Brussels. I’m not going to tell you not to get off the train, but I will say that when debating between Bruges vs Brussels , I can honestly say that most people choose Bruges over Brussels.

My best suggestion is to add a day to your trip so you have time to explore both.

Luxembourg City may be small, but it certainly packs a punch. Often overlooked by travelers, it is a true gem that has so much to explore.

Have some extra time? Head up north to the Mullerthal Region of Luxembourg where you’ll find dreamy, moss-covered forests scattered with graceful waterfalls and filled with tall trees (it reminds me of the forests depicted in The Hobbit films!)

These cities have so much to offer and this is one of my personal favorite European itineraries on this list… just remember to bring a camera and good walking shoes.

Related Articles

✔️ One Day in Bruges: The Ultimate Bruges Itinerary ✔️ One Day in Ghent: The Ultimate Ghent Day Trip ✔️ One Day in Brussels: A Brussels Itinerary for First Time Visitors ✔️ The Perfect 3 Days in Belgium Itinerary ✔️ 17 Authentic Souvenirs from Belgium to Bring Home ✔️ Paris or Amsterdam: A Complete Comparison ✔️ Barcelona vs Lisbon: The Ultimate City Comparison ✔️ The Perfect Day Trip to Luxembourg from Brussels ✔️ Amsterdam in Spring: Why Spring is the Best Time to Visit Amsterdam ✔️ 2 Days in Amsterdam: The Ultimate Amsterdam Itinerary ✔️ 25 Authentic Souvenirs from Amsterdam To Bring Home ✔️ One Day in Amsterdam: Full Guide & Best Things To Do and See

✈️3. Chamonix, Courmayeur & The Matterhorn (Zermatt): 2-Week Europe Itinerary

Fellow hikers and adventure seekers, this is the trip for you! Surrounded by the breathtaking Mont Blanc Range and the various snow-capped peaks of the Alps, there is no end in sight to hiking trails of all difficulty levels and spectacular landscapes worthy of a thousand photos.

Even if you aren’t someone who enjoys a good hike, there are plenty of options to take cable cars up these majestic mountain ranges to enjoy the stunning scenery. Trust me, your pictures won’t do your experience justice.

Coming from someone who jumped off the Mont Blanc Range (with a paraglide strapped to me!), the sights are truly unparalleled, and you won’t believe you ever even debated the option of skipping it.

So, here is my best 2-week Europe itinerary for exploring this region to the fullest, just be sure to bring a jacket (yes, even in summer) if you plan on making your way up to the top of these mountains!

Day 1 : Arrive in Chamonix, France Day 2 : The Montenvers Train to Restaurant le Panoramique Day 3 : Aiguille du Midi Cable Car Day 4 : Adventure Activities (Hiking, Paragliding, or Snow Sports) Day 5 : Explore th e c harming Alps town Day 6 : Train to Courmayeur Day 7 : Skyway Monte Bianco Cable Car Day 8 : Explore the quaint villages of the Aosta Valley (Dolonne, La Saxe, Entrèves and Villair) Day 9 : White Water Rafting Day 10 : Train to Zermatt Day 11 : The Gornergrat Railway (Europe’s highest mountain railroad) Day 12 : The Matterhorn (learn about it here ) Day 13 : Ski Day Day 14 : Return home

Chamonix , Courmayeur, and Zermatt not only provide stunning scenery at altitude but also at the ground level in the center of lovely villages and neighborhoods. Nestled between sections of the magnificent Alps, these towns provide a cozy, small-town feel you don’t get in other places in Europe.

Being encircled by the striking mountains is both awe-inspiring and rejuvenating and should be experienced by travelers of all types! Do yourself a favor, and head to the French, Swiss, and Italian Alps on your next European getaway.

✈️ When it comes to bucket list experiences, Chamonix often tops the list for Europe. If it’s already caught your eye, be sure to check out this Ultimate Europe Bucket List: 101 Experiences to Have in Europe as well!

✈️4. Barcelona & The French Riviera: 2-Week Europe Itinerary

As one of my personal favorite destinations in all of Europe, Barcelona is a true gem. Boasting sweeping coastlines and a vibrant art scene, it can easily be combined with the nearby French Riviera for the ultimate beach vacation.

If this magical city is high on your European bucket list, be sure to check out my list of the Best Things To Do in Barcelona at Night !

Combined with the magic of the French Riviera, beachbums will have their fill of endless crystal clear waters, and soft, white-sand beaches to get between their toes!

This is the ultimate vacation for those looking to relax and unwind in the Mediterranean with a little European flair.

Day 1 : Arrive in Barcelona Day 2 : Antoni Gaudi’s Park Güell and Walking Tour Day 3 : Beach day Day 4 : Las Ramblas, the Gothic Quarter, El Born, Gràcia, and El Raval Day 5 : Train to Dramont Day 6 : Beach day in Dramont & stroll the Old Town Day 7 : Day trip to one of the Cote d’Azur islands Day 8 : Beach day in Nice & explore the Promenade des Anglais Day 9 : Day Trip to Cannes and walk the Boulevard de la Croisette Day 10 : Optional beach day or hiking day Day 11 : Day Trip to Antibes Day 12 : Day Trip to Monaco Municipality Day 13 : Optional beach day or hiking day Day 14 : Return home

With some of the best beaches in not only Europe but the world, the French Riviera should not be overlooked by anyone, regardless if you are someone who could spend 10 hours or barely last 10 minutes on a beach.

The panoramic scenery is simply breathtaking and the region boasts exciting activities, too.

Windsurfing, paddleboarding, kayaking, hiking, and snorkeling are just a few activities visitors can enjoy during their stay. Not to mention the coveted secret gems tucked between rock formations all around the region that are filled with clear waters, tropical fish, and few tourists.

While Barcelona and the French Riviera are situated an approximately 9-hour train ride from each other with line switches, your efforts will be well rewarded.

Aim to set aside a minimum of 10 days for this trip, but preferably 2 weeks to ensure you have ample time to rejuvenate on the warm, Mediterranean beaches without feeling rushed.

✈️5. The Best of Italy: 2 Week Europe Itinerary by Train

Italy is one of the most popular destinations on any 2 week Europe trip and for good reason! With everything from its fresh cuisine, Mediterranean beaches, cliffside villages, snowy mountains, and historical cities there’s something for everyone.

While it’s easy to spend a month in Italy and not go down the same street twice, not everyone has that kind of time (but if you do… go for it!)

This itinerary is designed for slightly longer than 2 weeks because less time won’t allow you to see all the major sites as well as relax and enjoy your time on the beaches and really explore the towns.

Of course, you can always cut some sites and activities out, but be sure to choose wisely. This is my best Italian itinerary for those looking to get lost in the birthplace of their family’s heritage, or simply live like a local and eat delicious food. Mangia!

Day 1 : Arrive in Milan Day 2 : Duomo di Milano Cathedral & strolling the streets Day 3 : Train to Venice & boat ride along the Grand Canal Day 4 : St. Mark’s Square & The Bridge of Sighs & Rialto Bridge Day 5 : Train to Cinque Terre Day 6 : Roam the fishing village & Cinque Terre hike Day 7 : Beach day Day 8 : Train to Florence & Climb the Steps to Duomo overlooking the city Day 9 : Giotto’s Campanile & Palazzo Vecchio & Museums Day 10 : Train to Rome & the Colosseum (a UNESCO World Heritage Site) Day 11 : Train to Naples for the best pizza in Italy Day 12 : Rent a boat or take a day tour to Capri Day 13 : Train to Positano (Amalfi Coast) & explore the city Day 14 : Positano Beach Day 15 : Train to Bari & explore the old town Day 16 : Train back to Rome & return home

Italy often receives high recognition for one of the most popular destinations in Europe, and it definitely deserves it. There truly is something for everyone and with their convenient train system, there’s no end to the itinerary possibilities.

✔️ Pro Tip: Keep in mind that the trains can change sporadically so be sure to arrive early to ensure you’re at the right departure gate!

✈️6. Iceland’s Ring Road : 2-Week Europe Itinerary

Iceland’s infamous Ring Road is well known for its awe-inspiring sites and magical landscapes. To really discover the best this loop has to offer, opt to rent a car and drive at your own pace. This way, you’ll be able to allow yourself ample time at each stop and not be on a tour bus’ schedule.

Renting a car and planning a road trip can have its fair share of frustrations, so if you would enjoy some assistance with your bookings, transfers, and ensuring you’re going to see the best the area has to offer, check out Nordic Visitor’s Self Drive Tours !

They have local travel experts handpick your accommodations, offer free transportation from the airport, set up your Enterprise car rental, and create a comprehensive itinerary designed specifically for you.

While you can technically complete Iceland’s Ring Road in about 7-10 days, we suggest spending 2 full weeks. This will not only allow you to take your time in each place, but it will also increase your chances of spotting wildlife and the northern lights!

Day 1 : Arrive in Iceland & Blue Lagoon Day 2 : Snaefellsnes Peninsula and National Park Day 3 : Snaefellsnes Peninsula and National Park Day 4 : Goðafoss Waterfall in Northern Iceland Day 5 : Whale Watching in Húsavík Day 6 : Ásbyrgi Canyon Hike Day 7 : Dettifoss and Selfoss Waterfalls & Lake Myvatn Day 8 : Eastern Iceland Fjords and Fishing Villages Day 9 : Explore the local Fishing Villages Day 10 : Skógafoss, Fjaðrárgljúfur, and the Black Waterfall Day 11 : First Half of the G olden Circle Day 12 : Second Half of the G olden Circle Day 13 : Day Trip to Vik Day 14 : Reykjavík & Return Home

For optimal time in each major site on this itinerary, I highly recommend setting aside at least 12 days to complete this trip. It can be done in 7 days, but you’ll have less time at each location, and may end up feeling rushed or missing out on some exciting opportunities Iceland has to offer!

This trip can also be done in either direction: clockwise or counterclockwise. But, if you’re someone who likes to leave the best parts of a trip until the end, I suggest starting in Reykjavík and heading clockwise around the loop (how it is laid out above).

This saves some of the most beautiful parts of the country for last which can be a great way to end your Icelandic vacation.

Both a popular tourist destination and secluded island, Iceland makes for a magical 2 week Europe itinerary with its countless, giant waterfalls, black sand beaches, striking mountains, and windswept coastlines.

Be sure to pack warm layers no matter what season you plan on traveling and always, always, always pack a bathing suit… there are dozens of gorgeous hot springs all over the island!

✔️ Pro Tip: If you plan on visiting in winter, be sure to rent a vehicle with high-quality snow tires and chains. Service can be limited and food and gas stops can be few and far between. Ensure your vehicle comes with 24/7 roadside assistance and always carry extra blankets, food, and water in the vehicle. To figure out how to budget for a trip to Iceland, check out this guide: Is Iceland Expensive? The Ultimate 2024 Breakdown

✈️7. Oslo, Stockholm & Copenhagen: 2-Week Europe Itinerary

These cities are some of the most vibrant (both culturally and literally) in all of Europe! Walk the colorful streets along Nyhavn harbor in Copenhagen , swim in the Baltic Sea surrounding Stockholm, or take in the picturesque scenery from the Bygdøy Peninsula in Oslo.

Sweden, Norway, and Denmark are a part of the Schengen Area of Europe which signifies a zone of countries involved in the protection of freedom of movement of people and have similar laws regarding external borders and fair judicial systems.

These countries boast a high quality of life and low criminal ratings, making them fantastic destinations for everyone! You can expect to meet friendly, hospitable people, and experience a relaxed, positive vibe while exploring the region.

For families traveling with kids to older couples and everyone in between, Oslo, Stockholm, and Copenhagen make for the perfect 2 weeks Europe itinerary!

Day 1 : Arrive in Oslo Day 2 : Explore the City Day 3 : Bygdøy Peninsula & Museums Day 4 : Akershus Fortress & the Royal Palace & Mathallen Food Hall Day 5 : Oslo Fjords Tours Day 6 : Fly (or take a train) to Stockholm & Gamla Stan Old Town Day 7 : Explore the City Day 8 : Swim in the Baltic Sea & Canal Boat Tour on the Royal Canals Day 9 : Day trip to Ørland Day 10 : Fly (or take a train) to Copenhagen Day 11 : Strøget & The Old City Day 12 : Nyhavn Harbor Day 13 : Rosenborg Castle & Christiansborg Palace Day 14 : Return Home

Oslo sits in a network of fjords, all offering incredible views of the surrounding landscapes and dramatic vistas, so it would be silly not to take advantage of a boat ride through these fjords for a spectacular vantage point.

Bookings can be made through the highly rated company, Fjord Tours , several months in advance here !

As for Stockholm, be prepared to witness extremely fine, white sand beaches and picturesque harbors throughout your stay. Some of my family’s heritage goes back to the municipality of Ørland , an island connected by a striking bridge with beautiful gardens, stunning beaches, and unique history.

Easily reached in under 2 hours by car, this island makes for a great day trip away from the more touristy city of Stockholm.

If you love to travel or often seek out those quintessential European towns, there’s a good chance you have seen at least a picture of the famous Nyhavn Harbor in Copenhagen.

Lined with colorful, cookie-cutter buildings and elegant schooners, this town is one of the most sought after in all of Europe. Be sure to stroll the harbor at night for the ultimate romantic experience!

✈️ Planning this trip for your honeymoon? Be sure to check out these 9 Incredible European Honeymoon Itinerary Options for 1 Week, 2 Weeks, + 1 Month !

✈️8. Munich, Prague, & Vienna: 15 Days Europe Tour Itinerary

These popular tourist destinations are well known across Central Europe for their lovely squares, medieval architecture, and pedestrian-only cobblestoned streets. But, that’s not all!

Full of traditional European charm and romantic ambiance, there’s no wonder why this is one of the most popular European itineraries among tourists.

For the ultimate experience, I highly recommend traveling during the off-season in September, during Germany’s world-renowned Oktoberfest festival. Traditional German activities combine with endless food and brews, authentic lederhosens, and dancing!

You will also get to experience lower accommodation and flight costs ( bonus! ) during this time of year.

Head to Germany, Czech Republic, and Austria to immerse yourself in the classic charm of old-world Europe while diving deep into the contemporary lifestyles of modern Europeans.

Day 1 : Arrive in Munich Day 2 : Marienplatz Square Day 3 : Oktoberfest (if visiting in September, highly recommended!) Day 4 : Day Trip to Nymphenburg Palace Day 5 : Train to Prague Day 6 : Wenceslas Square & Old Town Square & Astronomical Clock Day 7 : Charles Bridge & The Lesser Town & Prague Castle Day 8 : Lennon Wall and St. Vitus Cathedral Day 9 : Train to Vienna Day 10 : The Hofburg & Belvedere Palace Day 11 : Catch a Showing at the Vienna State Opera House Day 12 : Day Trip to Schönbrunn Palace Day 13 : Hundertwasser House, Austrian Gallery Belvedere, and Austrian National Library Day 14 : Travel west to Salzburg Day 15 : Return home

For the most convenient method of travel among these countries, I highly suggest using the Eurail . With frequent trains between dozens of European cities daily, there’s no stressing about how to get from one destination to the next, but just be sure to book your train tickets as soon as they become available. This typically occurs between 60-120 days prior to your travel dates.

Munich , Prague , and Vienna are also extremely walkable, leaving no reason to rent a car.

Have more time for travel? Consider tacking on other popular destinations including České Budějovice in the Czech Republic and Salzburg in Austria (home to famous composer Wolfgang Mozart).

If you’re a fan of sophisticated music and shows, be sure to get tickets to a play at the Vienna State Opera House… one of the most paramount opera houses in the entire world!

✈️9. Athens & The Greek Islands: Europe Itinerary 3 Weeks

There is so much more to Greece than just delicious feta cheese (yes, it is incredible) and beautiful sunsets. Think whitewashed villages painted with deep blue rooftops, rugged coastlines, white and black sand beaches, and marvelous ancient ruins.

Also, the entirety of the islands are covered in vibrant, blooming wildflowers adding supreme brightness to the country. So, if you have time for a 21 days in Europe itinerary, you won’t regret spending it in Greece!

Even if you aren’t a beachbum, this itinerary has something for everyone. Are half-day hiking treks more your style? Check out Mount Ida on the island of Crete or Mount Zeus on Naxos (supposedly Zeus’ birthplace) for sensational views of the rugged coastlines and crystal clear, blue waters of the Meditteranean.

In Greece, you can also expect to find incredible cuisine boasting fresh, local ingredients grown on the islands. Fish, grilled meats, olives, taramasalata, and other dips are highly popular among both locals and visitors.

If you aren’t really interested in most of these foods, don’t fret, they also have some options more geared for tourists.

Ferries frequent between islands all over Greece, so be sure to check out some of the other islands available on your route, and if you have time, spend a day there!

Each island is unique in both design, scenery, and activities, so be sure to do a little bit of research if the islands I have mentioned below don’t seem to excite you. But, to be honest, I truly believe anyone could enjoy themselves on this Greece itinerary!

This Europe itinerary has been created for 3 weeks since we believe that is how long you’ll need to get a really good feel for each island’s unique characteristics. If you only have 2 weeks, simply remove a couple of the islands that are on the itinerary below.

Day 1 : Arrive in Athens Day 2 : The Parthenon & The Acropolis Day 3 : Ferry to Mykonos Day 4 : Delos Ancient Greek Ruins & Little Venice Day 5 : Beach Day (highly recommend Ftelia Beach & Elia Beach) Day 6 : Ferry to Naxos Day 7 : Apollo Temple & The Old Town Day 8 : Beach Day (highly recommend Plaka Beach & Mikri Vigla Beach & Kato Koufonis i) Day 9 : Ferry to Santorini (also known as Thera) Day 10 : Akrotiri Archaeological Site & Watch the Sunset on Oia Day 11 : Akrotiri Lighthouse & Explore Fira (the capital) Day 12 : Visit the Village of Pyrgos Day 13 : Beach Day Day 14 : Day Trip to Anafi Island Day 15 : Beach Day (highly recommend Kamari and the black sand beach of Perissa) Day 16 : Ferry to Crete Day 17 : Elafonisi Isle Day 18 : Rocca a Mare Fortress & Heraklion Day 19 : Beach Day (highly recommend Vai Beach) Day 20 : Beach Day (highly recommend Preveli Beach) Day 21 : Ferry back to Athens & Return Home

Whether you want to spend your Greek Island vacation basking in the sun on one of the hundreds of beaches and secret coves or you want to discover the truth behind the lost city of Atlantis at the Akrotiri Archaeological Site , this culturally extravagant country should have its very own 21 days in Europe itinerary.

Although it is often combined with a trip to Italy, I believe there is so much to do and see on the 6,000 islands of Greece (yes, you read that right) to give it the spotlight it deserves.

This trip can be shortened if you’re willing to pack more into your days, but be sure to factor in some time to relax and unwind, because Greece is one of the best places in the world to just sit back and enjoy the view.

✈️10. An Irish Road Trip: 2-Week Europe Itinerary

Rolling hills, scenic vistas squared off by stone wall boundaries, and sheep… so many sheep! Don’t let me forget to mention the gorgeous, rugged coastlines, vibrant shades of green, and endless pubs bustling with traditional Irish music that will make you dance the night away, I know I did!

Ireland is one of my favorite places in Europe and I highly suggest adding it to your 2 week Europe itinerary or creating an entire trip centered around this one country (like I did!)

Road trips are a great way to go at your own pace and really take the time to appreciate your surroundings and truly relax. Ireland is just the place for that.

Ireland is a destination filled with wonderful, hospitable people, beautiful scenery, and inspiring heritage that will entice you to keep coming back. On my next trip to Ireland, I’ll be road-tripping once again since I truly believe it is the best way to see the beauty of this country.

Day 1 : Arrive in Dublin Day 2 : Guinness Factory & The Temple Bar Day 3 : Drive to Kilkenny & Kilkenny Castle Day 4 : Drive to Cork & stroll Wild Atlantic Way Day 5 : Sightseeing in Cork & Blarney Stone Day 6 : Drive to Killarney – Sightseeing & Ross Castle Day 7 : Killarney National Park Day 8 : Drive to Dingle on the Dingle Peninsula Day 9 : Slea Head Drive up to Adare – short pitstop on route to Limerick Day 10 : King John’s Castle & The Hunt Museum Day 11 : Drive to Cliffs of Moher & stay in Doolin Day 12 : Pub crawling through Doolin Day 13 : Drive to Galway & Trad On The Prom (Traditional Irish music and dance show) Day 14 : Drive to Shannon airport and return home

Ireland always leaves a lasting impression on my heart. There truly is nowhere like it in the world that makes you feel so “at home” while overseas!

From the people to the music and the breathtaking scenery, not to mention the endless charming pubs overflowing with refreshing brews, Ireland is one of my favorite places in the world and should have its very own 2 week Europe itinerary.

Have I convinced you to travel to Ireland? Be sure to check out these other helpful resources!

✔️ Ultimate Ireland Packing List: 22 Important Items You’ll Need ✔️ The Perfect Two Days in Dublin Itinerary ✔️ 7 Best Rated Cliffs of Moher Tours from Dublin ✔️ 19 Perfect Day Trips from Dublin ✔️ The Greatest Ireland Itinerary and Guide: Routes + Tips for 1-3 Weeks in Ireland ✔️ Where to Stay in Cork Ireland – A County Cork Guide ✔️ Dingle Accommodation: Where to Stay in Dingle Ireland ✔️ Is Dublin Safe? An In-Depth Look at Safety in Dublin, Ireland ✔️ 27 Authentic Souvenirs from Ireland to Bring Home

✈️11. The Best of Portugal : 2 Week Europe Itinerary for Families

Ever had a pastel de nata (traditional Portuguese egg custard tart) while strolling the windy streets of Lisbon? If not, it will change your life! In Lisbon , you’ll find a sea of red clay roofs perched on a hilltop above the ocean.

In Porto , vibrant buildings rest side by side on a harbor, surrounded by iconic bridges and large street markets.

Then, there’s the Algarves … an entirely different world set on the far south of the country.

The southern coast of Portugal boasts stunning beaches enclosed by intricate cliffs and vibrant wildflowers. If you’re up for a little swimming (or kayaking!), you can find secluded beaches hidden away by the sea that reveal themselves with the outgoing tide.

The Algarves offer some of the most spectacular coastlines across the Mediterranean and Europe, so if you’re a true beachbum, you had better add them to your 2 weeks Europe itinerary!

The best part about Portugal is that it’s extremely family-friendly. From the beaches to the cities, it’s easy to get around, everything is relatively affordable, and there are tons of family-friendly hotel options everywhere you go.

Day 1 : Arrive in Porto Day 2 : Douro River Sightseeing Cruise & Miradouro da Vitória Day 3 : Extra Day in the Douro Valley Day 4 : Explore the Baixa, Bolhao, & Ribeira Districts Day 5 : Train to Lisbo n and sightseeing Day 6 : Torre de Belém & Ride Tram 28 & Alfama District Day 7 : Train to Sintra & Pena Palace Day 8 : Quinta da Regaleira , Castelo dos Mouros, and Cabo da Roca Day 9 : Train to Lagos Day 10 : Kayak or Boat Rental around the caves Day 11 : Beach Day Day 12 : Walk the streets of Faro and souvenir shopping Day 13 : Beach Day Day 14 : Train to Lisbon and return home

Portugal offers everything from bustling city life to remote beaches, all with vibrant scenery and quirky design! There’s something special about Portuguese culture; it combines traditional European style with fresh, modern urbanity.

Looking for fresh seafood? Just wait until you get the chance to pick your very own fish or crustacean out of a tank and have it cooked right there for you… now, that’s fresh!

Portugal not only offers a wide range of delectable foods but also boasts stunning artistry in the form of hand-painted and hand-crafted pottery. There is no end to the exciting opportunities waiting to be had in this beautiful region.

Portugal is one country that should be included on any 2-week Western Europe itinerary!

Related Articles on Portugal

✔️ 9 Top-Rated Wine Tours from Porto ✔️ 25 Authentic Souvenirs from Portugal: What to Buy in Portugal ✔️ 21 Best Portugal Packing List Items for 2023: What to Wear in Portugal ✔️ The Ultimate Day Trip to Sintra Guide & Itinerary ✔️ The 10 Best Beaches in Cascais – Your Ultimate Beach Guide

✈️ If all of these trips sound amazing but you aren’t sure where to start, read up on How to Plan a Trip to Europe in 9 Easy Steps to ease your travel worries!

2-Week Europe Itinerary Country & City Suggestions

✔️ For First-Time Europe Travelers :

If this is your first time visiting Europe, I suggest selecting an itinerary that allows you ample time to explore each destination (or choose just a single destination!)

My London & Paris and Munich, Prague & Vienna itineraries are perfect for beginners with their simple method of travel and common weather and style similarities, allowing you to pack with ease.

✔️ For the Beach Bums :

Looking to relax on some of the most beautiful white-sand beaches in the Mediterranean and across Europe? My Barcelona & The French Riviera , The Best of Italy , Porto, Lisbon & The Algarves , and The Greek Islands itineraries are your best options for that. Gorgeous coastlines and turquoise blue waters await!

✔️ For the Hikers :

If you’re seeking some sweet hikes offering panoramic vistas and rugged landscapes, check out The Alps: Chamonix & Courmayeur & The Matterhorn , The Greek Islands , and Iceland’s Ring Road itineraries.

✔️ For the Foodies :

Want to eat your way through a country (or several?) I’m the same way! Be sure to take a look at my itineraries for Italy , France , Munich , Prague , and Vienna . In my experience, these have been some of the best places to find incredible food.

Although, when traveling throughout Europe, I have rarely had a bad meal so be open to trying new things.

Squid ink pasta, flambéed octopus, and Ireland’s black pudding all left a lasting impression on me, so don’t be afraid to get out of your comfort zone and experience the cuisine that makes a country unique!

How to Plan a 15 Days Europe Tour Itinerary

So, you know you want to embark on a trip to Europe. Fantastic! That’s the first step. Next, I am going to show you exactly how to decide which countries to include on your 2 week Europe itinerary, how to get around, and how to choose your accommodations.

➡️ Step 1: Which Countries Should Be On My 2-Week Europe Itinerary?

This one can be daunting, to say the least! There are dozens of countries you can choose from, and finding one that’s right for you can be tricky. After all, you don’t want your first experience to be a dud, so let’s put a little research into finding out what you are looking for out of your trip.

You can also check out my travel suggestions above to get a good idea of some itineraries you might enjoy based on your travel style!

Ask yourself: what am I looking for? Beautiful beaches, windy, cobble-stoned streets, medieval history and architecture, luxurious cuisine, famous museums, mountains, traditional folk music?

What is it that makes you say “Yes! That’s what I want to do on my vacation” . Once you find your “wow” factor, you can start to narrow down which country or countries you want to visit.

I suggest making a list to help you keep track of the ones you especially want to visit, then crossing items off your list based on the following factors:

➡️ Step 2: How Much Time Do I Have to Travel in Europe?

Do you plan on traveling to Europe for a few days, a week, 2 weeks, a month, or more?

Knowing your timeline will really help you decide on how much of a region you can cover. Depending on your travel style (i.e. backpacker vs luxury), a few days to a week can usually only give you enough time to really discover a single country or a small region between countries.

If you have more than a week available, consider combining a couple of countries to get the most out of your trip! My itineraries above range from 10-18 days, but can be easily shortened by removing an activity or region.

The bottom line is you can squeeze as much or as little into your time as you want, but think about how you want to feel when you get home. Do you want to have seen a ton of amazing sites , but be tired ?

Or would you rather take your time and possibly see less, but feel rejuvenated on your return from vacation? Your answer to this should guide how much you try to fit into your time.

➡️ Step 3: Getting Around on Your 2-Week Europe Itinerary

Is it possible to do a 2 week Europe itinerary by train? Yes! Train travel is extremely popular across Europe and offers thousands of different route possibilities. So, don’t be so certain that flying will automatically be faster and easier (or cheaper!)

Dealing with airports can cause a lot of unwanted stress during a trip, so do a little research and see how far you are from your destination. If you’re already in Europe, train travel might be the better option. Not to mention it is far more scenic.

➡️ Step 4: Choosing Accommodations for Your 2-Week Europe Itinerary

Are you traveling to a big city like Paris or London, or to a remote island off the coast of Greece?

Depending on your destination, you’ll want to choose an accommodation that fits both your style and your needs. For me, I like to stay in unique places that offer something more special than a chain hotel can. I enjoy local bed & breakfasts, Airbnb’s , and cabins that bring me closer to the local beauty of a particular place.

When in Paris, I enjoyed staying in tall lofts that overlooked the city, but in Ireland, I opted for charming b&bs and cottages with fields of cows.

It’s all about getting immersed in the culture of a specific place and enjoying where you stay because if you don’t like where you’re staying, it can really put a damper on your trip (trust me!)

➡️ Step 5: Departure

So you have decided where you are going, how you are getting there, and your accommodations. Now, all you have to do is get ready for departure! Plan your ride to the airport or train station ahead of time and pack up all your travel documents and necessities.

I always suggest leaving a printed copy of your passport in your home country and one in your luggage in case it were to be lost or stolen. This way, you or a family member can help prove your citizenship and return home.

Also, print copies of your flight tickets, accommodations, and any train or bus tickets in case your phone gets wet or lost.

Departure is the most exciting part of a trip for me… just before you leave when the anticipation of experiencing a whole new world really sets in. Enjoy this time, because when you return, you’ll be itching to get back on another plane.

This is what we in the travel world call “the travel bug” , and once you’re hooked, you’ll never want to stop traveling.

Map for Planning Your 2-Week Europe Itinerary

You can use this map to start planning your route and to get an idea of where the countries that you may want to visit are located.

For example, while combining a trip to France with Spain would be both simple to plan and efficient, adding a trip to Romania with France may be a bit difficult.

Europe Itinerary 2 Weeks Budget

Depending on your travel style (budget vs luxury) , the season of travel, how many people you are traveling with and if any of them are dependents (i.e. children, in-laws, etc.), and your destinations, this will vary greatly.

Below I have provided a list of guidelines for average costs on budget, mid-range, and luxury travel during the peak season and shoulder season. Budgets will vary from country to country, so be sure to do individual research on each country that you plan on visiting.

➡️ Accommodations per night:

Budget : €10-€70 (single occupancy) Mid-Range : €80-€160 (double occupancy) Luxury : €180-€400+ (double occupancy)

➡️ Flights per person:

Shoulder Season (from the U.S.) : between €200-€500 Peak Season (from the U.S.) : between €500-€1,100

➡️ Food per person per day:

Breakfast: €2-8 Lunch: €5-15 Dinner: €10-35

FAQ: 2-Week Europe Itinerary

Is Europe Safe?

Yes and no. Just like every country in the world, each country within Europe is going to have its safe and not-so-safe areas. It’s impossible to generalize Europe as a whole as “safe” when anything can happen there just like anywhere else in the world.

If you are worried about feeling safe on your trip to Europe, do some research (but not too much!)

If you are heading to Berlin, Germany , then research some best practices for traveling around the area. Is it safe to walk around at night? Are there any streets or neighborhoods you should avoid?

All of that information can be easily found with a quick Google search. Do your best to not overdo it though since you’ll likely just end up making yourself more nervous.

Once you have a good idea about the more seedy areas of a destination, you’re all set. Do your best to avoid them on your trip then follow other basic precautions such as walking in groups, not trusting strangers, and only ordering rides through reputable companies (like Uber).

✔️ Pro Tip : If you research where you live, you’ll probably find equally unsettling results… but that doesn’t stop you from living there, does it? No. So, don’t let safety precautions about a new destination scare you!

When is the Best Time to Visit Europe?

Most people you ask this question to are going to say that the summer months between late May and August are the best time to visit Europe.

And while they would be correct in terms of weather and longer summer hours, they are forgetting to mention that this is also when you’re going to be surrounded by swarms of tourists.

What does this mean for you? Well, for starters, you can practically guarantee long wait times at restaurants, landmarks, and attractions each day of your vacation. I’m sure that the idea of standing in line for every part of your day doesn’t really appeal to your idea of “vacation”, right?

Additionally, this is also when prices skyrocket in terms of flights, accommodations, tours, and food. If you’re looking to visit Europe on a budget, then avoiding the summer months is key.

If you prefer fewer tourists in your pictures, shorter wait times, and want to spend less money, then I highly suggest visiting during the off-season months of April through May and September through October .

During these months, you’ll find incredible deals on flights, accommodations, and even tour groups, so you can live the luxury life in Europe without emptying your wallet!

✈️ If you feel like taking the budget route or simply like to take the less traveled path, check out these amazing Backpacking Europe Routes for 2 Weeks !

How Many Days is Enough to Visit Europe?

1-2 weeks is usually enough time to visit Europe depending on what you want to do and see. But, if you’re honestly attempting to see all of the different regions of Europe, well… you’re going to need a lot more time than that!

For us, we found a 10-day European itinerary to be optimal. This amount of time typically allows travelers to explore at least a few different cities in several countries or travel to numerous locations in one specific country.

It allows provides enough time for both sightseeing and rest days, so you can return from your vacation feeling excited and refreshed.

Among the itineraries listed below, you’ll find schedules ranging from 10 days to 3 weeks. But, if you only have 7 days for your European itinerary you can easily transform one of my shorter itineraries into something that has been customized to fit your time needs.

Also, if you can finagle a 1 month Europe trip itinerary, then you can easily add on destinations or time to one of my other itineraries!

Is 2 Weeks Long Enough for Europe?

No, 2 weeks is not long enough to see all of Europe. But, it is long enough to see and do a lot in just a few countries in Europe!

Even though it doesn’t look like it on a map, Europe is huge. It would take somebody years to really see all of the best sites and do all of the best activities in each country in Europe.

In just 2 weeks, you’re going to be seriously limited on time. But, that’s okay! Instead of trying to squeeze too much into your itinerary, opt to choose just a few countries (or even just one country!) and do everything you want in those countries.

If you try to see and do too much, you may end up feeling rushed, overwhelmed, and disheartened when you realize how much stuff you’re going to miss out on.

For example, if you’re thinking of including France on your 2 week Europe itinerary, you wouldn’t go to just Paris and call it a trip. I mean, you could … but you’d be missing out on Normandy, the wine regions, the French Alps, the French Riviera… you get it.

Trust me when I say: “It’s far more valuable to see everything in one country than to see the bare minimum in five countries.”

So, while a 2-week Europe itinerary is not long enough to see and do everything on the continent, it is long enough to get a really good taste of what Europe has to offer!

How Many Countries Should I Visit in Europe in 2 Weeks?

Owing to the continent’s great public transportation system and small size in comparison to other continents, you can get around quite easily and efficiently in Europe.

But, every country has SO much to do and see, so it’s going to depend on where your interests lie.

If you are only interested in seeing the capital city in every country (definitely not recommended), then you could probably see between 8-10 countries during your 2 week Europe itinerary.

But, if you want time to relax, explore, and wander around a few different places, then between one and four countries is the sweet spot in our opinion .

This way, you have plenty of time to see all of the major sites in each place, and you don’t have to spend your entire vacation rushing from place to place.

Coming up with multi-week Europe itinerary ideas can be stressful, but if you stick to this general rule of thumb you can practically guarantee you’ll have a pleasant trip!

What is the Best Way to See Europe in 2 Weeks?

Unfortunately, even though Europe is far more compact than the U.S., Africa, Asia, or South America, it’s still very big and can’t be seen in just two weeks.

But, that doesn’t mean that you can’t get a really good taste for what Europe has to offer in that time! You simply need to be diligent in picking efficient routes and travel methods so you can get the most out of your 2 week Europe trip.

Over the years, we have found that the best way to get around Europe is to take advantage of their amazing public transportation system… the Eurail!

With thousands of routes to thousands of destinations, there really is no limit to where you can go with a Eurail pass. You can choose your pass based on your needs, so if you want one pass for just France for 10 days, you can book it!

If you want a monthly pass that allows you to go from country to country whenever you decide, you can do that too!

Europe’s train system is affordable, dependable, convenient, and very easy to use which is why most travelers take advantage of it.

I don’t recommend renting a car in Europe unless you plan on taking road trips to very specific towns and villages that aren’t accessible by train.

The roads in Europe, generally speaking, tend to be uneven, bumpy, covered in potholes, full of pedestrians, and made of broken cobblestones. Many European roads are also one-way and street signs aren’t always in English.

It’s far easier to take the train from place to place, then take day trips to smaller towns and villages and use a bike or the metro to get around the big cities.

How Should I Get Around Europe?

In our opinion, the best way to get around Europe is via train travel on the Eurail. Car rentals are also a great way to get around in Europe since they allow you to be completely on your own schedule and see the smaller, off-the-beaten-path villages and towns.

However, it really depends on the country (Ireland is a great country to do a road trip with a rental car!), but most of the time I would recommend just taking the train or flying between countries if you aren’t comfortable with a rental in a foreign country.

The European trains can be exceptionally scenic, but they aren’t always the most efficient. If you are traveling between countries with a big distance between them, it’s usually a more efficient option to fly.

If driving a car across Europe doesn’t scare you, then you also have the option of renting an RV or camper van and living in it while you travel! This can saves you tons of money on accommodations and eating out, so it’s a win-win if you have the time to drive everywhere.

✔️ Pro Tip : If you do plan on driving everywhere, keep in mind that you may need an international driver’s license depending on the countries you go to. Also, not all car rental companies allow you to bring rental cars over international borders, so you may need to rent multiple cars from multiple different agencies. If you plan on putting your car on a ferry to Europe so you can avoid this hassle, it’s going to cost you a very pretty penny…

Do I need a Visa to Go to Europe?

Depending on your citizenship, you may or may not need a Schengen Visa to enter the EU (European Union).

U.S. citizens do not need a visa to go to Europe. As a tourist, you are allowed to spend up to 90 days in 26 European countries visa-free. However, if you are a foreign national living in the U.S., you may or may not need a visa depending on your nationality.

Here is the list of countries that Americans can visit without a visa for up to 90 days.

There is a list of over 100 countries that will be required to obtain a Schengen Visa to enter the EU. You can take a look at the list here .

Is Europe Expensive?

In general, Europe is expensive. But, depending on where you decide to visit, it can actually be quite affordable!

Portugal, for example, offers some of the lowest rates on tourist accommodations, tours, attractions, and food across the continent. Switzerland, on the other hand, is continually listed in the top 3 list for most expensive countries in the world. Norway and Iceland aren’t far behind, either.

If you want to stay on a budget during your 2 week Europe itinerary, choose your destinations wisely.

Of course, not eating out at every meal and not doing every attraction you see will help immensely, but in the end, the destination is going to play a big role in how much money you spend overall.

Is $10,000 Enough for 2 Weeks in Europe?

$10,000 is absolutely enough for 2 weeks in Europe (depending on your travel style) . While Europe is known for some pricy destinations, $10,000 can indeed get you a comfortable and memorable two-week trip. It’s all about how you budget and plan.

That budget can cover your flights, accommodation, meals, transportation within Europe, and even some fun activities and souvenirs. You can save by staying in lesser-known hotels or bed & breakfasts instead of luxury resorts.

Eating at local markets and cafes rather than high-end restaurants can also give you a taste of authentic cuisine without breaking the bank. Don’t forget that some of the best experiences in Europe are free: exploring the cities, admiring architecture, and basking in the rich history.

I would even go as far as to say that $10,000 can be disproportionate to what you’ll need for a 2-week trip if you’re traveling solo or with one other person, since I’ve returned to Europe many times, each never exceeding $2,000 for 7+ days with my husband.

Of course, we’re light packers and usually stay in mid-range hotels with a focus on our budget, but we definitely do a lot of exciting activities when we’re in town too! If you aren’t flying first or business class, aren’t staying in luxury 5-star suites, and you book your accommodations in advance with some attention to seasonal rates, you’ll be able to visit Europe for far less than $10,000.

What is the Average Cost of a Two Week Trip to Europe?

The average cost of a two-week trip to Europe can vary greatly based on several factors, such as the time of year, the countries you’re visiting, your accommodation choices, and how much you plan to sightsee or dine out. But as a general range, you might expect to spend anywhere from $2,500 to $3,500 per person, including flights.

This estimate includes modest accommodations (think 3-star hotels, bed & breakfasts, or vacation rentals), meals at a mix of inexpensive local spots and nicer restaurants, public transportation, and admission fees for major attractions.

Remember, this is just a ballpark figure. If you travel off-season, eat more meals from food trucks and the supermarket, or stay in budget accommodations, you could spend much less.

Conversely, if you opt for luxury hotels, dine at high-end restaurants, and take part in exclusive tours, your costs could be significantly higher. The key is to budget accordingly and plan your trip based on your personal preferences and financial comfort zone.

By setting your budget ahead of time, you’ll be able to create a 2-week European itinerary that fits your budget needs without sacrificing too much on the things you want to enjoy!

What Currency is Used in Europe?

Since 1999, the European Union has used the Euro . If you’re coming from the U.S., it will look similar to Monopoly money… but don’t be fooled.

It actually has a higher value than the U.S. dollar and many other currencies, so when you exchange your money you’ll get fewer euros in return.

For example:

✔️ $1 USD = 0.91 euros ✔️ $1 CAD = 0.73 euros ✔️ $1 AUD = 0.68 euros

So, while it doesn’t almost look like play money, don’t forget that it’s actually a very expensive currency to hold so you don’t want to be careless with it.

Do Most People Speak English in Europe?

During your 2-week Europe itinerary, you’ll find that many people do speak English, especially in the capitals and main cities. English is taught in most European schools from a young age, so much of the working class can understand and speak English.

However, you will find smaller towns and villages where the locals don’t know much English at all, if any. This is especially true in the smaller towns of France, Belgium, Spain, and even Italy. This is why it’s important to brush up on your language skills before your trip!

If you’re heading to France , Spain , Luxembourg , Germany , or similar, you can use my French and Spanish articles to help you start learning! They are all linked at the bottom of this post for your convenience .

The Top-Rated Tours in Europe

Even if you prefer to roam on your own, there are some amazing tours offering unique experiences that you won’t get unless you book a tour in Europe.

I, personally, am not a fan of group tours, so I wouldn’t recommend these unless I didn’t truly believe they would improve your travel experience. Take a peek at some of the tours below and decide if one may be right for your trip.

If you’re traveling with a group, check out the private tours … psst! They’re really great for introverts 😉

✔️ Normandy D-Day Small-Group Day Trip with Omaha Beach, Cemetery & Cider Tasting ✔️ Montmartre Hill Sweet & Savory French Gourmet Food & Wine Tasting Tour ✔️ Champagne Day Trip with Moet&Chandon, Reims Cathedral & Family Winery from Paris

✔️ Barcelona Tapas and Wine Experience Small-Group Walking Tour ✔️ Montserrat with Cogwheel train, Tasting in a Boutique Winery with Tapas or Lunch ✔️ Full-Day Tour Ávila and Segovia from Madrid with Tickets to Monuments Included

✔️ Sintra Full-Day Private Tour – A Journey through Wonderland ✔️ Lisbon Traditional Boats – Sunset Cruise

Netherlands

✔️ Day Trip to Zaanse Schans, Edam, Volendam and Marken from Amsterdam ✔️ Amsterdam Canal Cruise in Classic River Boat With Drinks & Dutch Cheese

✔️ Brussels Chocolate Beer Waffle and Belgian Whiskey All-in-One (Small Group) Tour ✔️ Private Tour: Treasures of Flanders Ghent and Bruges from Brussels Full day

✔️ Austrian Apple Strudel Cooking Class including Lunch in Salzburg ✔️ Hallstatt Small-Group Day Trip from Vienna

Czech Republic

✔️ The Best of 2 Countries in 1 Day: Bohemian and Saxon Switzerland ✔️ Cesky Krumlov: Full-day tour from Prague and back ✔️ Prague Foodie Tour

✔️ Semi-Private Standard | Santorini Catamaran Cruise with Meal and Drinks ✔️ Full-Day Private Tour: Essential Athens Highlights plus Cape Sounion and Temple of Poseidon ✔️ Private Biblical Tour of Ancient Corinth & Isthmus Canal from Athens & Corinth ✔️ Athens Highlights: A Mythological Tour

✔️ Small-Group Tour of Colosseum Underground, Arena, and Forum ✔️ Small-Group Wine Tasting Experience in the Tuscan Countryside ✔️ Cinque Terre Day Trip from Florence with Optional Hiking

Switzerland

✔️ Tandem Paragliding Experience from Interlaken ✔️ Lucerne Walking and Boat Tour: The Best Swiss Experience ✔️ Chocolate Flavours Tours Geneva: 3-hour Chocolate Tasting and Old Town Visit

✔️ Grand Day Trip around Copenhagen ✔️ The Art of Baking Danish Pastry

How to Visit Europe on a Budget

Europe is expensive, there is no denying that. But, there are tons of ways to travel Europe on a budget! Don’t believe me? I visited a dozen European countries on a college student’s budget and got to see everything I would still want to see today had I not gone then.

Take my advice and follow these steps:

✔️ Visit Multiple Countries

What? Yes. The more countries you visit on one trip, the cheaper it tends to be. Of course, this depends on which countries you visit, but you can save a ton of money by traveling to multiple countries via train travel and cheap flights.

If you want to visit France and Spain from the U.S., you wouldn’t fly to France then fly back to Spain the following summer, would you? Well, some people would and I can guarantee they wish they didn’t spend the money on 2 roundtrip flights instead of just one multi-city flight.

✔️ Eat with the Locals

If there is a street food cart or cafe overflowing with locals, eat there. I can practically guarantee the food quality is going to be insanely good and the prices will be a lot more reasonable than if you were to sit down at a restaurant.

Anywhere you go or walk by where a waiter immediately runs up to you with a menu, just keep walking (also politely say “ no, thank you ” of course). These are usually tourist restaurants and the prices will be sky-high compared to most other eating establishments.

You can also save money by getting food at grocery stores (the food quality is almost always very good) and eating small meals on the go.

Want my other best tips for visiting Europe on a budget? Get them at the bottom of this post!

✈️ Now that you have everything you need to know for planning a trip to Europe, be sure to take a peak at these 5 Things You Must Include on Your Travel Essentials List !

Scams to Look Out For in Europe

✔️ The Pickpocket

The picture pretty much explains what pickpocketing is. When you’re distracted and someone comes along and snatches something off of you, whether it be your phone, wallet, jewelry, or something valuable, it’s sneaky stealing and you need to watch out for it.

Typically, most places around Europe are very safe and all you need to do is follow basic safety precautions (i.e. stay with people you trust, don’t walk alone at night, etc. etc…).

But, pickpockets are extremely common across Europe and unsuspecting tourists are at the heart of the problem.

Don’t be silly and leave your phone on a cafe table when you go to the bathroom. Don’t leave your purse hanging on the back of your chair and don’t leave anything valuable where people can easily see and take it.

✔️ The Active Petitioner

See people yelling at or coming up to tourists looking for them to sign a petition? Keep walking.

Most of the time, whatever they are petitioning is fake. Why? Because they are either trying to get your personal information (i.e. name, phone number, or email) so they can send you spam, or they are just trying to distract you while you get pickpocketed.

If you see a petitioner, just keep on going.

✔️ Street Games

Whether it be dice, playing cards, cups, or the like, don’t play and don’t stand around to watch. The players get scammed owing to the fixed dice or playing cards and the onlookers get pickpocketed.

Again, only watch street artists from afar to prevent falling victim to scams and petty theft.

✔️ Streetside ATMs

Very popular in Prague, scam artists will actually put an invisible scanner over the card reader so they can steal your information when you go to withdraw money.

Additionally, streetside ATMs are designed to make you withdraw insanely high amounts of money with no option for small bills.

If you need currency, only use ATMs found inside a secured building with cameras. Never use an ATM you see on the street.

Other Helpful Resources for Europe

Packing List for Europe in Winter: A Full Country by Country Guide Minimalist Packing List for Females Traveling to Europe 30+ Best Places to Visit in Europe in December 25 Best Places in Europe for New Years Celebrations 73 Best Places to Visit in Europe in January 2024 30+ BEST Places to Visit in Europe in March 2024 30+ BEST Places to Visit in Europe in April 2024 28 Best Places to Visit in Europe in July (from a Backpacker!) 20 Best Places to Visit in Europe in May 2024 (Weather & Tips!) Is Azerbaijan in Europe? The Facts for 2024 Is Norway in Europe? Norway & the EEA EFTA States

If you’re heading to Europe and want to brush up on your French or Spanish, check out our language resources below!

✔️ Good Morning in French: 17 Helpful French Greetings ✔️ Good Night in French 17+ Ways (& Audio Pronunciation) ✔️ What Time Is It in French 11+ Ways: How to Ask and Tell Time in French ✔️ Saying No in French 31+ Ways (& Audio Pronunciation) ✔️ 33+ Ways to Say Thank You in French (with Audio) ✔️ How to Say Nice to Meet You in French 15+ Ways ✔️ 1-10 in French: Learn to Count from 1-10+ in French (with Pronunciations)

~ Spanish ~

✔️ How to Say Goodnight in Spanish 33+ Ways ✔️ Learn Numbers 1-100 in Spanish (with PDF Guide)

How To Travel Around Europe On A Budget

With just pennies to my name, I figured out how to travel to some of the most expensive countries in Europe…

Hint: you won’t be staying in hostels!

Overall, no matter when you decide to visit, where you decide to go, and who you decide to travel with, a trip to Europe is always a good idea! You can find everything from enchanted castles, ancient ruins, stunning beaches, snow-capped mountain ranges, bustling cities, and everything in between on this enticing continent.

I hope you found some useful ideas in this article and are inspired to start planning your very own 2-week Europe itinerary .

Hey there! I'm Emily Concannon, a seasoned globetrotter who has backpacked her way across over a dozen European countries, immersing myself in the diverse cultures, languages, and cuisines of the region.

My passion for travel transcends personal experiences; I've spent years learning how to transform my globetrotting knowledge into personalized itineraries for fellow travelers worldwide.

With a tally of 26 countries (and counting!) under my belt, my day job involves extensive research on different countries which often leads me to booking a new adventure every chance I get!

Finding the Universe

Travel tales, photography and a dash of humor

2 Weeks in Europe – The Perfect Europe Itinerary

Last updated: January 28, 2024 . Written by Laurence Norah - 30 Comments

Are you visiting Europe and looking for the perfect itinerary? Well, you’re in the right place! We’ve travelled extensively in Europe, and based on our experiences, we’ve put together a detailed 2 week Europe itinerary to help you plan.

This Europe itinerary will take you to many of the highlights that we think first time visitors to Europe will want to see and explore for themselves. These include many of our favourite destinations that we’ve visited multiple times over.

This itinerary is aimed at those of you visiting Europe for the first time, or those of you looking for an easy itinerary to follow that covers some of the major highlights of Western Europe. It’s not overly rushed as we think you will get more from your experience if you focus on a few major locations rather than trying to see everything in one go.

The trip as outlined is for 14 days in Europe, but you could make it longer or shorter depending on how much time you have. For example, with 10 days in Europe, you could clip off a day or two in some of the cities, and maybe even skip one of the cities to make it a more comfortable experience.

As well as the itinerary, we’re also going to share everything you need to know to help you plan the perfect European trip. Tips about currency, what to pack, where to stay, how to get around and other considerations.

Hopefully this guide will give you everything you need to know to plan your own perfect European adventure, and of course, we’re always happy to answer your questions in the comments. Now, let’s get started!

2 Week Europe Itinerary

This two week itinerary has you visiting four European countries and five cities. We think these cover some of the top highlights of Europe.

The destinations on this itinerary are all cities, so this trip is aimed more towards those of you looking to explore the cities, which are all full of cultural highlights, fantastic restaurants, and plenty of photo-worthy sights!

But if have your eye more on smaller towns, secondary cities, and rural locations, this might not be the best itinerary for you.

If you’d prefer to focus on one country, take a look at our two week UK itinerary , and our 10 day Italy itinerary for some inspiration.

Days 1 – 3: London

We’re going to start your European adventure with 3 days in London . London makes a great starting point for your European itinerary. It has a number of international airports to choose from, so getting here is easy, and there are a wealth of sights and cultural attractions to immerse yourself in. I lived in London for a number of years, and it’s still one of my favourite cities in the world.

If this is your first overseas trip and you are coming from an English speaking country, London is a good place to ease yourself into the experience. You can acclimate yourself to the time difference and get used to travelling in a new country, without having a language barrier to work with as well.

We think 3 days is a good amount of time to spend basing yourself in London. We’d suggest spending at least two days exploring the capital, and perhaps one day trip outside of London. This might look as follows.

On your first day in London, we’d suggest seeing the major sights around Westminster. This includes the Houses of Parliament , Westminster Abbey , Trafalgar Square, Covent Garden, the Churchill War Rooms , Buckingham Palace and the London Eye .

On your second day, which will be a full day, we’d suggest starting at the Tower of London . Get here when it opens to avoid the crowds if you can. Included on the London Pass , or y ou can buy a ticket online in advance here . Using our link saves you some money on the adult admission price for the Tower of London, meaning these discounted Tower of London tickets are some of the best value we’re aware of.

We also recommend checking prices via GetYourGuide here , and on the official website  here , as pricing can vary. You can also see opening times and other information for your visit on the official site.

Once you are done with the Tower of London, you can see more sites in the area like Tower Bridge , Borough Market (a London Harry Potter filming location ), St. Paul’s Cathedral , the Tate Modern , Shakespeare’s Globe and the Shard .

You certainly won’t run out of things to occupy your time! For some more inspiration, see our guides for 2 days in London and 3 days in London . We also recommend picking up a two day London Pass to save money on your sightseeing while in London. You can do that here .

On your third day in the UK, we recommend taking a day trip out of the city. This could be to somewhere like Windsor Castle or Hampton Court Palace , neither of which are too far.

If you really want to get out a bit further, we can recommend perhaps taking a trip to Stonehenge, the Cotswolds, Bath or Oxford. There are a variety of companies who offer easy day trips from London which include a number of these highlights like this or this , or you could do it yourself.

See our guide to taking a day trip to Stonehenge and a day trip to Oxford for some inspiration. If you’re a Harry Potter fan, then you may instead consider a trip out to the Harry Potter Studios where the films were made.

Of course, you will want to adjust this schedule depending on when you arrive and depart London. Our suggestion would be to take the day trip on your last day, overnight in London, and then take an early morning train to Paris.

Whilst you’re in London, we recommend getting around by public transport. It’s the most cost effective and also generally the most efficient way to get around. See our guide to public transport in London for some tips, as well as our overview of how to pay for public transport in London .

If you enjoy walking tours, there’s no shortage of options to choose from in the city. We love taking a walking tour when we first arrive in a new city – it can be a good way to get familiar with the city, plus you can ask your guide for local tips on places to eat and less well-known attractions.

If you do decide to take a walking tour, we suggest Take Walks for small group tour (tours range in length from a couple of hours to full day tours), and Context for private tours. We’d specifically recommend this full day walking tour with Take Walks as a possible option to consider.

You’ll most likely be arriving into London by plane, into one of London’s major international airports. London actually has six airports, but you’re most likely to land in either Gatwick or Heathrow. Whichever one you do land at, we have a guide to how to get from the airport to London .

Well, that’s your time in London covered. Now we’ll suggest a few places for you to stay, before giving you some tips on getting from Paris to London.

Where to stay in London

Some of our favourite hotels, from budget to luxury, in London are as follows:

• The Walrus Bar and Hostel  – A well reviewed centrally located hostel
• The Z hotel in Shoreditch – Excellent value in a popular part of London with great dining options
• Point A Hotel – We’ve stayed here; the rooms are tiny but clean and it’s a great budget option.
• Lime Tree Hotel – A well reviewed boutique hotel, around nine minutes walk from London Victoria
• The  Resident Victoria Hotel – A well reviewed and centrally located hotel offering excellent value for money. The room we stayed in was quite compact, but it had everything we needed
• The Savoy  – true luxury as close to the city centre as you can get!

If you prefer an apartment, then we recommend Plum Guide .

Plum Guide doesn’t have quite so many choices as some other UK based websites , but they carefully curate their listings so their options tend to be of a very high quality whilst still being available at a range of price points. We’ve used them on a number of trips and always had a great experience. See their listings for London here .

If you can’t find what you want on Plum Guide or you want some new options to try out, we wrote a whole post on the best alternatives to AirBnB which you should check out!

How to get to Paris from London

We’d recommend taking the Eurostar train service from London to Paris. This departs multiple times a day, and the journey takes 2 hours and 16 minutes.

This is a lot quicker than flying, especially once you consider you’ll have to get to and from the airport on either end. The Eurostar will take you directly to Gare Du Nord. Get your tickets for that journey in advance here .

We also have a guide to getting from London to Paris which lists all the options you have.

Days 4 – 6: Paris

Welcome to Paris – the city of lights and love! We’re going to suggest three full days exploring Paris, as the city has so much to offer.

After you’ve dropped your bags off at your hotel (or at a luggage storage location ), it’s time to start sightseeing. As with London, the plan is to see the major sights in the city.

We’re going to start off with the Eiffel Tower . This is without doubt Paris’s most famous landmark, and a must-visit when you come to Paris. You can either enjoy the views from below or head up inside the tower to one of the various stages.

If you do decide to go up the Eiffel Tower, we highly recommend you book your tickets in advance. The best place to do this is on the official website . There are often huge lines for tickets on site, and you don’t want to waste time unnecessarily. For a lot more tips for your visit, see our complete guide to visiting the Eiffel Tower .

From the Eiffel Tower, we suggest taking a cruise on the River Seine , which will let you see many of the highlights of the city from the river. You can book a discounted Seine River cruise which departs from near the Eiffel Tower with our link .

Alternatively, you might prefer to do an evening Seine River dinner cruise , in which case this will happen later.

After the cruise, you might consider a walking tour of Paris or a Hop on Hop off bus trip. Alternatively, consider visiting the Musee d’Orsay .

On your second day in Paris, we suggest you start bright and early with a visit to spectacular Sainte Chapelle , one of Paris’s prettiest churches. The stained-glass windows here have to be seen to be believed. Just be sure to turn up at or just before opening time, as the lines get very busy.

From here, you can pop across to Notre Dame if you want. Due to the fire in 2019 this is undergoing significant reconstruction work, so do keep that in mind. From Notre Dame, head across to the Louvre , one of the most famous art museums in the world.

There’s a huge amount to see here, including highlights such as the Mona Lisa and the Venus de Milo. You could spend a whole day here, but you may want to limit yourself to 2 – 3 hours so you can see more of the city! Book your tickets online in advance here .

From the Louvre, if you have time, you might consider sneaking in a wine tasting session , or going for afternoon tea in Paris . From here, it’s time to head up the most famous shopping street in Paris, the Champs Elysees, where you’ll finish up at the Arc de Triomphe .

This massive archway stands in memory of those who died in the French Revolution and the Napoleonic Wars. The view from the top is one of our favourite views in Paris, so do head to the top if you have the time.

For your final day in Paris, our suggestion is that you head out to Versailles . This was the palace of French royalty, and is a stunning place to visit. You can book your tickets for Versailles in advance here .

Between exploring the palace and the extensive gardens, there is more than enough to do here to fill from half a day to a full day, which is why we suggest allocating most of the day to it. Then perhaps plan a nice dinner or show for your final evening.

We can recommend the evening show at the Moulin Rouge, and you can read about our experience at the Moulin Rouge here , and book tickets here .

And that’s all your sightseeing for your time in Paris on our European itinerary! For more detailed inspiration for your time in Paris, see our itinerary for 3 days in Paris and 2 days in Paris , which should give you lots more ideas.

For your visit in Paris, we recommend either the Paris Pass , or the Paris Museum Pass . The former includes a number of activities like the hop on hop off bus tour, guided Eiffel Tower climb, and Seine River cruise, as well as all the museums and sights included on the Paris Museum Pass. These both include most of the attractions we’ve listed, including Versailles.

You can buy the Paris Pass on the official site here , and the Paris Museum Pass here .

Again, for those of you who enjoy walking tours, we recommend Take Walks and Context . The former offer small group walking tours, whilst the latter primarily focus on private tours. We’ve taken tours with both companies in cities around the world and are always happy to recommend them.

As an example tour, check out this full day Paris tour , which includes a Skip the Line Louvre Tour, Eiffel Tower, Montmartre & Seine River Cruise.

As with London, the easiest way to get around Paris is to take public transport. Specifically, the Metro is likely going to be the fastest and most cost-effective way to get around.

We have a full guide to how to get around Paris , which should help you plan your transport in the city.

Now, we’re going to share some tips on where to stay in Paris, as well as how to get to the next city on your itinerary of Europe – Barcelona.

Where to stay in Paris

Our itinerary has you spending 2 nights in Paris, arriving by train on the morning of the first day, and departing either by plane on the evening of the third day. We suggest the following options for accommodation in Paris.

• 3 Ducks Hostel .  A well-rated boutique hostel just 2 minutes from the nearest metro and a 22 minute walk to the Eiffel Tower
• Hotel Dress Code & Spa , A highly reviewed centrally located 4 star hotel
• Hotel Ekta Champs Elysees – a well rated 3* hotel just off the Champs Elysees
• Hôtel Eiffel Turenne , A well rated 3* hotel within a ten minute walk of the Eiffel Tower
• Ateliers de Montmartre , An apartment in Montmartre with views of the Sacre Coeur
• Vintage Paris Gare du Nord by Hiphophostels , A hostel located just next to Paris Gare du Nord
• George V – A fabulous centrally located 5* hotel, an excellent luxury pick

We’ve also stayed in Paris with Plum Guide in a gorgeous apartment with Eiffel Tower views. See their listings for Paris here .

How to get from Paris to Barcelona

You have two main options for travelling from Paris to Barcelona, you can take the train, or you can fly.

There used to be a direct night train from Paris to Barcelona, but this was discontinued in 2013. So you can take a train in the daytime (around 6.5 hours journey time) or you can travel by a slower overnight train (around 13 hours).

We think flying is likely going to be the easiest option. There are a number of direct evening flights from Paris to Barcelona, taking just under two hours. Just try to book a flight from Paris Orly or Paris Charles de Gaulle. Many budget airlines operate from Paris Beauvais, which is quite a long way outside the city, and requires a lengthy coach journey.

Check flight times and prices online here . If you’d prefer to take the train, you can check train times and prices here .

Days 7- 9: Barcelona

It’s time for the third city on your European adventure – Barcelona! Barcelona is full of incredible sights, including architectural gems from Antoni Gaudi, a gothic city center, and even a beach!

Again, we think you’ll need 3 days to do justice to all the sights in Barcelona. We’re also going to suggest a day trip from the city to explore some of the surrounding highlights. Here’s how your three days in Barcelona might look.

We suggest starting your first day with a trip to the Sagrada Familia . This was master architect Antoni Gaudi’s final work, and whilst construction was started in 1882, he didn’t live to see it completed. It’s getting there now, but still has some way to go!

The Sagrada Familia is a very popular attraction and they operate a timed entry system. It’s vital that you reserve your timeslot in advance, as otherwise you will end up in a very long queue, and at busy times of year, tickets sell out far in advance. You can reserve your tickets online here .

We also have a detailed guide to visiting the Sagrada Familia which we recommend reading in advance of your visit.

After spending a couple of hours at the Sagrada Familia, we recommend heading across to the nearby Recinte Modernista Sant Pau , a beautiful Art Nouveau style hospital building which has UNESCO world heritage status.

After the Recinte Modernista Sant Pau, continue on to Park Güell . This is a large public park which was also designed by Anton Gaudi, and there’s a lot to see here. Again, this is a popular spot with timed entry, and we highly advise booking this online in advance here .

Near Park Güell is the Gaudi Experience , where you can learn a bit about the man behind some of the wonderful architecture you have been experiencing. You can get tickets for that here if you are interested.

From the Gaudi Experience, you have a few options depending on your interest. If you are using the hop on hop off bus to travel around Barcelona (included on the Go Barcelona Pass ), it continues from Park Guell on to a number of other attractions.

These include the hill top fairground Tibidabo , the stunning Monastery of Pedralbes , and Camp Nou , the home of Barcelona’s football club.

We’re sure one or more of those will be of interest!

For your second day in Barcelona, we suggest starting with a visit to some of Gaudi’s famous houses near the city centre – Casa Batlló , and Casa Milá . These are popular, so try to get here by opening time so as not to have to queue for too long.

Then, continue your day by exploring the oldest part of Barcelona – the Gothic Quarter. Here you can visit the incredible Barcelona Cathedral , the UNESCO world heritage listed Palau de la Musica Catalana , and the Picasso Museum .

For your third day, you could continue to explore Barcelona. You could visit the beach, Barcelona Zoo , the attractions on Montjuic Hill – the list goes on! See our 3 day Barcelona itinerary for more ideas.

However, we think you might enjoy heading out of the city on a day trip to explore a bit of Catalonia, the region which Barcelona is capital of.

A popular day trip from Barcelona is a visit to Girona and Figueres, two lovely towns which are rich in history. Girona is home to stunning medieval architecture, and Figueres is known as the birthplace of surrealist artist Salvador Dali .

You can see our guide to visiting Girona and Figueres in a day here . In terms of tours, we suggest this full day tour which includes Girona and the coast, or this full day tour which includes Girona and time to visit the Dali Museum in Figueres.

The other popular option is to visit the spectacular monastery and mountains of Montserrat, around an hour from Barcelona. You can see our guide to visiting Montserrat here for all the tips you need to do that.

Of course, there are lots of other tour options. You could go hot air ballooning , visit the Vall de Nuria , go skiing (if you visit in winter), go hiking in La Garrotxa , visit the Montserrat monastery – the list goes on!

That just about wraps up our suggestions for what to see and do with your three days in Barcelona.

To further help you with your planning for Barcelona, we have some guides we think you’ll find useful. See our itinerary for 3 days in Barcelona , our guide to Gaudi sites in Barcelona , and our favourite photography locations in Barcelona to get you started.

There are a few city passes for Barcelona, including the Barcelona City Pass , the  Barcelona Card , and the  Go Barcelona Pass . These work slightly differently, and so one or the other might be better for you. See our full break down and review of all the passes in our comparison of the Barcelona Discount Passes .

For most visitors we think the Go Barcelona Pass will offer the best value as it includes the main attractions like the Sagrada Familia, Park Guell and hop on hop off bus tour. We also have a full review of the Go Barcelona Pass to help you decide if it’s going to save you some money.

Finally, it’s worth bearing in mind that Barcelona has a bit of a poor reputation when it comes to petty crime, specifically around pick pockets, and items like phones being swiped off cafe tables. We have not personally experienced this, but have heard firsthand accounts from readers and friends who have.

We have more on this in our section below with tips for safety when travelling in Europe, but just try to keep your valuables out of sight all the time, ideally in zipped and secured pockets.

Now, let’s look at some options for where to stay in Barcelona, before planning how to get to the next city in your Europe itinerary.

Where to Stay in Barcelona

Here are a few options for your stay in Barcelona across a variety of price points, including a number of hotels we’ve personally stayed in and can recommend.

• Hotel Barcelona Catedral – A 4* property in Barcelona in the heart of the Gothic Quarter. We’ve stayed here, and enjoyed the roof top pool and incredible central location.
• Hostel One Ramblas – A very well reviewed and very central hostel option
• The 8 Boutique B&B – A highly rated and well located bed and breakfast
• Duquesa de Cardona – A 4* property on the waterfront with a roof top bar
• Leonardo Hotel Barcelona Las Ramblas – Part of the good value Leonardo chain, this 3* property is a few moments from Las Ramblas. We enjoyed our stay here, and the breakfast in particular was excellent.
• Ohla Barcelona – A very central 5* property with a roof top pool and excellent reviews.

How to Get from Barcelona to Venice

From Barcelona, the next stop on the trip will be Venice, Italy. If you are travelling for less than two weeks, you might want to skip Venice, and head straight to the last city on this itinerary, but for two weeks in Europe, we think Venice is a great addition.

The main option you have for getting from Barcelona to Rome is to fly. Of course, you could take the train, but as the average journey is around 22 hours and requires a number of changes, we’d suggest a flight is going to make more sense.

A direct flight from Barcelona to Rome is just under 2 hours. You can either go on your evening of your final day in Barcelona or the morning of the following day, it’s up to you. We think travelling in the evening makes more sense so you don’t lose time sightseeing in the morning.

Check times and book your flights here .

Days 10 – 11: Venice

You’ve arrived in the fourth and final country of your 2-week European itinerary – Italy! Home to amazing gelato , delicious coffee , and oodles of history.

We’re going to visit two cities in Italy on your European itinerary, both of which are favourites with visitors to Italy – us included! Of course, it’s hard to pick a second city in Italy from all the amazing options, but we think Venice is a must. Naturally, this will be followed by Rome.

We’ve put Venice ahead of Rome for the simple reason that it’s relatively easy to fly to Venice from the rest of Europe, but a little bit harder to fly onwards from Venice to international destinations. Ending the itinerary in Rome should make it easier for you to travel onwards to international destinations.

Anyway, we’re getting ahead of ourselves.

The next city on your European adventure is the beautiful city of Venice. This car-free city is famous for being built across a number of islands, with waterways and boats replacing roads and cars.

Venice is definitely one of our favourite cities in Europe, and was where we had our wedding ceremony with friends and family. So it’s definitely a city that is close to our hearts.

We’re going to recommend you spend two days in Venice. Many people visit the city for a day, which is do-able of course, but to really get a feel for Venice, we think you’ll enjoy spending two days here.

Our recommendation for your two days in Venice is to spend the first day exploring the highlights of the city – places like St. Mark’s Square, the Doge’s Palace and the Rialto Bridge. Take a Gondola ride , listen to musicians playing in the cafes, and get lost down the countless winding alleyways.

For your second day, we recommend taking a boat out to one of the islands around Venice, like Murano or Burano. These are much quieter with a different vibe to Venice itself, and we think you’ll enjoy this as a way to finish off your grand European adventure.

For more inspiration on what to do in Venice, see our guide to spending a day in Venice . We also recommend reading our guide to visiting the Doge’s Palace and St. Mark’s Basilica .

Of course, if you would prefer to visit another city in Italy other than Venice, you could spend these two days in any number of destinations, including the Amalfi Coast, Cinque Terre, Naples or Florence . You could even do a one day stopover in Florence on your way to Rome, rather than spending the two days in Venice. It’s entirely up to you, and depends on the flights you can find.

Where to Stay in Venice

Venice has a great many options for accommodation. Just be aware that many of the properties are old (as is much of the city!), and so elevators are not always standard. In addition, there are no vehicles allowed, so to get to your hotel from the train station you’ll need to take a ferry boat, water taxi, or walk.

• Casa Cosmo – a great value well rated budget option, five minutes walk from St. Mark’s Square and the Rialto Bridge. Rooms are air conditioned and are en-suite
• B&B Bloom Settimo Cielo – A highly rated and good value B&B breakfast, 10 minutes from St. Mark’s Square and the Rialto Bridge. Individually designed rooms have en-suite facilities, and there’s a rooftop terrace
• Leon Bianco on the Grand Canal – this historic property with Grand Canal views is where we stayed for our wedding ceremony in Venice. The views are fantastic, and it’s amazing value for the location
• Hotel Saturnia & International – a lovely 4* hotel just moments from Saint Mark’s Square, this turn of the century hotel offers en-suite rooms, a terrace with views, and an on-site restaurant.
• The Gritti Palace – a 5* luxury property right on St. Mark’s Square – this is the place you stay if you want to be in the middle of everything

How to Get from Venice to Rome

The best way to get from Venice to Rome is to take the train.

As always, you’ll get the best prices if you book your tickets in advance. You can check train times, prices, and book online here .

There are also flights, but by the time you have gotten to the airport, checked in, and then collected your baggage at the other end and gotten from Rome airport to the city center, you might as well have taken the train!

Days 12 – 14: Rome

Your next stop in Italy, and the last stop on your Europe itinerary, is the Italian capital of Rome. Founded almost 3,000 years ago, Rome is absolutely stuffed full of historical wonders and attractions.

We think that to do Rome justice, you should spend three days here. Here’s how those days might look.

Start your first day with a visit to the Colosseum . Built during the height of the Roman Empire, and nearly 2,000 years old, this is the largest amphitheatre in the world. It’s a must when in Rome.

Do be aware that like many of the other popular attractions in our itinerary, the Colosseum operates a timeslot system for entry, and you absolutely need to book in advance. See our complete guide to visiting the Colosseum for more on that.

After the Colosseum, we recommend visiting the Roman Forum, which is next to the Colosseum, and usually included on the Colosseum entry ticket. This was the heart of the Roman Empire, and is also a must when visiting Rome.

You’ll likely already be half way through your first day already. We suggest spending the rest of the day exploring the historic city center, with attractions like the Spanish Steps, Pantheon, and Trevi Fountain.

For your second day in Rome, we recommend you head to the Vatican City. This is a city-state inside Rome itself, and is home to the Vatican Museums and St. Peter’s Basilica. The Vatican Museums are home to world renowned works of art as well as the Sistine Chapel – a masterpiece of Renaissance art.

Both these attractions are very popular, and you will want to plan in advance to ensure you don’t waste time standing in line if you are visiting at a busy time of year. You have a few options.

First, you can take a guided tour which includes the Vatican and St. Peter’s Basilica like this one .

This will give you loads of information about what you are seeing and ensure you don’t waste time standing in line.

Another option is to invest in a pass which includes skip the line entry or a tour of these attractions. We would suggest looking at the Rome Tourist Card which includes skip the line access to the Vatican, Colosseum, and St. Peter’s Basilica.

You can also consider the Omnia Vatican and Rome Card , although this doesn’t currently include skip the line access to St. Peter’s Bascilica.

Finally, you can book individual tickets here for the Vatican via their official website (or here on GetYourGuide , which is easier to use in our experience).

As of early 2023 St Peter’s Basilica doesn’t actually have an entry fee, but nor does it have skip the line tickets (skip the line tickets used to be an option and we hope they come back soon!). So the best option if you want to skip the line is to invest either in a tour or a pass which includes a tour like the Rome Tourist Card .

You can also book Vatican tickets here , using our link gives you 5% off their usual price for Vatican tickets. It’s a little more expensive than the official website but somewhat more user friendly in our experience.

We recommend allocating at least half a day to explore the Vatican Museums, Sistine Chapel and St. Peter’s Basilica.

For lots more information on visiting the Vatican City and its attractions, see our complete guide to the Vatican , which has everything you need to know, including all the highlights, tips for visiting, how to buy tickets and lots more.

From here, head along to the Tiber River, and explore Castel Sant’Angelo (get tickets here ). Afterwards you can head back towards the city center, and visit locations like the Piazza Popolo.

If you have time and are interested you could also visit the Borghese Gallery. Note that this is also a timed entry system – see our guide to visiting the Borghese Gallery for more.

For your last day in Rome, we recommend spending some time exploring the Appian Way. This was one of the major routes in and out of the city, and is home to a number of ancient Roman ruins, as well as catacombs. A stop at the Baths of Caracalla on your way out of the city is also recommended.

Another option for your last day in Rome (or your first day, depending on how you decide to structure your itinerary) is to take a walking tour.

We’ve taken a number of walking tours in Rome with both Take Walks and Context , and enjoyed them all. As an example, see this introduction to Rome which includes gelato tasting!

For more inspiration for your visit to Rome, see our itineraries for 3 days in Rome , 2 days in Rome and a day in Rome .

In terms of saving money, there are a number of passes available for sight-seeing. For 3 days, our recommendation would be the Omnia Rome and Vatican Card. This includes public transport in Rome, a hop on hop off pass, and skip the line entry with timed reservations at the major attractions.

There are other passes as well, including the  Roma Pass , the  Rome Tourist Card and the  Best of Rome All Access pass . Which is best for you will depend on how many sites you are interested in visiting, and whether you plan on using the specific features they offer.

That pretty much finishes up the itinerary section of this post. We’ll share with you our tips for where to stay in Rome, before moving on to some practical information to help you plan this trip perfectly.

Where to Stay in Rome

We recommend the following hotels in Rome. The first three are near the main train station, which will make for an easier transfer when you arrive from Venice.

• Gioberti Art Hotel  – 50 yards from Termini Station, a well rated excellent value 4* hotel
• NH Collection Palazzo Cinquecento  – Awesome value 5* hotel just a few steps from the train station
• Hotel Valentino Palace  – a fantastic mid-range 3* property, just 150 yards from the train station
• The  Navona Theatre Hotel – a well reviewed and very centrally located 3* hotel
• The  Mimosa Pantheon Hotel – an excellent value budget hotel just around the corner from the Pantheon
• The  Hotel Navona – a well reviewed 3* hotel next to the Pantheon
• Di Rienzo Pantheon Palace – a centrally located well reviewed boutique hotel within walking distance of Rome’s highlights

2 Week Europe Itinerary Map

To help you visualise this itinerary, we’ve put together this overview map of the stops and route.

2 Week Europe Itinerary Summary:

• Day 1: London. Houses of Parliament, Westminster Abbey, Trafalgar Square, Covent Garden, Churchill War Rooms, Buckingham Palace and the  London Eye .
• Day 2: London. Tower of London , Tower Bridge, Borough Market, St. Paul’s Cathedral, the Tate Modern, Shakespeare’s Globe and the Shard.
• Day 3: London. Windsor Castle, Hampton Court Palace, Stonehenge
• Day 4: Paris. Eiffel Tower, Seine River Cruise, Musee d’Orsay, Walking tour
• Day 5: Paris. Saint Chapelle, Notre Dame, Louvre, Arc de Triomphe
• Day 6: Paris. Versaille, Moulin Rouge
• Day 7: Barcelona. Sagrada Familia, Recinte Modernista Sant Pau, Park Güell, Gaudi Experience, Camp Nou
• Day 8: Barcelona. Casa Batlló, Casa Milá, Barcelona Cathedral, Palau de la Musica Catalana, Picasso Museum
• Day 9: Barcelona. Girona & Figueres
• Day 10: Venice. St. Mark’s Square, Doge’s Palace, Rialto Bridge, Gondola ride
• Day 11: Venice. Murano, Burano
• Day 12: Rome. Colosseum, Roman Forum, Spanish Steps, Pantheon, Trevi Fountain.
• Day 13: Rome. Vatican Museums, St. Peter’s Basilica, Castel Sant’Angelo, Piazza Popolo, Borghese Gallery
• Day 14: Rome. Appian Way, Baths of Caracalla

How to Get Around Europe

Europe has no shortage of transportation options to get you from place to place. For this itinerary, we would suggest you primarily use the train to get from city to city.

The high speed trains in Europe run frequently, are very comfortable, and are more environmentally friendly than short hop flights. If you book in advance they can also be cost effective. They also have the advantage that there are fewer baggage restrictions, and train stations tend to be in the city center – unlike airports.

Of course, not every segment of this trip would suit a train. For example, from Barcelona to Venice would take at least 24 hours by train. Also, Paris to Barcelona is a fairly lengthy journey. There is the option to take an overnight train, however it isn’t direct so it takes a while. It does save you the cost of a hotel night though.

For train travel across Europe, it’s important to book your tickets in advance as this will get you the best prices. We recommend thetrainline which supports booking tickets in all the countries visited on this itinerary.

For flights, we suggest you try Kiwi , which includes the major low cost airlines as well the more traditionally priced carriers.

When to Visit Europe

You can certainly visit Europe year-round, although visiting at different times of year will give you different experiences.

For the most part, summers in Europe are quite warm, with temperatures likely to be between 25C & 32C (77F – 90F) on average. Whilst the weather is going to be most reliable in the summer months of June through August, this is also going to be the busiest time of year to visit.

The cities in particular are very popular with visitors, and lines for attractions can be long at these times of year. We wouldn’t say you shouldn’t visit at this time of year, but you should definitely plan ahead and arrange all your entry tickets so as to make the most effective use of your time.

Our favourite time to travel in Europe is the shoulder months of April / May, and September / October. These months tend to offer a combination of reasonable weather and less busy attractions.

We’ve also travelled extensively throughout Europe in the cooler winter months, from November through to March. It never gets much below freezing during this time, so as long as you dress appropriately, we think you will have a great time.

See our guide to what to pack for London to give you some ideas of what you might want to bring along.

We don’t think there’s a bad time of year to travel in Europe. It’s just a question of planning and preparing properly in advance. It is also worth checking if there are any events happening in the city when you visit that might cause it to be busier.

For example, Venice has a major Carnival celebration near the start of the year, and the city is always busier at this time. Other cities also have events, and if you visit during them you will find accommodation prices will be higher, and the city will be busier.

Practical Advice for Travelling in Europe

Europe uses a 220-240V electrical system, so if you are travelling from the USA, Canada, or any other country that uses a 110V system, you will need to check that your electrical items are compatible.

In our experience, lower power items like laptops and smartphone charges are compatible from 110V – 240V, but higher power items like hair dryers and hair straighteners are usually not. The power rating and acceptable voltage should be marked on the device somewhere.

It’s really important you don’t plug a device into a voltage it doesn’t support, as it will damage it. Its best to leave non-compatible items at home and purchase a dual voltage appliance if you need it during your trip, such as a dual voltage hair straightener .

In addition, the UK and continental Europe have two different plug types. Mainland Europe generally uses a two pin system with round holes, whilst the UK has a three pin system with rectangular holes.

For travel, therefore, you will need a travel adaptor like this which will let you plug your devices in. Note that most travel adaptors are not voltage convertors. You would need something like this to convert the voltage.

Internet in the form of free WiFi access is fairly easy to get access too across all the cities mentioned in our article. In addition, since the EU has abolished roaming charges, if you buy a SIM card in one EU country, you should be able to continue to use it in other countries without any additional charges.

Depending on the device you are travelling with, you will have a number of options for accessing the internet when you travel, from picking up a local SIM, to renting a WiFi hotspot, to just using WiFi as you go.

We have a detailed guide to getting online when you travel to help you figure out which is best for you.

The two currencies that you’ll need for this trip are the pound sterling (GBP) and the euro (EUR). The UK (London in the case of our itinerary) uses the pound sterling and the rest of the European destinations on our itinerary use the Euro. Euros from one country can be used in any of the other countries.

In our experience, you should be able to pay for the majority of your travel spending using a credit or debit card. We’d advise getting one of these that doesn’t impose foreign transaction fees if that is an option. Ideally it will also support contactless technology, which will make using it for smaller payments easier.

We would also suggest you always have some cash in the local currency on you for small purchases, tips, and places that don’t accept credit cards (or if there is any issues with your credit card).

There are cash machines available in all the major cities on this itinerary where you will be able to use your bank card to withdraw a local currency. Depending on the policy of your bank at home, you might be able to withdraw cash from these without a fee, but do check in advance of your travel so you don’t pay fees unexpectedly. Some ATM’s also charge a fee.

If there is a fee from your bank for withdrawing cash, you might find it is more cost effective to order some money at home before you leave – or to find a bank account that lets you withdraw cash fee free.

All the cities that we have listed are relatively safe, but of course you should take the same safety precautions when travelling that you would at home. Avoid walking alone at night in unfamiliar areas and don’t leave valuables lying around where they could be easily snatched.

It’s also a good idea to read up on some of the common scams that you might encounter in each city – for example, we wrote a guide to common scams in Paris to give you an idea of what to look out for.

We’d also suggest keeping your valuables locked in your hotel safe when possible, and to avoid carrying large amounts of money on you. We’d also suggest having a good travel insurance policy. Basically, just apply the same safety principles that you would at home to your personal belongings and safety, and you should have a safe trip!

Drinking Water

Unless otherwise indicated with a sign, the water in the taps in all of the cities on our list is safe to drink. In some cities, you’ll also found water fountains where you can refill your water bottle.

The water in Barcelona does have a slightly strange taste due to the high mineral content, and many local people prefer to drink bottled water. However, the tap water is safe to drink unless otherwise noted.

We very much recommend that you travel with a high quality reusable water bottle like this and fill it up as you go. This will be friendlier to the environment, and save you having to spend money on a resource that is available for free.

Walking Tours in Europe

One of our favourite ways to explore a new city is to take a walking tour. It’s a great way to get oriented, learn about the city, its sights and its culture, plus get local tips on places to eat, drink and see from the guide.

We’ve taken walking tours in cities around the world, and we nearly always use one of two companies – Take Walks , and Context . Both of these companies offer small group walking tours in all the cities we’ve covered.

Take Walks offers tours with groups of up to around 14, whilst Context offers more private and semi-private tours. Here are some example tours to consider for the various cities in this itinerary.

• This London In a Day tour visit the highlights of London in one day, including the Tower of London, Westminster Abbey & Changing of the Guard.
• This introduction to London Tour which includes many of the highlights of the city
• This tour of the Chruchill War Rooms in London
• This full day tour of Paris which includes a Skip the Line Louvre Tour, the Eiffel Tower, Montmartre & a Seine River Cruise
• An introduction to Paris Tour , which includes the Louvre, Opera Garnier and the Champs-Elysees
• A full day tour of Barcelona which includes a visit to La Sagrada Família, Casa Milà & the Gothic Quarter
• This Rome In A Day Tour which includes a guided visit and skip the line entry to the Vatican, the Colosseum & a tour of the Historic Center of the city
• A full day tour of Venice which includes St. Mark’s Basilica, the Doge’s Palace, & a Gondola Ride

Of course, this is just a sample of some of the many tours available, which vary in length from a couple of hours to a full day. We suggest taking a look at all the walks on Take Walks here and Context here . Note that all bookings through our Context links save you 10% on the tour price automatically.

Finally, there are of course a multitude of other options for walking tours. If you would like more options, we suggest looking at the listings on either GetYourGuide or Viator. These two sites have tour options from a wide range of companies, and you can read reviews from other travellers prior to booking to decide if it’s a good option for you.

Saving Money in Europe

Europe, and western Europe in particular, is not exactly known for being a budget destination. The cities in particular are fairly expensive. Your main costs on this trip are likely to be the flights (biggest cost for most), accommodation, attraction entry, transport between the cities, and eating out.

To help you control these costs, we wanted to share some of our tips from years of experience travelling in European cities, so you don’t spend money unnecessarily. Even if you’re not on a tight budget, there’s no need to waste money when you don’t have to!

Use City Passes

All the cities in our itinerary have one or more city passes to choose from. City passes generally include either free or discounted admission to the major attractions in the city, and may also include other benefits.

These other benefits will vary, but will generally include things like fast track entry to some attractions, inclusive public transport, hop on hop off bus tickets, and discounts on meals and other activities like walking tours, wine tastings, and so on.

We have used a number of city passes during our travels in the cities in this itinerary, and our recommended passes for you to consider are as follows:

• For London: The London Pass. Available in durations from one to ten days, covers all the major attractions in London. See our full review of the London Pass here , and buy yours here .
• For Paris: The Paris Pass or the Paris Museum Pass. The Paris Pass includes entry to most of Paris’s major museums, plus includes attractions like a HOHO bus and Seine River Cruise. The Paris Museum Pass just covers attraction entry fees. See our full review of the Paris Pass here , and buy your Paris Pass here . We also have a full review of the Paris Museum Pass here, and you can buy it here .
• For Barcelona: The Go Barcelona Pass , Barcelona City Pass and Barcelona Card . These vary in what they cover, and whilst we suggest you pick up at least one of them, the best one for you will depend on your interests. See our full comparison of the Barcelona City Passes for more information.
• For Rome: The Omnia Rome and Vatican Card or the Roma Pass . Both these passes include free public transport in Rome, as well as free and discounted admission to attractions across the city. The Omnia Rome and Vatican Card also includes skip the line access to the Vatican Museums, St. Peter’s Basilica, as well as other Vatican attractions. It also has a hop on hop off bus.
• For Venice : We have never used a discount card in Venice. However, there is a Venice Pass which includes many of the museums and churches that is well worth checking out.

If you are planning on seeing a number of sights in each city you visit, a city pass can definitely save you money. Some of them will also save you time, as they offer skip the line benefits. However, we do recommend doing a little bit of reading on each pass to make sure it makes sense for your specific trip.

Note that city passes are often not as good of a value for children (especially young children) and those who are eligible for discounts at many attractions (seniors, disabled, EU university students), so do check if you qualify for any discounts before buying a pass.

Book accommodation and transportation in advance

The two major costs on your trip are likely to be accommodation and transportation. Our major tip for both of these is to book them in advance.

For transport in Europe, the best deals are nearly always to be had if you book as far in advance as possible. The cheapest tickets on flights and trains always sell out first, and then the prices will increase.

We recommend you check your flights and book in advance here , and your trains here .

Accommodation is not quite so straight forward, as prices can dip and rise depending on demand. However, in our personal experience, prices tend to be lower if we book further in advance. Plus, you can often take advantage of free cancellation policies, and re-book if the prices drop.

Also, don’t forget to look at accommodation options beyond hotels. Short term apartment rentals can be very cost effective, plus they will allow you to prepare some of your own meals if you want, which will also save you money.

We generally use booking.com for booking our hotels, and they also include apartments. We also use Plum Guide regularly. There are plenty more options though – see our guide to some AirBnB alternatives to give you some ideas.

Invest in a Guidebook

We recommend investing in a guidebook, especially if this is your first trip to western Europe.

Investing $15 to $25 in a guidebook can save you much more in time and money. A guidebook can cover much more in-depth information than we can in this blog post, and means you’ll have all the information you need at your fingertips.

For this trip, we recommend the Rick Steves Best of Europe guide . If you had to pick one guide book, that would be our favourite – it covers all the destinations in this itinerary (plus many more!) and has lots of practical information, tips and advice to help you plan. We use and love it.

If you have room in your bag, we can also recommend the Europe through the Back Door book , which has a lot of general travel advice for Europe.

Other options to consider include Lonely Planet’s Western Europe guidebook and/or the Insight Guide to Western Europe .

Be sure to purchase a recently edited/updated version of the guidebook. So make sure it was updated in the last year or so. Most guidebooks are updated every year or two to make sure the information is as up to date as possible.

If you are not sure which guidebook may be best for you, you might want to browse in your local bookshop or library before picking one.

Use Public Transport Effectively

The cheapest and most effective way to get around the cities listed in this post is to take public transport (well, after walking of course!).

Each city has its own public transport network, with various fares and ticket options. Learning how to use these properly will save you money.

For example, in London, it’s possible to buy individual tickets using cash. However, this can be twice as expensive as using an Oyster Card or Contactless bank card for your travel. In Paris, you can buy tickets individually, or you can save money by buying booklets of ten tickets.

In addition, many of the city passes we recommend come with some sort of travel card, which can also save you money.

Basically, each transport system has its own quirks, and having a handle on these will likely save you money. We also recommend always checking to see how far your destination is on foot before taking public transport.

The public transit maps are unlikely to match up to the reality of geography, and you might find it will take the same amount of time to walk somewhere as it would have to take a bus or metro, plus walking is free!

Find restaurant deals

Our final tip covers the last major expense, which will be eating out. Of course, eating out is a major part of travelling, but the costs can quickly add up.

The good news is that you can also save money on eating out. The secret is to figure out when the restaurant deals are likely to be happening.

For example, in France and Spain, it’s very common for lunch time menus to be offered. These are usually two or three course meals, which sometimes include wine, bread and coffee, and which are usually priced under €20 per person.

For Paris, see our guide to some of the best Michelin starred restaurants for lunch deals .

In London, these aren’t as common, however, many restaurants offer theater deals. These are special priced menus offered either late in the afternoon (5pm – 7pm generally) or late in the evening (10pm and onwards), designed for theatre goers who want to get a meal before or after the show.

Of course, you don’t have to be going to the theatre to take advantage of these deals!

Other options for saving money on dining out include taking advantage of street food, picking up “meal deals” at supermarkets like M&S in London, putting together picnics from markets in Paris – the list goes on. It is certainly possible to eat on the cheap quite easily if you make a little bit of effort to do so.

Further Reading for your Trip to Europe

Well, that’s pretty much the end of this post to help you plan your own perfect Europe itinerary and trip.

As you can see from the links shared throughout the post, we have a lot of content to help you plan your own trip to Europe. To make it easier for you, I wanted to put some of the most useful content here, for easy reference. I’ve also included some third party resources you might find useful in planning.

• For London , we have a guide for a day in London , 2 days in London , 3 days in London and 6 days in London
• We have a guide to the London Eye , Tower of London , Harry Potter filming locations in London , Winston Churchill locations in London , London’s War Museums , London’s UNESCO sites and tips on taking a walking tour in London
• We also have a guide to public transport in London , a guide to getting from the airport to London , a guide to what to pack for London , a guide to the cost of travel in the UK and a review of the London Pass
• For Paris , we have a guide to a day in Paris , 2 days in Paris and 3 days in Paris
• We have a guide to the best photography locations in Paris , afternoon tea in Paris , thoughts on the best Seine River cruises , a guide to making perfume in Paris , and advice for visiting the Moulin Rouge
• We also have a review of the Paris Pass , a review of the Paris Museum Pass , a guide to visiting the Eiffel Tower
• For Barcelona , we have a guide for 1 day in Barcelona , 2 days in Barcelona and 3 days in Barcelona .
• We have a guide to the best photography locations in Barcelona , the Anton Gaudi sites in Barcelona , and the Sagrada Familia
• We have a review of the Go Barcelona Pass and a comparison of the major Barcelona city passes
• For Rome, we have a guide to things to do in Rome , a day in Rome , 2 days in Rome and 3 days in Rome
• We also have a guide to the best gelato in Rome , the best cafes in Rome , visiting the Borghese Gallery in Rome, visiting the Colosseum in Rome and our thoughts on taking a walking tour in Rome
• For Venice , we have a guide to spending a day in Venice
• We also have a guide to visiting the Doge’s Palace & St. Mark’s Basilica , as well as our thoughts on a tour of Casanova’s Venice
• Investing in a guidebook can help save you time and money on your trip and help you be prepared. For this trip, we recommend the Rick Steves Best of Europe guide , Lonely Planet’s Western Europe guidebook and/or the Insight Guide to Western Europe

And that’s it for our guide to spending 2 weeks in Europe! As always, we’re open to questions, comments and feedback – just pop them in the comments section below, and we’ll get back to you as soon as we can!

Enjoyed this post? Why not share it!

There are 30 comments on this post

Please scroll to the end to leave a comment

Kirsten says

1st April 2023 at 1:43 am

We just came back from this exact trip on 3/26/23. We followed your itinerary and most of your suggestions on what to do in each city. Thank you so much for putting this together. My husband and I aren’t the best planners and this step by step guide was so helpful and perfect for us! We really couldn’t have done it without you. Thank you!

Laurence Norah says

2nd April 2023 at 10:33 pm

Hi Kirsten!

Thank you so much for taking the time to stop by and share your experience! I’m delighted to hear you guys had a great time in Europe and that we were able to help with your trip planning, it really means a lot to know that our content is helpful 🙂

Safe travels!

Laurence & Jessica

12th February 2023 at 3:08 pm

This is an awesome itinerary. Thank you so much for sharing! We hope to make our first trip to Europe in the future.

12th February 2023 at 4:18 pm

My pleasure Sara, I hope you get to visit Europe soon and do let me know if you have any questions when you start to plan your trip!

6th February 2023 at 12:20 am

Hello, Thank you for great posts on Europe trip. Really help a lot when I’m trying to plan for mine. Do you mind sharing apartment name you stayed in Paris, the one with Eiffel tower view? Im looking for nice apartment to stay with Eiffel tower view for my honeymoon this year. Really appreciate it if you could share. Thank you 🙂

9th February 2023 at 8:15 am

Thanks very much. So the apartment was this one which we booked via Plum Guide. I’m not sure it’s still bookable, although there is an option to message the host. I’d also recommend the Eiffel Tower guide we have here , as that as a selection of accommodation options with good views. We’ve also stayed at the Pullman Paris hotel which has excellent Eiffel Tower views for example.

Have a great trip to Europe!

19th January 2023 at 4:05 pm

I’ve subscribed, but still cannot gain printing access…please help – thank you!

23rd January 2023 at 2:17 pm

Sorry for the slow response, we’re travelling in Uganda and Internet access has been sporadic! I can see you are an active subscriber, does it still not work when you put your email address in on the print page? If not, if you could let me know what device and browser you are using and I’ll see if I can figure out what is going on!

2nd July 2022 at 3:39 am

This was a great blog. I am trying to put together a surprise trip for my wife’s 40th next year. I am gonna try to do it myself based off all the deals y’all have given. Bless

2nd July 2022 at 10:58 am

My pleasure Wayne, have a great trip and do let me know if you have any questions 🙂

alex47_in_downtown says

8th February 2022 at 2:16 pm

This was the most detailed, informative & hence the most helpful travel blogpost I’ve ever read… 🙂 Perfect itinerary for first-timers (like me)…! Lots of love from India <3

10th February 2022 at 12:11 pm

Thanks very much Alex, I was delighted to be of help! I hope you have a great time in Europe, and do let me know if you have any questions!

Ashley Salgado says

8th October 2022 at 7:19 pm

Why not have a pdf versión to be able to print. Tried to print this but it’s a whopping 100 pages with all the ads and comments. Great info I’d love to print and read with time not on a screen.

8th October 2022 at 11:23 pm

Thanks for your message! Every post is available in printable format, if you look at the bottom of the post on mobile, or the side on desktop, there is a little print icon. If you press that you can go through the steps to access a printable version without ads, comments or images. You can then print it to PDF, most devices these days let you save a webpage as a PDF from the print option.

Have a great time in Europe!

Michelle says

2nd November 2021 at 1:49 am

I’m so glad I found this blog. This is so helpful and fantastic. It really gives us a clearer picture on how to plan our first trip to Europe (16 days) and it hits the cities we want to start off with and we plan on doing. Thank you!!!

2nd November 2021 at 11:06 am

My pleasure Michelle! Have a wonderful trip across Europe, and do let me know if you have any questions!

Penny Hampton says

2nd January 2021 at 2:42 pm

Loved your blog on traveling to Europe. We have never been to Europe so this would be our first time. What you write is exactly what we are looking for. Great advise on everything from where to go-where to stay and where to visit. If Covid ever dies down, we will try to make the trip.

2nd January 2021 at 2:46 pm

Thank you so much Penny! I certainly hope you get to take a trip sooner rather than later 🙂 If you have any questions when it comes to the planning, just let me know. Happy 2021!

20th February 2020 at 4:03 am

Hi Lawrence and Jessica,

Thank you so much for this article, it has been very helpful as I try and plan out our first trip to Europe. I will be taking my sons ages 24 and 18 this summer and are hoping to say about 18 days. We are planning to go to every location except Barcelona, and would like to add a city in either the Netherlands, Belgium or Switzerland. Which would you recommend? Also we are planning to travel at the end of July/early August, so I’m sure our costs will be quite high. Any thoughts on how much I should expect a 2 week trip to cost? I know that may be a difficult question to answer, but even if it’s a broad ballpark it would be very helpful.

20th February 2020 at 12:43 pm

Our pleasure, sounds like you have a great trip coming up! So yes, this is a really hard question to answer 😉 I would suggest taking a look at our suggested costs for a UK trip here , which should help with your planning. Prices in continental Europe are fairly comparable to the UK. Everyone has a different travel style and budget, and idea of what is expensive or acceptable, so it’s hard to know. There would be a huge difference depending on if it was hostel accommodation of 5* 😉 Just be aware that capital cities tend to be more expensive as a general rule of thumb.

In terms of saving, definitely check out apartment rentals which might work out cheaper as you are in a group. Also, booking transport well in advance (planes and trains) will make a huge difference to the cost. Flexibility in timing is also useful.

In terms of adding another city, Amsterdam is obviously nice but busy. Ghent and Bruges are lovely in Belgium. We’ve actually just come back from Switzerland. There’s a lot to choose from and a great transport network, but Geneva is a good starting point.

Let me know if you have any more questions, I’m happy to try and help!

12th February 2020 at 4:36 pm

I’ve sent this to my wife, this looks amazing! I think ill try to see if we can get an overnight Rail between the far trips however, this looks fantastic! and Exciting!

It will be our 1st trip to the EU, so hitting up all these locations at once will give us a great taste of so many locations!

12th February 2020 at 5:38 pm

Thanks Ryan! I hope you guys have a great trip, and do let me know if you have any questions!

10th December 2019 at 4:46 pm

Amazing article! You have inspired me to explore Europe soon! Thanks!

10th December 2019 at 4:58 pm

Thanks very much – I hope you get to visit soon and have a great trip when you do!

19th November 2019 at 4:03 pm

Loved this article and found it very useful. I’m in the process of trying to plan a trip for next year with my 18 and 19 year olds. I can’t quite committ to exactly where I want to take them. This will be our first trip overseas and I’ve been driving myself crazy googling different locations and ideas. This article has been one of the best as I feel like I really need a step by step guide to create and book whatever vacation I decide to go with. Any tips on what you think would be a great trip for that age bracket would be very appreciated.

20th November 2019 at 3:06 pm

Awesome, delighted to have been able to help. So I think this itinerary will work for your family, the only thing might be to tweak the attractions you visit based on your interests and the interests of your family. So if they aren’t into lots of museums, or art, then maybe cut those back a bit. Perhaps they’d be more interested in food tours or more interactive things like that. The best option would definitely be to just have a chat with them and find out what they might like to do, and then you can try to make everyone happy 😉 Communication is definitely key, and if they feel they have input and control then I think everyone will have a better time.

I hope this helps a bit!

Have an amazing trip and don’t hesitate to reach out if you have any more questions!

Natasha says

4th October 2019 at 1:19 pm

I might suggest taking skipping at least Barcelona. It’s not that it’s not beautiful, it definetly is. The city can’t handle all the tourist coming its way…Please do some research beforehand. I might opt for a longer stay in one city than trying to do too much. Or focus on one region. You probably wouldn’t do New York, California, Chicago and Grand Canyon in 2 weeks… It may not look like it on the map, but these aren’t such small distances.

4th October 2019 at 7:40 pm

Hi Natasha,

Thanks for your feedback. I’d disagree about Barcelona as I think it’s a beautiful city (we have visited many times – this article is based on our experiences not research). We would agree that folks should try and spend longer in each place rather than moving too fast for sure, and slower travel is something we prefer ourselves. That said, not everyone has the luxury of longer vacations, and wants to see quite a few places, hence we’ve put this itinerary together. Compared to some itineraries, we think it’s actually pretty relaxed and achievable 🙂

Thanks again for taking the time to comment!

14th September 2019 at 4:57 pm

Thanks for this detailed itinerary and plans. I really liked reading this. We are planning for a Europe trip on coming December. Do you think the itinerary you mentioned can be a difficult one to choose because of weather in December?

14th September 2019 at 5:47 pm

I think the itinerary is do-able at any time of year. December is a good month for visiting Europe as you have the pretty Christmas lights and Christmas markets. Obviously it will be colder and there’s more chance of rain, but appropriate clothing will solve that issue!

Have a great trip and let me know if I can be of any more help 🙂

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Let me know when there's a reply to my comment (just replies to your comment, no other e-mails, we promise!)

Subscribe to our monthly Newsletter where we share our latest travel news and tips. This also makes you eligible to enter our monthly giveaways!

We only ask for your e-mail so we can verify you are human and if requested notify you of a reply. To do this, we store your data as outlined in our privacy policy . Your e-mail will not be published or used for any other reason other than those outlined above.

• Skip to primary navigation
• Skip to main content
• Skip to primary sidebar
• Skip to footer

The Opinionated Travelogue of a Photo Maniac

• Middle East
• North America
• South America
• Pacific Islands
• FOOD & WINE
• TRAVEL GUIDES
• TRAVEL RESOURCES
• Rants & Raves
• Travel Blogger Interviews
• Contact Form
• Privacy Policy
• Featured Elsewhere

2 Weeks in Europe – How to Plan a Perfect Itinerary

Last Modified: May 5, 2024 //  by  Anda //   106 Comments

If you are planning a 2 weeks trip to Europe and need some itinerary ideas for your vacation you have come to the right place. As someone born and raised in Europe, I can give you some good advice when it comes to my home continent.

14 days may sound like a long trip, but not on this incredibly diverse continent. With so many attractions, sights to see and cultures to experience, your 2 weeks vacation in Europe will go by in the blink of an eye! 

Table of Contents

How to Plan a Perfect Europe Trip Itinerary

• london, paris, and amsterdam, • lisbon, madrid, barcelona , • rome, florence, and venice ,  • prague, vienna, and budapest.

•  • Berlin, Dresden and Wroclaw     
• • Zurich, Lucerne, Lugano and Milan      
• • Oslo, Stockholm, Copenhagen      
•  • Riga, Tallin, and Vilnius      
• • Athens, Istanbul, Bucharest        
•  • Ljubljana, Split, Dubrivnik, Kotor     

How to Plan a 2 Weeks Trip to Europe

• Tips for Spending 2 Weeks in Europe 

A Final Note

If this is your first time in Europe, you probably have quite a few places on your Europe bucket list . Without knowing anything about you or your interests, I can only give you basic, generic advice.

Below is a list of 10 suggested itineraries for for a 2-week trip to Europe. The itineraries are grouped according to the different European regions. However, you can choose any combination from the cities listed here, according to your tastes and interests.

Best Western Europe Trip 2-Week Itinerary

These three cities have more than enough to keep you engaged for 2 weeks. You can easily spend the entire two weeks in Paris , if you were to visit all its amazing churches and museums.

London, Amsterdam and Paris are among the Europe’s greatest cities and enjoy a perennial popularity, despite the many problems they have been facing lately. I think they are worth seeing at least once, even though they are always crowded.  

You have excellent direct flights, trains, or bus connections between all three. There are overnight trains between Lisbon and Madrid that run daily, departing at 11:34 p.m. and arriving in Madrid at 8:40 a.m. Also, there are direct flights, trains, or busses from Madrid to Barcelona.   

All these Iberian cities are packed with culture, culinary delights and incredible landscapes. They are easy to reach from most major airports from around the world.

Although you could easily spend two weeks in Spain alone, visiting other historical places like Toledo , or Cordoba for instance, I suggest including Portugal in your European itinerary as well. Lisbon , its capital city, is not only very romantic and cultured, but also quite inexpensive. 

Book  this private walking tour of the highlights of Lisbon and enjoy the history of this city.

These are three of Italy’s most captivating and rewarding cities. If you like archeology, you’ll love Rome ! Florence and Venice are also very charming cities, although quite different from Rome. If you prefer to spend your time in one single country, this combination is one the best itineraries for a 2 weeks trip to Europe.  

Italy has a wealth of archeological sites, most of which are concentrated in relatively compact areas. These three cities also have excellent train, bus, and plain connections (buy your ticket on omio.com ).

Sicily is another great place in Europe where you can easily spend 2 weeks. There are so many archeological sites and  beautiful towns in Sicily to add to your list! I promise that you won’t get bored if you choose to spend your entire European vacation on this island. 

Palermo alone can easily justify a 10-day Italy itinerary . You have good bus connections between cities, but Sicily is best explored by car . You can choose visit the nearby Malta if you go to Sicily.

Central Europe 2 Weeks Trip Itinerary

Central Europe is becoming increasingly popular. 30 years ago, cities like Prague , Budapest , Dresden, or Wroclaw were largely unknown to the world traveler. But after the fall of communism, Central Europe experienced a strong cultural and tourist revival.

These three capitals have it all: beautiful architecture, fascinating history, packed concert calendars, and delicious food. For those who want to tour Central Europe, this trip itinerary is perfect.

Traveling by rail is the best way to go between these three, as distances are relatively short. You can buy tickets at the station right before the train is scheduled to depart.      

READ NEXT : Budapest Travel Tips and Practical Information for First Time Visitors

 • Berlin, Dresden and Wroclaw      

Combining the cosmopolitan  Berlin with the  phoenix-city  of Dresden and the picturesque Wroclaw, will give you a great understanding of what makes this part of Europe so fascinating. You have direct trains between all these cities.

• Zurich, Lucerne, Lugano and Milan        

You can never go wrong with Switzerland and the northern part of Italy! Cities like Lucerne, Zurich, Lugano and Milan have stunning scenery, art museums, old cathedrals, historic palaces, and more charm than you can imagine.  However they are not very big, so 2-3 days in each one would most likely be enough.  

The best way to move between these cities is by rail. Switzerland is famous for its top of the line panoramic trains , so you can choose to travel from Lucerne to Lugano aboard the  Gotthard Panorama Express.  You can also take the same route on a non-panoramic train  if you want to avoid paying the mandatory reservation fee.

READ NEXT : 10 Days in Switzerland Itinerary by Scenic Trains

Northern Europe 2 Weeks Itinerary

• oslo, stockholm, copenhagen        .

These three cities are definitely in a league of their own. Although they can’t compete with Rome’s historic sites or with the charm of Paris, Copenhagen , Oslo and Stockholm have stunning architecture, world-class museums, and some of the best shopping and dining in Europe.

If you plan to spend your 2 weeks vacation in Northern Europe during the summer months, this trip itinerary is your best bet. While the rest of Europe is be boiling hot, Northern Europe enjoys much cooler temperatures and longer days in summer.

READ NEXT : 10 Fantastic Things to Do in Stockholm in a Week

  • Riga , Tallin, and Vilnius       

I can’t mention Northern Europe without including a tour of the Baltic capitals. The Baltic States of Latvia, Estonia, and Lithuania weren’t even on the map when I was growing up. But like many other European countries that lived in the shadow of the Soviet Union till the 90s, they have enjoyed a true renaissance in the past years.

If you want to travel somewhere your friends haven’t even heard of, you should visit the Baltic capitals. Plus these are among the cheapest countries to visit in Europe .

South-Eastern Europe – 2 Weeks Trip Itineraries

The Balkan Peninsula is the most culturally diverse in Europe. This region has also an extremely varied topography. Bordered by the Adriatic and Ionian Sea to the west, Aegean Sea to the south, the Sea of Marmara to the southeast and the Black Sea to the east, the Balkan countries are stunningly beautiful.

There are so many great destinations in South-Eastern Europe, that it’s difficult to decide which ones to include into your trip itinerary. Here are two suggestions:

• Athens, Istanbul, Bucharest          

If you plan to build your itinerary around these three cities, you could spend 3 days in Athens , 7 days in Istanbul and 2-3 days in Bucharest . Or you can choose spend your entire 2 weeks trip to Europe by visiting just one country. We did that last year and took a road trip in the Peloponnese. It was an unexpected success, it was pleasant and we had a great time there. Peloponnese is one of the less explored parts of Greece, but is so beautiful that you won’t believe. It has plenty of beach town, some of which are nicer and more sophisticated that the Ritzi Greek island, like the beach tow of Nafplio .

Countries like Greece , Turkey, or Romania have plenty of amazing sites to keep you entertained and engaged for 14 days. 

The best way to travel between these 3 countries is by plane. Between Istanbul and Athens you an use Pegasus Airlines (a budget airline) and between Istanbul and Bucharest you can use Turkish Airlines.

 • Ljubljana , Split , Dubrivnik, Kotor      

These four cities will take you through 3 of the most beautiful countries in the Balkans: Slovenia, Croatia and Montenegro . The best way to travel between these cities would be by car or by bus, as there are no train connections between Split and Dubrovnik.

For those who want to rent a car to drive through the Balkans, I recommend this 14 days Balkans road trip itinerary . If you have a car, you can extend your itinerary to some other points of interest in this region.

Planning a trip to Europe? Read next: 12 Tips for Traveling to Europe Like a Pro

Being born and raised in Europe I always get asked these two questions:  when is the best time go to Europe and what is the best itinerary for a first time visit to Europe. My answer it’s always the same: it depends what you want to do in Europe and how much time you can spend there.

If this is your first time in Europe and all you have is 14 days, there are a few things to consider before deciding what to add to your list:      

 • Keep your travel plans simple      

Most first time visitors to Europe are determined to see as much as possible on that first trip. Keep in mind that Europe is a big and diverse continent. There is a lot to see everywhere you go. Fitting all your bucket-listed locations in a 2 weeks trip to Europe is nearly impossible.      

 • Start with the most popular cities   

Your first trip to Europe is not the best time to go off the beaten path. I recommend sticking to the big cities, even though they are more crowded. Major European cities have it all: top notch museums, beautiful architecture, great restaurants and a vibrant nightlife.

Besides, they are big transportations hubs and are cheaper for flying in and out of Europe.

• Choose to visit places that are close to each other   

The closest major European cities are at least two hours apart, whether you travel by car, by train, or by plane. Transit between cities takes at least half a day, if you consider the time you need to check out of one hotel and check into your next one. Therefore, you won’t be able to do much sightseeing on the day you travel.        

 • Plan to spend at least 3-4 days in each city you visit   

While it’s possible to cover more than half a dozen countries in your 14 days in Europe, just running between destinations doesn’t mean you actually visited them! If you want to see at least the major sights, you should plan to spend a minimum of 3-4 days in each city you visit.

• Book an open-jaw ticket     

If you plan on touring a specific region or doing a multi-destination trip, you can often save a lot of time and money with booking one.

Once you’re further along in your planning process, you can use our  Travel Resources page for the best deals in airfare, accommodations and local guided tours.

• Rent a car only if you are planning to travel outside the big cities, where parking is expensive and difficult to find. Nonetheless, sometimes renting a car will save you a lot of time and is obviously more comfortable. We usually use Discovercars when we travel in Europe.

Tips for Spending 2 Weeks in Europe  

• book accommodations in the city center      .

Hotel rates are higher in the city center, but it’s worth paying the extra dollars if you can afford it. You’ll save time and money on transportation.     

• Use Hotel Alternatives

AirBnB or VRBO   for lodging instead of booking hotel rooms, especially if you travel in a bigger group. They are a much better deal and have beautiful apartments all around the world. For the same price you would pay for an average hotel, you could rent an entire apartment.    

• Don’t exchange money in the airport   

Airports, train stations, or tourist areas have the worst exchange rates. But if you look for an exchange office outside these areas, your hard earned money can go a way longer way. If no exchange booths are around, use the ATM machines throughout the city.    

   • Consider using public transportation

Driving a car Europe is an expensive and inconvenient complication. None of these European cities were built with cars in mind, so the roads are crowded and full of restrictions. Rather than worrying  about parking fees, one way streets, and pedestrian zones, consider using public transportation during your 2 weeks in Europe.     

 • Travel by train, or use budget airlines  

Train travel through Europe is one of the best ways to see the continent. The rail network is extremely developed and train service is very reliable. For longer distances, flying one of the many European airlines is also a great option.

There are over a dozen budget airlines in Europe that fly anywhere on the continent for unbelievably low prices. They charge extra for seats and luggage, but even so you can fly for as low as €30-40/one way.    

   • Dress comfortably

Dressing comfortably when you travel to Europe is very important, but avoid looking like a tourist. Not sure how to blend in with the locals? Read my guide about how to dress like a European .  

Buy the best shoes you can afford. I can stress enough the importance of wearing comfortable shoes while traveling in Europe. Many of the old European cities are still paved with cobble stones which are very rough on your soles.

   • Travel off season  

Everyone wants to travel when the weather is stable, but summers can be brutal in Europe: big crowds, expensive accommodations and airfare, busy trains and public transportation and very hot.

The best time to visit Europe is in fall or in spring, when temperatures are milder and there are less crowds. December is also a very popular time of year to visit Europe, when most European cities dress up for the holidays .

• Get acquainted with the European lifestyle

Most travelers to Europe expect to encounter cultural differences, yet when confronted with them they are always caught off guard. I wrote a very detailed post about what will surprise you as a first time visitor to Europe. These are very useful tips that you will need before traveling to Europe.

READ NEXT : 15 Cheapest Countries to Visit in Europe

This guide is a good resource if you intend to visit Europe independently. However, if you prefer an organized tour there are plenty of great tours of Europe to choose from.

Hope the itineraries above gave you some idea on how to travel Europe in 2 weeks. And if you like a place you saw, make a plan to return and explore it more in depth. Two weeks in Europe will not be enough to see this magical continent.

Did you enjoy this post? Please pin it to help other travelers to Europe:

RELATED POSTS:

• 10 Most Beautiful European Cities to Visit in Your Lifetime
• Prague vs Budapest: Which City Is Better?
• Travel Tips For Europe (Don’t Get Caught by Surprise)
• What to Buy in Paris – 15 French Souvenirs Everyone Will Love

Anda is an award winning travel writer, avid globetrotter and passionate photographer. She is the voice behind "Travel Notes & Beyond," a collection of stories and travel impressions from her wanderings around the world. When she is not busy writing, traveling, or editing photographs, you can find her hiking in the foothills behind her house together with her husband and their dog.

Reader Interactions

Vipin Singh

January 13, 2024 at 6:56 am

Greetings from Singapore Anda. I am an avid traveler but have only done Asia so far. I am planning my first Europe trip in this upcoming June, mid month. I have circled down to 4 cities that iam keen on going to. But now, after reading much online, i figured that it will be more ideal to include just 3 cities in my itinerary. I had London, Paris, Rome, Spain (Madrid/Barcelo) in mind initially. I am looking for advice to reduce one city if needed for this trip. I have 13 days to spend (including arrival date to London in the morning before 7am. And excluding departure date) Appreciate your reply.

January 16, 2024 at 2:24 pm

Since this is your first trip to Europe, I’d go to London, Paris and Rome. I’m sure you won’t regret it.

Chetan Sahu

October 7, 2023 at 5:59 am

Planning my dream 2-week European adventure, and this guide is a goldmine of itinerary ideas! From the iconic cities to hidden gems, it’s packed with invaluable tips for an unforgettable trip. So, which European journey will I embark on? The possibilities are endless!

Chandra Bdr Gurung

July 6, 2023 at 11:43 pm

Excellent advice for those who are first-time visitors. This blog really impressed me. Europe has some really interesting sites to visit.

Ana Delos Santos

April 28, 2023 at 10:55 am

Hi, this is really helpful for 1st time Travelers in Europe. Just want to also ask you, for a 2 week Europe Trip, what do you advise to those traveling with Kids that wanted to visit countries in Europe with an Entry and Exit point from the Philippines? Thanks for the possible response. God bless you.

April 28, 2023 at 11:58 am

I am not aware that coming from the Philippines (with or without kids) may pose any problem for entering any country in Europe. However, if you want further more detailed information you should check the respective country’s entry requirements. Sorry I can’t be of more help.

basil swamy

March 22, 2023 at 11:36 am

Looking for Europe tour starting from India, for honeymoon would like to explore Europe. Places need to cover Norway Amsterdam Brussels Paris Switzerland Pissa Florence Rome Venice

Travel dates will be 9Jun to 29Jun It should be not very expensive , reasonable place to stay either good apartment or good Hotel You can suggest if some needs to be cut short or some other place. Do not want any museum or historical place to cover. It should be main and popular area only.

March 22, 2023 at 7:16 pm

I’m sorry, but I am not a travel agent, Basil. You can use my post for reference in order build your own itinerary.

July 13, 2022 at 2:52 pm

Great guide – but overwhelming!! My wife and I are taking our first trip to Europe next year – a long kid- and COVID- delayed 20th/25th/30th anniversary! – and want to make the most of our 3 weeks. But you just listed 31 must-see cities, and suggested 3-4 days per city!! 🙂

My wife wants to “see the highlights” – if we never can come back, what should we make sure we see? I think we’d probably be best served by a managed tour, but maybe I can cobble together something with even hand-holding? 🙂 Advice would be *so* appreciated!

July 13, 2022 at 6:16 pm

Hi Rick, Thanks for reading my guide. I have indeed 31 must-see cities in Europe, but those are 10 independent itineraries and each one of them is for two weeks. If you want to spend 3 weeks in Europe you definitely won’t be able to include all those places in your itinerary. I can give you a few suggestions for a 3-week itinerary, but planning the trip in detail will require a lot of effort from your part.

You’ll need to research each destination and decide what you’d like to see once you get there, book hotels, check timetables for trains and busses, or maybe rent a car in some places, etc. Since I don’t know anything about your travel style, I can’t tell you whether to attempt this trip on your own, or book a guided tour. Many people prefer to be care-free when they travel and just sit back and enjoy. We like to travel independently and do our own planning, but I can assure you it’s not easy. One other option would be to book local guided tours in each country, but travel independently between countries.This way you’ll have more control over what countries you may want to visit.

In regards to the “highlights” of Europe, there are so many! But regardless of what you choose, you shouldn’t include more than 4 countries in 3 weeks because you’ll have to account for the days you loose when moving from one place to another. Here are my suggestions. My first choice for Europe would be Italy, France and Spain. They are rich in culture and architecture and have gorgeous scenery. My second choice is Portugal, Switzerland and Croatia. Not as culturally rich as Italy, or France, but surely breathtakingly beautiful. If you are looking for less expensive destinations, Central and Eastern European countries are more budget friendly (Czech Republic, Hungary, Poland, Romania).

I hope this helps. I have lots of European destination on my blog in case you want to do some further reading. And remember: no matter what country you choose, you’ll love Europe!

July 6, 2021 at 11:40 am

Hi there Anda!

Me and my are planning eloping and then honeymooning to Europe. Neither of us have been and I have family in the Sicily area. I originally wanted to go to Hawaii as I am an avid beach lover and have been to many in search of the most beautiful beach. My finance enjoys the beach, but is definitely more of a historian. So, I would like to encompass a little of both. We plan on late September or sometime in October….14 days. What are your thoughts? Do you think we should use a travel agent? Thanks so much!

July 6, 2021 at 1:24 pm

Hi Carrie, September-October is a great time of year for visiting Italy and I think Sicily is a wonderful choice if you like beaches. It has plenty of historic sites, so it’s the best of both worlds: history and beaches. I have a lot of information about Sicily on this blog, so for further reading you can go under Destinations > Europe > Italy > Sicily and read more. I also have a very informative post about driving in Sicily, should you decide to rent a car for your trip.

I don’t believe you need a travel agent to design your itinerary or make reservations for you. At the bottom of my home page there are some links that you can use to check out prices. I also have a Resource Page if you need more information on car rental and lodging. And if you need more itinerary ideas, read this post: https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/10-days-in-italy-itinerary/ . It includes 4 itinerary ideas for Italy to choose from. Please let me know if you need any further assistance.

March 1, 2021 at 10:40 am

This is very informative. My husband and I have been to several countries in Europe, but not our son. He wants to go to Germany, and I think with more than 2 weeks travel time that we will have, a visit to several cities in Central Europe will make sense to us. My friend in Zurich will be happy to take us around.

March 1, 2021 at 7:38 pm

Hope you’ll get to visit Germany, Umiko. I have relatives in Münich and go to Germany quite often.

January 27, 2021 at 3:03 am

Hi Anda, I have to say, this is a great itinerary for first time travelers. I’ve been living in Europe for almost 2 years now but I still have not seen most of the places in this list and I would consider myself a “first time traveler” to most of these destinations. It gave me tons of ideas though once we finally get to travel again and I love your pctures.

January 28, 2021 at 2:05 pm

Thanks, Marielle.

I love Croatia

January 9, 2021 at 6:09 am

Absolutely stunning! Thank you on a detailed impressive guide!

January 9, 2021 at 10:51 am

Thanks, Karlo.

October 22, 2020 at 8:00 am

Hi Anda! Thank you for all of your articles and tips! I’m trying to soak everything in while planning for a 2-week trip next August 2021. I know you said August is the worst time to go to Europe but I am to be a part of a bridal entourage early that month and have no leeway in that regard – hoping to make the best of it! What are your suggestions for 3 first time Europe travelers to make the MOST of our time but with about three days locked in at London for the ceremony? I was thinking of coming a week before the festivities and staying a week after, putting the wedding in the middle of the two weeks – if that makes sense. Please help! Thank you so much, Christine

October 22, 2020 at 4:59 pm

Hi Christine, A wedding in London sounds like a great reason to visit Europe. The good news is that London is not so hot in August as other cities in Europe. Here are my recommendations for you:

1. I would get the wedding out of the way and then go on with my travel plans. Or leave it for the end of the trip, but not place it in the middle.

2. I would avoid big, crowded cities (like Paris or Rome) where the asphalt radiates even more heat in summer. Keep in mind that many of the buildings in Europe don’t have air conditioning, so there is very little relief from the heat.

3. Rather than big cities, I would visit places that have a breeze, or have access to the Mediterranean, or the Adriatic Sea. My personal favorites for summer are the French Riviera (Nice, Monaco, Cannes), Italy (the Amalfi Coast, or Sicily), Croatia’s Dalmatian Coast (Dubrovnik, Split, Pula, etc.) Italy, France and Croatia seem like good options for you since they are also close to England.

4. Other great countries to visit in August are: Austria, Switzerland and Germany. For instance, you could spend 1-2 days in Vienna, then go to Salzburg and use it as a base for wonderful day trips in the Alps. Or stay 2 days in Zurich and do a Switzerland itinerary. You can also do a combination of countries, but I wouldn’t visit more than two considering that you already have London on your list.

Hope this helps. Please let me know if you have any further questions. I’m sure your trip is going to be great!

October 18, 2020 at 11:25 am

Hi: A friend and I would like to visit somewhere in Europe for 2 or so weeks, and stay in a smaller village and “live” like a local. Yet, also be close enough to other places or countries to take day trips via public transportation. Any suggestions?

October 19, 2020 at 4:47 pm

Your friend could stay for instance in one of the many villages on the French Riviera (like Ezé Village) which are close to Nice,and visit the the entire coast in two weeks. Or perhaps stay in one of the villages in Tuscany, which are close to Florence, and many other fascinating places in Italy.

RAJEEV JAIN

October 6, 2020 at 10:14 pm

Me & my wife wants to cover Europe in 20-30 days. Just for your information I had travelled to Italy & covered Rome, Florence, Venice & Milan. I want to cover other countries & beautiful cities of Europe. Can you suggest best time & an itinerary to visit except July/August when the weather is pleasant & one can travel in budget.

October 7, 2020 at 4:23 pm

Hi Rajeev, late September to early October is a great time to travel to Europe. So is spring, late April to early June. As for an itinerary, you can cover a lot of territory in a month in Europe. I would suggest visiting some of the countries in the Balkans (Croatia, Montenegro, Slovenia).I have a complete itinerary for the Balkans on my blog, if you are interested. Also, you could visit the Baltic countries (Estonia, Lithuania, Latvia) and Sweden. Eastern European countries like Hungary and Romania are also good choice for a fall visit. Hope this helps.

Mitos Soria

February 13, 2020 at 6:19 am

Hello, me my friend will be traveling to Europe in August 2020 ( I know not a good time to go there) for the first time. We have 2 weeks to go to cities we prefer. And that is Italy and Paris. We are in for outlet shopping, visit museum and architectures. Can you recommend us a place to go to met our preferences? And if we would add one more country what would that be? By the way we are flying from Manila. Thank you very much.

February 13, 2020 at 11:09 am

Hi Mitos, even though August it’s kind of hot in Europe, I’m sure you’ll have a lot of fun. Especially if you plan to go shopping, hahaha! Paris and Rome are great places to shop and so is Milan and London. I also like shopping in Vienna, where they have a big pedestrian area (the Graben) lined up with stores. All these cities have magnificent architecture, old churches and palaces that you can visit. Prices are a little higher in Europe than they are in Asia or the US, but I love shopping there just the same. They have so much trendier clothing stores than we do. My favorite one is Massimo Dutti, you should check it out.

SHYAMSUNDER GAIKWAD

February 2, 2020 at 3:29 pm

Hi Anda, Me and my wife plan to travel to Europe for about 10 to 14 days(depends) from the first week of August’2020 (After my sons final semester Exams). Flight ticket are yet to be booked. This would be our first trip to Europe. We plan to cover Europe in six visits, this would be our first. Both of have past our half century mark and have taken a sabbatical. Could you please suggest us an Itinerary? Is August a good time to travel

February 2, 2020 at 3:30 pm

Hi Shyamsunder, August is one of the worst times to go to Europe: it’s hot, it’s expensive and it’s crowded. I know you may be bound to your son’s vacation time, so if August is the only time you have available, I would suggest going to Northern Europe. You can visit Sweden, Norway, and the Baltic countries (Lithuania, Estonia and Latvia). Either that, or choose to spend your entire vacation in southern Italy, in places close to the sea (Capri, Positano, Cinque Terre, or Sicily).

January 27, 2020 at 1:23 pm

Thanks for your insight and prompt response. Travel planning can be overwhelming and your site has been extremely helpful. The more I dig into options and different itiniraries my gut keeps saying to stick with Italy and you helped confirm this even more! Another thought was to combine a 7n cruise but again my gut (and hubby) prefers a land based trip. So sticking with Italy it seems just 3 cities maybe better (based on your suggestion) with day trips mixed in…Venice, Rome & Florence. Initial plan was for Cique Terre which maybe too much. The idea of Lake Cumo is a really good one! Now need to explore those logistics!

Anda Galffy

January 27, 2020 at 1:28 pm

Glad I could be of help, Sandra. Just one last note: keep in mind that Rome is a big city, rich in history and archeological sites. You will need at least 4-5 days to explore it properly. Have a wonderful trip.

January 27, 2020 at 1:22 pm

Hi Anda, Just found your site and love the information. We are late in planning our 20th anniversary trip to Italy in May. We have 16 days so 14 nights exculuding travel. This is our first time to Europe (other than Greece) in a very long time. Initial thoughts are fly into Venice 2n, Florence, 4n, Cinque Terre 4n, Rome 4n – Now second guessing about all Italy (which I know is all good) but maybe adding Amsterdam or another city and subtracting days from Italy. Any thoughts input appreciated!

Hi Sandra, first of all congratulations on your 20th anniversary! Italy is a great choice to mark this important event in your life and I’m sure this will be a trip to remember. My personal opinion is that Italy has so much to offer that it’s not a good idea to add Amsterdam to the mix. The two-week European itineraries I recommend in my post are for people who want to get a feel of Europe and explore some of the big cities. I think you’ll be better off spending all your time in Italy and exploring as much as you can there. Instead of Amsterdam, you could go to Lake Como, for instance. It’s a very romantic destination for an anniversary.

January 18, 2020 at 10:37 pm

Anda So glad I found your site. I’m in the beginning stages of planning a trip for late 2020 (Christmas time) for my husband and myself. I think you’ve helped me decide on Italy. Christmas is the only time he has vacation so we’re locked in to that time of year. We’d both like to see Pompeii, so I was thinking Naples to Rome and ending up in Venice. We have 2 weeks, so I think we could take our time and stop if we’d like to see something along the way. What do you think about going to Italy this time of year? Are trains reliable in winter? Thanks for any help you can give me. Karen

January 19, 2020 at 12:01 am

Hi karen, Italy is actually a great choice for winter, particularly in December when you’ll have the Christmas markets everywhere. Prices may be still pretty high because of the Holidays, but there will definitely be less crowds. You may expect colder weather in Northern Italy (Rome and Venice), but the Amalfi Coast (Pompeii and Naples) will be beautiful. I don’t think you’ll have any issues with the trains. It doesn’t snow often in northern Italy and even if does, the weather doesn’t impact public transportation. I think you’ll enjoy Italy tremendously! It’s a great place to visit. You may want to check this post as well if you are traveling to Rome: https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/best-areas-to-stay-in-rome/

cybele ryan

January 23, 2020 at 3:35 pm

Anda what wonderful information. My husband and I planning a trip to Europe in mid May for two weeks. Thinking about flying into Switzerland or Austria, dipping down into Italy then on to Slovenia and Croatia. We are told Slovenia is very similar to Italy. We could stay in Slovenia and train over to Venice for the day, avoiding crowds ect. Any ideas? take the train, rent a car?Thank you! Cybele

January 23, 2020 at 5:52 pm

Train is probably better for the day trip. Besides, in Venice you won’t have any need for the car.

December 31, 2019 at 4:44 am

Hullo Anda, your article literally saved my life. I have read it twice and sucked in as much of your advice so thank you. I am black and I was wondering if you have any specific advice for a black travelers in Europe. What is the general reception for black africans in Europe? I may be overthinking it, but I am worried that it may be negative. Your honest thoughts will be appreciated. thanks.

December 31, 2019 at 3:39 pm

I’m truly happy that my article was of help to you. I don’t think you have any reason to worry about traveling to Europe as a black person. As far as I know, Europeans are quite open and welcoming to any race and nationality. I think you’ll have a wonderful time there.

December 28, 2019 at 6:04 am

Thankyou for the suggestions. We are planning to visit Europe from US for two weeks from April 24 to May 9 . Our itenrary idea is to arrive in Paris > Milan > Venice > Cinque terra> Florence > Rome . While at florence we planned to visit Pisa for half day Will this be aggressive or Do-able? Can you please suggest on how many days each city require to explore? Thanks in Advance

December 28, 2019 at 9:15 am

Hi Satya, What you are listing here looks like a very busy itinerary. All these cities are loaded with attractions. Besides, you need time for transportation between the different destinations and time to check in and out from the hotels. Rome and Paris require at least 3 days each. Milan you can probably do in a day, but for Florence, Venice and Cinque Terre you’ll also need a minimum of two days. My suggestion would be to leave Paris for another time and concentrate on Italy.

December 28, 2019 at 7:44 pm

Thank you Anda

December 26, 2019 at 10:30 am

Hi Anda, Thankyou for the detailed itenenaries. We are planning for Europe trip during last week of April for two weeks. Our plan is to arrive in Paris and depart back from Rome. So planning for Paris> Fly to Milan> Venice> Cinque terra > Florence> Rome . Is this agressive or Doable? Do you recommend driving from Milan to Rome for this trip? Can you help me with how many days we will needing to explore these places? Appriciete your help on this.

December 18, 2019 at 12:59 pm

Hi Anda, I am planning a trip with my wife and 2 kids (3 & 9) to visit Europe in Mid-June. we are planning to spend 14 days and planning to land in Paris then train to Zurich > Interlaken (might add Zermatt if time permits) > Venice > Florence > Rome. Does this sound doable in 14 days? Any tips and recommendations? Should we get the Euro Rail Pass or buying individual trip will be better and cheaper option? Thanks.

December 18, 2019 at 7:27 pm

Hi Ali, your plan sounds great for two young adults who can move fast. However, with two kids in tow and using public transportation (not having your own car) this sounds like a very busy itinerary. You need a minimum of 3 days in the big cities like Rome and Paris. As for Zurich, Venice and Florence, you could probably spend only 2 days in each city. But even if you do that, you’ll be left with only two days, which is not enough time if you want to squeeze in Zermatt and Interlaken. I understand you are planning to use Rome as your departure city, but exploring it with a 3-year old will be very difficult. Rome is huge and truly overwhelming, even for adults. I would suggest spending more time in Switzerland instead, which is a friendlier place for small children. You can buy a pass for the scenic trains and go from Zurich to Lucerne, Interlaken, Zermatt, St.Moritz, Engadin and maybe cross over to Lake Como in Italy. The Glacier Express is a fantastic train and goes from Zermatt to St. Moritz. Your kids are going to love the train rides. I wrote a few posts about our train trip through Switzerland, in case you need more information.

November 14, 2019 at 4:16 pm

Hi, my husband and I have plan 13 days trip 11 nights for travel to Barcelona, Switzerland, Munich and Amsterdam. The 1st arrival destination has decided is Barcelona as we want to catch the football match. 2nd destination we not sure want to start from Amsterdam, Munich and end in Switzerland or vice versa. Is it possible to squeeze Milan or Paris in between by the way?

November 14, 2019 at 5:09 pm

You can easily squeeze one day in Milan on your itinerary, Agnes. I wrote a post about how to spend a day in Milan, in case you are interested you can check it here: https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/one-day-on-the-streets-of-milan/ . From Barcelona you can go to Milan, then to Switzerland, Munich and Amsterdam. Not sure exactly what means of transportation you intend to use in Europe, but it makes sense to do it this way rather than jump from Spain all the way to the Netherlands. In regards to Paris, I would leave it for another trip. There is too much to see there to be able to squeeze it into this itinerary. You’ll need at least 3 days for it, while Milan can be done in one day.

November 5, 2019 at 6:20 pm

Hi Anda.. Greetings from Malaysia.!! Great advice for first time traveller to europe. Me and my friends planning to come over to europe in may next year. We are having some difficulties choosing places to visit as europe is super big and all the places look so beautiful. We will be landing in amsterdam. I would love to go paris,london n also swiss. And we have only two weeks to cover and we have no idea where to start. Super confussed. First time in europe.! Thank you.

November 5, 2019 at 9:30 pm

Hi Reva. Since you land in Amsterdam you could probably do Amsterdam, Paris and London. You need to spend at least 3 days in each of these cities in order to see at least the main points of interest. You probably have time to see one city in Switzerland as well. I would recommend Lucerne, since it’s a smaller one and can be done in about two days. Hope this helps.

September 14, 2019 at 4:10 am

Great suggestions! Planning a trip next June ( I know, I know), your suggestions are great.

September 14, 2019 at 2:10 pm

I’m glad if you found my suggestions useful. Thanks, Jackie.

April 21, 2019 at 6:25 am

Anda, thank you for the very informative article. Loved going through it and your detailed responses to the questions below. I and my wife are planning to travel in August(2nd and 3rd week). We have zeroed in on France(only Paris) and Italy. I know the temperature will be on the higher side, but I guess should be a breeze considering we are from India 🙂 (or are we way off the mark?) What according to you are good destinations to include in the itinerary in Italy, beyond Rome, Venice, and Florence)?

April 21, 2019 at 9:31 am

Hi VB, since your trip to Europe in in full summer, I would suggest a couple of destinations closer to the water. In Italy you can add Cinque Terre and maybe Lake Como. Both of them absolutely spectacular. In France, just about an hour away by plane you can go to he French Riviera. The coast is much cooler and absolutely spectacular. You have places like Nice, Monaco, Cann, Antibes, plus the many perched villages along the coast that are absolutely a dream to visit. Hope this helps.

April 9, 2019 at 8:56 am

I was trying to plan a 20th anniversary trip for myself and my wife in July, 2020. I was planning on just doing a Western trip visiting London, Paris, Brussels, Amsterdam, and Berlin but now I’m worried it’s going to be too hot. We already live in Charleston, South Carolina (US) which is miserably hot in the summer so we always try to find cooler places to go.

I was thinking of this route because there are now direct flights from CHS to London and I get employee discounts at Hilton properties (about $50 USD/night). There are hotels all within 1.5 miles of the train station in each of those cities so this would be most economical.

I would rather visit Northern Europe because of the cooler weather and because my family immigrated from Sweden. However,, there are no Hilton properties in any of the Scandavian cities except Stockholm.

I’m just wondering if you think it is worth it to spend a lot more to visit Northern Europe or just battle the heat and crowds to visit Western Europe.

April 9, 2019 at 10:15 am

Hi Michael, Europe is very hot and humid in summer, as you already know. I would rather spend a little more and go to countries like Norway, Sweden or the Baltic countries (Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania). I believe there is a Hilton in Riga as well, if I am not wrong). However, you may want to look into Airbnb as an alternative if you can’t find a Hilton. Most of the time they are way cheaper than a hotel and you get much more for your money.

April 7, 2019 at 11:25 am

This is a great guide! I’ve been searching everywhere for ideas on how to go about a European trip. I’ve never been so I wasn’t sure where to start. Is it possible to do a trip with London, Paris, Amsterdam, Rome, Florence, and Venice? What would be the beat way to do that?

April 7, 2019 at 8:54 pm

Squeezing 7 cities of this size into a 2 weeks trip seems too much to me. I would recommend keeping it at 4, at the most. You will spend too much time on the road and too little time visiting the sites. Florence and Amsterdam could be done in about 4 days, if you just want to rush by, but the other cities requires way more time for proper visiting. I would not advise you to add more than at the most 5 cities to your itinerary, unless you have more than just 2 weeks.

April 6, 2019 at 3:28 pm

Hello Anda,

This article is very informative and useful as I am planning a graduation gift for my girlfriend this summer. She’s a mechanical engineer and loves architecture, but has never been to Europe. I do plan on 2 weeks, give or take a few days. Do to the traveling being in June (not the best time), where would you recommend going? Regarding weather, locations, travel season, etc. I’ve only been to France but was there for wine industry. I’m fine with traveling by train or by car as I have done both. Please let me know if you have any questions or concerns. Thank you for your time!

April 7, 2019 at 9:01 pm

Hi Nick, I’m glad you found my post useful and informative. Summers in Europe may be very hot, so I would recommend you go to Northern Europe, where the weather is much cooler. And if your girlfriend loves architecture, she will have a blast visiting cities like Stockholm and Riga. I would recommend the Baltic countries and Sweden. You don’t need to drive there. You can fly between the cities for very little money.

March 31, 2019 at 7:45 am

Hi, Anda. I’m taking my daughter to Europe in May. Got a great R/T flight into (and out of) Barcelona. We will be there 2 weeks, and I’d like to add 3 other cities. She really wants to go to Florence (but not Rome??‍♀️). We plan to book a rail pass and Air BnBs. Any recs for our 3 must-see cities. She’s 20 and has never been to Europe.

April 1, 2019 at 1:00 pm

Hi Stacy, Barcelona is a very exciting destination for young people. I’m sure your daughter will love it. You’ll have to decide how many countries you want to include in your two weeks trip. You have quite a few choices in Spain, if you decide to stay only there. You can spend 3 days in Barcelona, then go towards the west and Visit Madrid (3 days), Toledo (a day trip from Madrid), Granada and Sevilla. From there you can fly back to Barcelona. Or you can spend a few days in Barcelona, then go to Paris, Milan and Florence. The second option includes 3 countries, but it will give your daughter a taste of some of the most impressive cities in Europe. Hope this helps.

February 26, 2019 at 9:36 am

I will be visiting Europe for two weeks in may and would like to know what do you suggest we could see as we will arrive in Rome and depart from Paris.

February 26, 2019 at 4:56 pm

Hi Rhea, May is one of the best times to visit Europe. The weather is just perfect and the tourist season is not in full swing yet. Since I don’t know you and your interests, I would make some suggestions based on my own taste and experience. Both Rome and Paris are very big cities and you might want to allow yourself at least 3 days in each one of them. They are packed with attractions, ranging from historic sites and landmarks, to museums, art galleries, parks and restaurants. In Rome you might want to concentrate on the historic center (including the Vatican) and allow yourself a little time to simply wander the streets and admire the beautiful architecture. I wrote a post about the best areas to stay in Rome that will give you an idea about what attractions are in the different parts of the city ( https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/best-areas-to-stay-in-rome/ ). While you are in Italy, you might also want to include Florence and Milan in your itinerary. Florence is not very big and it quite easy to explore (great for art galleries and museums). You could spend 2 days in Florence and one day in Milan ( https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/?s=one+day+in+milan ). From Milan you could go to Switzerland and maybe take a scenic train trip through Zermatt, Interlaken, Lucerne).Or you may go directly to France and visit Marseille, Lyon and then Paris. If this is your first time in Europe I would suggest keeping it simple. Probably just Italy and France would be enough. For Paris, you might want to refer to this post that will give you an idea about what you can see in 3 days: https://travelnotesandbeyond.com/?s=3+days+in+paris . I hope this helps and I hope you’ll come back with some great memories from your trip to Europe.

January 31, 2019 at 9:46 pm

Hi Anda Me and my husband are planning a trip to Europe for 2 weeks in early May 2019. As of now we are planning to visit Prague, Vienna, Budapest & Greece. Could you please suggest if its doable also if its the good time to visit these places.

P.S : We will be visiting Europe for the first time and we are more inclined towards scenic and natural beauty , could you please suggest more affordable options.

Many Thanks ! Parul

January 31, 2019 at 10:20 pm

Hi Parul, Europe is beautiful at any time of year, but particularly in spring. Vienna, Budapest and Prague are very close to each other so can move easily from one to the next (either by train or by car). Trains are very affordable in Europe, especially if you buy a pass. I suggest spending 3 days in each one of these cities to at least get a taste of what they have to offer. You could leave Greece for last, as you will need to take a plane to get there. In regards to affordability, Europe in generally expensive. However, you will find Budapest (and Greece) more affordable overall. For lodging I use Airbnb or VRBO (Vacation Rentals By Owner), as I get more for my money. Hope this helps.

Vaibhav Jain

February 2, 2019 at 10:21 am

Hey, thanks for this informative and detailed info about getting around in Europe.. every word made sense to me.. I just want a small suggestion from you.. I am solo traveller and will be starting my itinerary as “Prague (2n)-Copenhagen (4N)-Budapest (2N)- Barcelona (3N)- Amsterdam (2N)” in total of about 13 N starting from 13 th March 2019.. My question is : I want to add another city between my trip from Copenhagen to Budapest as I think 4 Nights will be too boring in there.. so can you please suggest which place to add in for 1 N ??? I am getting some real good deals for Brussels, Berlin, Milan… for Ryan Sir & Easy jet from Copenhagen.. please enlighten me for this as I am super confused ??? Thanks in anticipation ….

February 2, 2019 at 3:18 pm

Your itinerary seems pretty busy for 13 days. All these cities you selected make wonderful destinations in themselves. You could easily spend 13 days in each one of them and still have plenty to see and do. My suggestion would be to spend 3 nights in Prague or in Budapest, rather than trying to squeeze in another city into the itinerary. Europe is packed with attractions and if you were to spend any less than 3 days in a big city you’ll be rushing too much. However, if you want by all means to include another city, you can try Milan. You can just concentrate on visiting the Duomo and the area around it and that would be enough for one day. Hope this helps.

October 1, 2018 at 10:41 am

My family has a two week planned trip to Europe and I am having difficulty picking a third location to visit in addition to London & Paris. I am glad I came across your website which is full of good ideas. I could use some help picking a third city and places to stay. One of my challenges for the trip is traveling around Christmas which I understand the trains close.

Some of the other questions I have are: How long is it recommended to be at an airport before a flight between cities like London & Amsterdam? Is taking a train recommended even though it takes twice as long.

Where are the best areas to stay in London, Paris, Amsterdam and Ghent? We would like to rent an apartment in each city.

We arrive at 6:15am on 12/21 in Gatwick and leave on 1/3 in the evening out of Heathrow. What might be the best itinirary taking into account Christmas and New Years?

Thanks, Michael

October 3, 2018 at 10:24 am

Hi Michael, I’m afraid I can’t make any specific recommendation in any of these cities. We usually stay in Airbnb apartments when we don’t stay with friends or relatives in Europe.

Rob+Ann @TravelLatte(.net)

July 27, 2018 at 4:36 pm

You are so right, Anda – Two weeks in Europe will fly by! We love your itinerary ideas though. Two weeks is such a short time for so many great places to see and enjoy, but these really help make the most of the time. Can’t wait to get back and explore more!

Jennifer Melroy

July 27, 2018 at 2:38 pm

I love exploring northern Europe. The cities have a charm that the rest of the continent lacks. I can’t explain it, but they do. I always feel like they are more welcoming as a city. Plus Stolkhom has the best museums to visit.

Suruchi Mittal

July 24, 2018 at 10:36 am

That is a complete exhaustive guide on Europe. I liked the way how you have divided the itinerary and it is going to be super helpful while we plan up our trip. The 2 weeks really seems like a less time now, for Europe.

Cynthia | Adventuring Woman

July 23, 2018 at 5:12 am

You’ve covered all the important things! I agree that Paris, Amsterdam and London should be #1. I really want to do Vienna, Prague and Budapest. Also the Balkan itineraries. So true that it’s best to spend time really experiencing a place, rather than running around between them.

July 22, 2018 at 12:27 am

These are good itineraries for those who want a quick glimpse of certain areas of Europe. Im not sure on the Nordic ones, I think I need a bank loan for that one. 😀 I found after exploring much of Europe, to see better history, buildings, parks, scenery etc, is to get away from the cities and find the true heart of each country. However, first timers, these are good plans BUT make sure you come back for some more European fun 🙂

July 22, 2018 at 10:58 am

One visit to Europe is never enough, Dabik.

July 21, 2018 at 11:55 pm

Although I agree with you to start with the more popular cities in your first ever trip to Europe and to make sure that all the cities you’re visiting are geographically close to each other (and you’ve grouped them out perfectly), I also think that visiting only the bigger cities in countries like Switzerland, Austria, Greece don’t give you a real flavour of what the country is about. For example- going to Athens and not Santorini would be something I’d not recommend at all! Or going to Zurich and Lucerne but not Interlaken. Having said that, if one wants to focus only on the bigger cities and not venture to the smaller towns and villages, then these itineraries make perfect sense!

July 22, 2018 at 11:00 am

Of course, Medha. Visiting only the bigger cities will barely touch the tip of the iceberg, so to speak. These itineraries are intended for first time visitors to Europe and it is implied the subsequent visits would be necessary to really get the feel of many of these countries.

Christina Pfeiffer

July 21, 2018 at 11:09 pm

Your itineraries certainly highlight the diversity of Europe. There are so many different countries to visit it’s hard to choose! One of the things I love about Europe is that no matter where you go, there’s history, culture and cobblestone streets to discover. Hmm, I think I’m due for another trip to Europe soon!

July 21, 2018 at 11:35 pm

That is so true, Christina. I love everything about Europe!

July 21, 2018 at 9:35 pm

I am a big fan of itineraries! I have created several I want to follow. Sometimes, an itinerary does not work for one particular year but then it is feasible later. From your list, I want to do Northern Europe and the Berlin-Dresden-Wroclaw. I am with you on staying 3-4 days on a city. I do not like to rush places.

July 21, 2018 at 10:19 pm

Planning is part of the fun when you travel, isn’t it?

July 21, 2018 at 9:13 pm

I love your recommendations! I’d love to go and visit Europe one day and this guide will come in very handy. Indeed 2 weeks is such a short time to see the entire continent, but good to know that you can still see as much as long you plan well (especially considering the geographical location and transportation availability).

July 21, 2018 at 10:18 pm

I didn’t realize you haven’t been in Europe, Marvi. Hope you’ll get there soon. You’ll love Europe, I promise!

Jill Chapman

July 21, 2018 at 7:40 pm

I haven’t been to Europe for five years so I am very excited to be heading there this fall. Great tips – we’ve already used a few – booked hotels in the city center or air bnb’s and are traveling off-season a bit but I hope to utilize more when I’m there.

July 21, 2018 at 8:05 pm

I hope you are going to have a great trip, Jill.

July 21, 2018 at 5:31 am

Great idea’s, even for a European. We need to discover more things close to home.

July 21, 2018 at 8:06 pm

Well, if you live in Europe you probably have visited all these places, Wendy.

Lyn aka The Travelling Lindfields

July 21, 2018 at 4:09 am

What a useful post. I think those of us who travel frequently forget that there is a lot of basic stuff we just take for granted.

July 21, 2018 at 10:00 pm

So true, Lyn.

July 21, 2018 at 12:45 am

I have spent quite a bit of time in Europe but I still have so much to see. I would love to do your Balkans roadtrip, I haven’t been to that area yet.

July 21, 2018 at 10:01 pm

The Balkans make one of the best European itineraries, Anisa. You should definitely do that road trip.

July 20, 2018 at 6:27 pm

These are all great ideas. Isn’t it such a gift to be able to spend two weeks exploring?? We love to spend 3 days in cities so we know where we want to return… I also love to pair big cities with smaller towns, too. It’s a great to experience both sides of the coin in the same country. I would love to do your Balkan itinerary! Those places all just look beautiful!

July 21, 2018 at 10:05 pm

I love exploring smaller cities too, Sara. However, for first time visitors it’s always better to start with the more popular sites.

July 20, 2018 at 5:02 pm

Great tips for first-time visitors, especially if you have only two weeks. I wish I’ve been to all the destinations you covered … if we could only travel when I was still living in the middle of it ;).

July 21, 2018 at 10:06 pm

Yep, I hear you! I have the same frustration, Emese.

July 20, 2018 at 4:17 pm

Great advice for first time travelers! We did a similar trip, to your first itinerary, when we went to Europe the first time. Ours was London, Paris, Munich, and Amsterdam. I have to agree that giving yourself 3-4 days in each place is ideal. I ended up feeling like I didn’t see much in London, because we were only there for two days of our trip. Thankfully, we were able to return to London for a longer period later.

Tomas Novak

July 20, 2018 at 1:31 pm

As I live in Prague – kind of a center of Europe. It’s pretty easy for me to do this short trips and I think I visited more than half of this cities. I like how you group them in smaller trips by three. I just have to visit the Baltic states and Balkan… hopefully next year. Thanks for your tips

July 21, 2018 at 10:12 pm

It’s much easier to do these trips when you live in Europe, Thomas. The challenge is for people who travel there from far away.

California Globetrotter

July 20, 2018 at 1:11 pm

What a great itinerary you’ve put together, Anda! You’ve hit up all the best cities and I also recommend 3-4 days in each city!

July 21, 2018 at 10:13 pm

I’m glad you agree with me, Lolo. Now that you live in Europe it’s much easier for you to see all these other smaller cities on week-end trips.

Rhonda Albom

July 20, 2018 at 12:51 pm

I think two weeks is a great intro and taster for Europe. Europe is addictive and by the end of those two weeks you’ll already be planning on which areas you want to concentrate on for your next visit. I agree that you should spend three to four days in each city in order to get comfortable and enjoy the feel of the city.

July 21, 2018 at 10:17 pm

Hahaha, you are so right that traveling to Europe becomes addictive. Everybody I know wants to return there to see more.

Priscilla Willis

July 20, 2018 at 6:23 am

Great tips, Anda. Your suggested Itineraries are perfect – it’s difficult to fully experience a destination when you try to do and see too much!

July 20, 2018 at 9:52 am

Good to hear from you, Priscilla. I know you just came back from a trip to Europe. Hope it was fun.

July 20, 2018 at 9:53 am

Good to hear from you, Priscilla. I know you just came back from Europe. Hope you enjoyed your trip.

March 28, 2020 at 11:11 pm

Anda looking for a 14 day itinerary first time in Europe. This is for my 25 Anniversary. Looking to bring my 3 daughters ages 25/22/20. Also looking to invite my in laws 65/72. My wife is first generation born in the states from Hungary. My 72 year old father in-law has a bad ankle is there scooters to rent or would it be a pain in the butt to travel everywhere with it. Also ball Parker cost per person along with either plane or rail tickets to hop around

March 28, 2020 at 11:41 pm

This looks like a multi-generational reunion and a great celebration. Since your wife is of Hungarian descent, you might want to take a trip to Central Europe that would include Hungary as well. I think all of you are going to love Budapest! You could probably do Prague, Vienna, and Budapest and spend at least 3 days in each of these big cities. There are also a few side trips that you can take around them. I wrote extensively about these three destinations, in case you need some ideas on things to do, places to stay and eat in each one of these cities.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

COPYRIGHT NOTICE

All rights reserved © Travel Notes & Beyond. The material on this website is protected by copyright law. Republishing the content on this blog (including text, photography, etc.) is strictly prohibited.

AFFILIATE PROGRAM DISCLOSURE

Some of the pages and posts of this blog contain links to products and services that may be useful for my readers. When clicking on these links you will have the option to purchase or register for a service at no extra cost to you, but doing so can help me offset the costs associated with running this blog. Thank you for your support!

Live Adventure Travel contains affiliate links and is a member of the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program. If you make a purchase using one of these Amazon links, I may receive compensation at no extra cost to you. See my Disclosure Policy for more information.

2-Week Europe Itinerary by Train + 3 Different Route Options

Europe is by far one of the best continents to travel around. It has the convenience of hopping on a train, bus or plane and arriving in a new country in a matter of hours. Yet, each place differs greatly in culture, landscape and food. It’s really like a giant playground for adults! But deciding on a 2-week Europe Itinerary by train can be a daunting task. Especially when there are multiple routes to choose from.

You have to take into consideration logistics, travel arrangements and budget. And believe me, it can be easy to find yourself pulling your hair out when it becomes clear that travelling from Paris to Budapest will take over 18 hours!

So, let me be your guide. I spent 4 months interrailing around Europe , testing some of the finest destinations on the continent. So, safe to say I see myself as somewhat of an expert when it comes to designing itineraries.

I have carefully put together 4 kickass two-week Europe Itineraries for you to explore. There is something for everyone, from city buffs, to nature lovers and hidden gem seekers!

2 Week Trip Europe: Table of Contents

Best way to travel europe in 2 weeks – getting around.

Now, before we dive into the itineraries we need to discuss the best mode of transport. Europe is quite easy to get around you have the luxury of trains, planes, boats and busses right at your fingertips. But…what is the best transport option to choose?

Let’s lay out the pros and cons of each…

Plane Travel: Being from Ireland plane travel is one of the only convenient options for me to reach most European countries but once I am on the mainland I stay clear of it. It can get expensive QUICK and no one wants to waste an entire day travelling to and from the airport.

Train Travel: This is by far my favourite way of getting around Europe. It’s quick, it’s cheerful and extremely convenient. I like the space I have on a train. The ability to get up and walk down the aisle on long journeys and the incredible views along the way. I am also a big fan of the interrail system which I will explain more about a little later in this post.

Bus Travel: This is definitely the most budget-friendly way of exploring Europe. Bus journeys can be extremely cheap but that is pretty much it. They also tend to be really long, uncomfortable and a very indirect way of getting to a destination. Don’t get me wrong I do use busses while in Europe but not as my main mode of transportation. And I don’t think it should be yours either!

Driving: I am a massive road trip fan. Nothing beats, blaring your favourite road trip tunes and the freedom of having your own set of wheels to take you from A to B. But, I don’t believe a car is the best way to travel Europe over a 2 week period. Trains are much more convenient and cover way more ground at a much faster rate.

2-week Europe itinerary: By train is the best way!

So, there you have it the best way to explore Europe is by train but that leaves us with one other question. Should you book each trip individually or buy a prepaid ticket like Interrail ?

There are pros and cons to both, you can of course put a lot of time and research into each train journey you intend to take. Watch the price and book when they are at their cheapest but personally, I find this method a little restricting.

With Interrail you are free to book your seat on the day (providing no reservation is needed – then it’s 24 hours before). The ticket is prepaid so you can get as many local/regional trains as you please and high-speed trains come at a considerable discount.

2-week Europe trip: 4 Different Itineraries

I have carefully designed 4 different itineraries for you to choose from for your two weeks in Europe. These routes feature some incredible hidden gems, beautiful landscapes and iconic cities. I go into more detail about each destination later on in the post and have provided little skip tags for those who want to read more about the itineraries that suit their needs best.

Salzburg (Austria) ➡  Hallstatt (Austria) ➡ Munich (Germany) ➡ Interlaken (Switzerland)

Paris (France) ➡ Amsterdam (Netherlands) ➡ Munich (Germany) ➡   Prague (Czechia) ➡ Budapest (Hungary)

Split (Croatia) ➡ Zagreb (Croatia) ➡ Lake Bled (Slovenia) ➡   Ljubljana (Slovenia) ➡ Budapest (Hungary) ➡ Krakow (Poland)

Two Week Europe Trip Budget

The Cost of a Two Week Europe Trip can vary greatly from person to person. Especially when it comes down to individual people’s style and spending habits. I have broken down an estimate of how much each category of traveller may spend on a two-week trip. From a budget-conscious person to a mid-range traveller to someone who is looking for luxury experiences.

I also have a detailed guide on how much I spend on my 4-month budget trip across Europe if you have an interest in real-life spending.

2-week trip to Europe Cost: Budget Travellers

Accommodation:  Budget travellers can find hostels or budget hotels for around €25 to €60 per night depending on the countries they decide to visit. For a two-week stay, this amounts to €350-840.

Food:  If you stick to cafes, takeaway food, and occasional home-cooked meals, you could spend around €15/20 per day, which sums up to €210/280 for two weeks.

Travel Expenses:  Transport shouldn’t cost all too much if you intend on walking most places. I’d allow for €50 to be on the safe side.

Activities:  Free city tours, hiking, or visiting free museums can keep the activity costs down to about €100.

Total for two weeks: €710-€1270

2 weeks in Europe Cost: Mid-Range Traveller

Accommodation: Mid-range hotels can cost around €100-150 per night. For a two-week stay, this would be €1400-2100

Food: If you intend on eating out for every meal then expect to pay around €10 for breakfast, €15 for lunch and €20+ for dinner. So, €45 a day will equal to €630 for a 2-week trip.

Travel Expenses: Consider spending around €300-500 for comfortable travel options. Or, you could keep costs down by walking most places.

Activities: Entrance fees for premium attractions and activities might add up to around €200-300.

Total for 2 weeks: €2530-3530

2 Weeks in Europe Budget: Luxury Travellers

Accommodation:  Luxury hotels or apartments can cost €200-850+ per night, so it is hard to give a total in this category but it would range from €2800-€11900.

Food:  Eating out for Breakfast, Lunch and Dinner in more expensive restaurants will set you back anywhere from €100-€150 per day. About €1400-2100 for the 2 weeks.

Travel Expenses:  Private transfers or first-class train compartments could cost around €700-1000.

Activities:  Private tours and high-end experiences might add up to another €500-1000 provided you are not doing them in every destination.

Total for 2 Weeks:  €5400-16000

2 Weeks in Europe Itinerary: Route Option 1

I wanted to kick start this 2 weeks in Europe itinerary with a really unique route. I typically see people planning European trips around the major cities and attractions. Never really leaving time for those amazing hidden gems located in some of the most beautiful places on the continent. So, if you are a nature lover who loves to explore more off-the-beaten-path locations this is the Europe Itinerary for you!

Stop 1: Salzburg

Nestled among rolling hills and overlooking the Salzach River, Salzburg, Austria, is an enchanting city filled with historic charm and modern allure.

It is the birthplace of the world-famous composer Mozart. And this is evident throughout the city.

The city has a vibrant art scene, bustling markets, and sumptuous cuisine.

Salzburg’s charm isn’t only limited to its historic architecture and vibrant streets. The city is also famously known as the filming location for the classic movie, “The Sound of Music.”

Fans of the film can dive into its magic by taking a themed tour that traces the steps of the Von Trapp family, offering a nostalgic journey through the film’s iconic sites.

Things to do in Salzburg

• Visit Mozart’s Birthplace: Discover the roots of the musical genius, one of the world’s most famous composers Mozart, by visiting his birthplace .
• Tour the Hohensalzburg Fortress: This is a must-do when in Salzburg as it has the most incredible 360 views of the city.
• Stroll through Mirabell Gardens: These beautiful gardens are a must-see for any visitor. The immaculately maintained flower beds and sculptures provide a serene place to relax. They get busy fast so make sure to visit early!
• Enjoy a Boat Ride on the Salzach River: Experience Salzburg from a unique perspective by taking a leisurely boat ride on the Salzach River.
• Indulge in Austrian Cuisine: Sample traditional Austrian dishes like Wiener Schnitzel, Sacher Torte, or Apfelstrudel to get a taste of the local culinary culture.
• Take the Sound of Music Tour: For fans of the classic film, this tour is a must. It takes you to various shooting locations of the movie, including the Mirabell Gardens and Leopoldskron Palace. You can relive your favourite scenes and enjoy the beautiful surroundings that make Salzburg so unforgettable.

Where to stay in Salzburg:

For travellers on a budget, the YoHo Youth Hostel is a fantastic option. It’s comfortable, clean and located in city center, offering easy access to Salzburg’s attractions.

For those looking for a balance between cost and comfort, numa I Mozart is a great mid-range choice. It’s conveniently located and offers well-furnished rooms, a hearty breakfast, and friendly service, offering stellar value for your money.

For a truly luxurious stay, consider the Hotel & Villa Auersperg . This family-run boutique hotel exudes charm and elegance, with beautifully designed rooms, a peaceful garden, and a rooftop spa. It’s ideally located within walking distance of the city center, making it a convenient base to explore Salzburg

Day Trip Option 1: The Sound of Music Trail

One of my favourite simple day trips from Salzburg is the beautiful Sound of Music Trail starting from the small town of Werfen. Reachable by a 40-minute train journey from Salzburg.

The trail brings walkers along a stunning hiking path with opens out with an incredible view of the surrounding meadows.

This particular location is famous for the “Do Re Mi” scene from the movie. There are even dedicated photo spots where you can take a picture with July Andrews and the kids.

The walk is not particularly hard and suitable for most fitness levels. It takes about 40/45 minutes to reach the viewpoint. I recommend bringing a picnic for a scenic lunch.

Day Trip Option 2: Berchtesgaden National Park

I fell in LOVE with Berchtesgaden National Park when I first visited. So much so that my day trip quickly turned into two.

Just over an hour’s train journey from Salzburg lies this incredible natural playground with plenty of things to do and see.

I recommend catching the boat from Königssee Lake and hiking out to the Obersee und Röthbachfall. This is a day you will not forget.

If you have another day to spare I recommend exploring the park some more. Stopping at places such as St. Sebastian Church, Hintersee Lake (walk from the church) and Wimbachklamm Gorge. All these are easily accessible by park busses.

Stop 2: Hallstatt, Austria

Hallstatt is one of those locations that will truly take your breath away. It’s one of the most fairytale-like places I have ever seen.

Home to soaring mountains, a pristine lake and a charming village. This little town can get BUSY, especially in the summer months.

So, I recommend walking up early to catch a glimpse of the famous viewpoint without any crowds. Because come 10am you will be fighting for a spot at the barrier.

Whether you’re looking for outdoor adventures, a peek into history, or simply want to enjoy the serene beauty, Hallstatt has something for everyone.

Things to do in Hallstatt

• Take a peaceful boat ride on Lake Hallstatt and enjoy the stunning views of the surrounding mountains and Alpine houses.
• Ride the funicular railway to the Skywalk Hallstatt viewing platform for a panoramic view of the beautiful village and lake.
• Explore the local market square , lined with charming, traditional shops where you can discover local crafts and delicacies.
• Explore the Dachstein Ice Caves, a fascinating natural spectacle just a short drive/bus ride away from Hallstatt.
• Take a thrilling walk on the Five Fingers viewing platform (joint ticket with the Dachstein Caves), a unique attraction sitting over 400 meters above ground level, extending like a hand over the cliff edge. Offering breathtaking views over the Alps and Hallstatt below.

Where to stay in Hallstatt

• If you prefer a peaceful setting, consider Seehotel Grüner Baum . It’s a charming hotel right on the lake.
• For those looking for a more modern option, Heritage Hotel Hallstatt offers stylish rooms with lake views.
• If you are looking for somewhere that is budget-friendly consider staying in the nearby town of Bad Goisern. Located just a 10-15 minute train ride from Hallstatt station is a beautiful rural town surrounded by mountains. I stayed in the Bad Goisern Hostel and could not recommend it more. It was a lovely stay.

Stop 3: Munich

The next stop on our trip is an amazing German city, Munich. There is more to this city than meets the eye. So, much, so that I have been 3 times and I never want to leave!

World Famous for it’s Autumn time celebrations, Oktoberfest, it’s mighty beer halls and delicious barbarian food!

When you are in Munich you NEED to visit the English gardens. Specifically, the Eisbach River to see the talented surfers glide along the waves.

Yes, that’s right! You can surf…in the city. How cool is that?!

The old town square is also a lovely place to walk around, with the Neo-Gothic-styled architecture you feel as if you are walking around a fairytale.

You also NEED to make your way up the town hall tower. The views are to die for!

Things to do in Munich

• Visit the Old Town Square, The Marienplatz . You can get 360 views of the square from the old town hall tower.
• Stroll around the  English Gardens  and watch the talented surfers.
• Explore the cities beautiful gardens
• Go on a local food tour to try traditional dishes like pretzels, sausages, and beer in local beer halls.
• Tour the world-famous beer hall, Hofbräuhaus. And treat yourself to a tasty beverage.

Where to stay in Munich:

For those on a budget, the Wombats Werksviertel Hostel is an affordable yet comfortable choice. It’s located near the city center, close to the main attractions, making it a convenient base for your explorations in Munich.

For those willing to spend a bit more, Eden Hotel Wolff is a mid-range option that blends comfort with a touch of luxury. It’s just a stone’s throw away from the central train station, making it an ideal location for those planning day trips to surrounding areas.

If you desire a luxury experience, consider booking a suite at Bayerischer Hof . This five-star hotel, located in the heart of Munich, offers top-notch amenities and services. From the beautiful rooftop pool to the exquisite in-house restaurant, every detail at this hotel is designed to provide guests with a memorable stay.

Day Trip Option: Neuschwanstein Castle

Munich is the perfect hub for those dreaming about visiting Germany’s famous fairytale castle, Neuschwanstein.

Pictures do not do this place justice. It is so beautiful.

Now, I must admit it can get incredibly busy so I’d advise arriving as early as possible.

It’s a 2h30mins train ride to Füssen, and then a short bus journey to the castle.

Once you arrive you can walk up to the famous viewpoint of Marienbrücke Bridge (30/40 minutes) or pay for a shuttle bus.

Not too far of a walk from the castle is Alpsee Lake, a beautiful spot to sit back and enjoy nature. The water is turquoise in colour and really takes your breath away.

Stop 4: Interlaken, Switzerland

Switzerland left me in complete awe. I decided to visit on a speeding last-minute trip and it did not disappoint.

That is why I am advising you to include it in your 2-week Europe Itinerary . It’s a destination that almost feels like a dream.

I based myself in Interlaken and used this elegant town as a base to explore the surrounding areas.

Starting with the fairytale-like village, Lauterbrunnen. Words can not describe how beautiful it is here!

I recommend hiking from the town to Mürren, taking the cable car back down the mountain and then visiting Trümmelbach. One of the most tremendous waterfalls I have ever seen.

On day two I suggest taking a trip up First Mountain for incredible views of the mountains and valleys from above. If you are looking for an easy yet scenic walk then I recommend walking out towards Bachsee Lake.

Where to Stay in Interlaken

Backpackers in Interlaken might find Balmers Hostel a perfect choice. This hostel combines affordability with comfort and offers a warm and friendly atmosphere. I made some incredible friends here!

For those who prefer mid-range hotels, Hotel Interlaken is an excellent option and has a rich history dating back to 1491. It also offers close proximity to the town’s center.

Luxury seekers can consider Victoria-Jungfrau Grand Hotel & Spa for their stay. This five-star hotel provides an unforgettable experience with its luxurious rooms, stunning views, and world-class spa facilities.

Related Post: How big is Texas compared to Europe? (This will SHOCK you)

Paris (France) ➡ Amsterdam (Netherlands) ➡ Munich (Germany) ➡   Prague(Czechia) ➡ Budapest (Hungary)

14 days in Europe Itinerary: Route 2

Get ready to set off on a fascinating journey through five famous European Cities. From the romantic streets of Paris to the enchanting canals of Amsterdam.

Your journey will take you to Munich, home to age-old Bavarian traditions and beer gardens. And one of the best locations for a day trip to the magical Neuschwanstein Castle. One of my favourite spots from my 4 month Europe trip!

Then, it’s time to explore the beauty of Prague with its mesmerizing architecture and picturesque streets.

Lastly, arrive in Budapest, a city known for its thermal baths and magnificent Danube River views.

Stop 1: Paris France

Paris is known as the city of love, and that is relevant for everyone, those who visit with a significant other, friends or solo.

Because you see…one thing is for certain, you will fall in love! This bustling city’s charming streets and famous buildings capture the attention of millions of tourists each year.

With its famous art scene, fashion, and culinary delights. It’s no wonder visitors fall in love with its rich history and iconic landmarks such as the Eiffel Tower, the Louvre, and the Notre Dame Cathedral.

Adding Paris to your 14-day Europe Itinerary will leave you with a lifetime of memories. It is also the perfect starting point with its fantastic train connections to other European destinations.

Things to do in Paris

• Take a snap of the iconic Eiffel Tower .
• Explore the Louvre Museum , home to thousands of works of art, including the Mona Lisa.
• Stroll along the Seine River and enjoy a cruise for spectacular views of the city’s landmarks.
• Take a walk down the Champs-Elysées and visit the Arc de Triomphe .
• Visit Notre-Dame Cathedral and admire its magnificent Gothic architecture.
• Looking for a free 360 view of Paris then make your way up to the rooftop of Lafayette’s Shopping Centre.

Where to stay in Paris

I stayed in the People in Paris Nation and it was perfect for what I needed. I only intended on visiting the city for one day. The rest of my time I spent in Disneyland. That is why The People at Paris Nation was the perfect location for me as it’s just a 40-minute tram ride away from the parks. The only downside to the hostel is there was no kitchen. Although, this is common among all hostels in Paris. The rooms are rather spacious, with a privacy curtain on each bed. The hostel is not located in the centre of Paris and public transport is needed to get in and out of the city. However, this is common for most hostels in Paris. Overall, I’d highly recommend booking a stay in  The People Hostel  at Paris Nation.

Stop 2: Amsterdam

Amsterdam is a city not to be missed. The charming streets, picture-perfect canals and heartbreaking history. It’s the ideal addition to the 2-week Europe Itinerary.

Amsterdam offers an equal blend of historical charm and a modern atmosphere.

The city’s museums house some of the world’s most famous works of art, including those of Van Gogh and Rembrandt.

A visit to the Anne Frank House provides a sad yet important insight into the city’s history, while a bicycle tour offers a unique perspective and a taste of the local lifestyle.

Whether you’re a history buff, an art enthusiast, or a foodie, Amsterdam has something to offer everyone.

Things to do in Amsterdam

• Visit the Van Gogh Museum: It houses the largest collection of Van Gogh’s paintings in the world.
• Take a Canal Cruise: Amsterdam’s canals are a UNESCO World Heritage site. A boat tour offers a unique way to see the city.
• Explore the Anne Frank House: Visit the house where Anne Frank and her family hid during World War II.
• Walk in the Vondelpark: Take a break in Amsterdam’s largest and most popular park.
• Discover the Bloemenmarkt: This is the world’s only floating flower market. You can buy all types of flowers, bulbs and souvenirs here.

Where to stay in Amsterdam:

• € – The Flying Pig Downtown : This is a lively, budget-friendly hostel located near Amsterdam Centraal railway station. It is well-known for its friendly atmosphere and social events.
• €€ – CitizenM Amsterdam : This contemporary hotel offers compact, functional rooms with all the modern amenities. It’s located in Amsterdam’s business district, a short tram ride away from the city centre.

Munich is another amazing city that has so much more to offer than meets the eye. So, much, so that I have been 3 times and I never want to leave!

It’s famous for its Oktoberfest celebrations, beer halls and barbarian food!

One of my favourite things to do in Munich is visit the English gardens and watch the talented surfers do their thing on the Eisbach River.

Yes, that’s right! You can surf…in the city. Now that’s definitely something unique to just Munich.

• The Marienplatz , Munich’s old town square is a must-visit. Especially the views from the old town hall tower.
• Stroll around the English Gardens and watch the talented surfers.
• Walk around the many amazing gardens the city has to offer!
• Savor Bavarian cuisine: Try traditional dishes like pretzels, sausages, and beer in local beer halls.
• Participate in Oktoberfest: If your visit coincides with this annual festival, don’t miss the lively beer tents, traditional music, and festive atmosphere.
• Tour the Hofbräuhaus: Visit this world-famous beer hall for a stein of beer and some hearty German food.

Where to stay in Munich :

I stayed in the Wombats   Werksviertel hostel while visiting Munich. This hostel is newly renovated and has a really modern interior. The dorms are extremely spacious with curtains on the beds for extra privacy. There are two ensuites in the room which was a massive convenience.

Munich is the perfect hub for those dreaming about visiting Germany’s famous fairytale castle, Neuschwanstein.

Now, I must admit it can get incredibly busy so I’d advise arriving as early as possible.

It’s a 2h30mins train ride to Füssen, and then a short bus journey to the castle.

Stop 4: Prague

Prague, the capital city of Czechia, it’s a breathtaking destination steeped in rich history and culture.

The old town is extremely charming with its eye-catching architecture, featuring a mix of Romanesque Chapels, Gothic Cathedrals, and Baroque Palaces.

The city is also home to the iconic Charles Bridge, adorned with statues of Catholic saints, and the magnificent Prague Castle, which provides panoramic views of the city.

Prague is a food lovers paradise! Threat yourself to traditional Czech dishes like goulash and Trdelník – one of the tastiest deserts in Europe!

While you are there don’t forget to leave a token on love on the iconic Lennon Wall!

Things to do in Prague

• Visit Prague Castle: Explore the world’s largest ancient castle, which provides stunning views over the city.
• Stroll across the Charles Bridge: This famous historic bridge crosses the Vltava River and is adorned with statues of Catholic saints.
• Explore Old Town Square: Here, you’ll find fascinating buildings like the Old Town Hall with the Astronomical Clock, Týn Church, and St. Nicholas Church. Don’t forget to climb the tower for a 360 view of the Old Town.
• Visit the John Lennon Wall: Once a normal wall, it has been filled with John Lennon-inspired graffiti and lyrics from Beatles’ songs since the 1980s. They often have markers outside it so you can leave a message of love.
• Explore Petřín Hill: Take the funicular up Petřín Hill and enjoy the landscaped gardens and great views over Prague. This is where the Eiffel Tower of Prague lies 😉

Where to stay in In Prague

Budget Option: The Czech Inn , this is a super social hostel, the rooms are clean, the bathrooms are big and they have a shared kitchen onsite. I found it quite easy to make friends here too.

Mid Range Option : Hotel Pod Věží Located right next to the Charles Bridge, this hotel offers comfortable rooms and exceptional service at a reasonable price.

Luxury Option: The Four Seasons Hotel Prague boasts elegant rooms, a high-end restaurant, and a prime location near the Old Town Square.

Stop 5: Budapest, Hungary

Budapest is by far one of Europe’s most picturesque cities that is 100% worth the visit. Walking around makes you feel as if you stepped straight out of a fairytale book.

The city beautifully balances the old and new. Divided in two by the Danube River, we have Buda and Pest.

Buda, the old city, is filled with historical sites like the Buda Castle and Fisherman’s Bastion, offering breathtaking views of the city.

Pest, the modern part, is a lively area with bustling markets, trendy cafes, and thriving nightlife.

Budapest is also well-known for its thermal baths where you can relax after a day of sightseeing.

Things to do in Budapest

• Explore Buda Castle:  This historic castle and palace complex of the Hungarian kings offers panoramic views of Budapest.
• Visit the Fisherman’s Bastion:  An architectural masterpiece that provides one of the best views of the city.
• Relax in Széchenyi Thermal Bath:  Experience the city’s bath culture in this largest public thermal bath of Budapest.
• Stroll along the Danube Promenade:  This scenic walkway stretches between the Elizabeth Bridge and the Chain Bridge in Pest, offering stunning views of Buda across the river.
• Visit the Hungarian Parliament Building:  Marvel at the architectural beauty of this Gothic Revival-style building, which is one of the largest parliament buildings in the world.
• Take a boat tour down the Danube River to see Budapest from an alternative perspective.
• Go on a thrilling adventure by taking part in one of the city’s wonderful caving tours – one of my favourite things to do in Budapest.

Where to stay in Budapest

• Budget Accommodation: Wombats  is a fantastic hostel in Budapest. It is easy to make friends, it is centrally located and in the heart of all the nightlife.
• Mid-range Accommodation: Bo18 Hotel Superior offers excellent value for money, with comfortable rooms and a good breakfast.
• Luxury Accommodation: Aria Hotel Budapest is a luxury boutique hotel with beautiful decor and a rooftop bar that offers panoramic views of the city.

Budapest is a city that has something for everyone. I can confidently say. Budapest is a destination worth putting on your European Bucket list . There is many reasons to visit for the city’s easy way of getting around, whether you choose to walk, use public transport or threat yourself to a taxi . It is incredibly safe , affordable and english is widely spoken throughout.

2 Weeks Europe Trip Itinerary: Route 3

This is one of the most incredible ways to spend two weeks in Europe, from the sticking beauty of the Croatian Coastline to the picture-perfect landscapes of the Julian Alpes. This route has something for everyone, from party nights in Budapest’s famous ruin bars, and romantic strolls down Venice’s winding streets to heartbreaking lessons from Poland’s past.

All of these destinations are well connected by train making them the perfect combination for your 2 weeks in Europe itinerary.

Stop 1: Split Croatia

Split is a beautiful city located on the Croatian Coast. It is known for its stunning beaches, crystal clear waters and historic heart.

It’s safe to say that this destination is a coastal paradise with plenty of nearby islands that could keep you busy for days!

The city’s narrow, winding streets are lined with beautiful old buildings that host an array of shops, cafes, and restaurants.

It’s home to a lively nightlife scene, friendly locals, and a rich history that dates back to the Romans.

It is a must-stop on any 2-week Europe itinerary and the perfect destination to kick-start your trip!

Things to do in Split, Croatia

• Explore the Old Town visiting places like Diocletian’s Palace and the Bell Tower for 360 views of the city.
• Go on a day trip , explore the nearby islands, visit the iconic blue cave or admire the beauty of Krka National Park.
• Take a hike up Marjan Hill for an alternative view of the city.
• Try Local Cuisine at Konoba Nikola. Taste authentic Dalmatian dishes at this well-loved restaurant.

Where to stay in Split

I stayed in the Enroute Hostel while in Split, it’s one I highly recommend. I made a great group of friends while I was there and it is only a 15-minute walk from the main tourist areas. The rooms are quite large in size however this didn’t really bother me as everyone has their own privacy curtain which is great if you where looking to relax for a few hours.

Stop 2: Zagreb Croatia

Zagreb is Croatia’s capital, a vibrant city steeped in history and cultural richness.

There is so much to see and do, from unique museums to quaint streets and stunning parks.

However, it is important to note, that our time in Zagreb is short. So, I recommend looking up things you would like to do while you are there.

There is something for everyone from history buffs to foodies and art enthusiasts.

Zagreb also has a bursting nightlife scene with multiple places to dance the night away.

Things to do in Zagreb

• Visit the historic Zagreb Cathedral on Kaptol, the most monumental sacral building in Gothic style southeast of the Alps.
• Explore the Museum of Broken Relationships, a quirky and unique attraction that offers a cathartic journey through the mementoes of failed relationships.
• Stroll through the vibrant Dolac Market, known as the ‘Belly of Zagreb’, where you can buy local produce and traditional Croatian specialities.
• Take a walk in Zrinjevac Park, a green oasis in the heart of Zagreb, adorned with fountains, busts of notable people, and a music pavilion.
• Enjoy a panoramic view of the city from the Lotrščak Tower, and make sure you are there at noon to witness the daily cannon firing.

Where to stay in Zagreb

I stayed in the Swanky Mint Hostel and it is the perfect spot for those who want to experience Zagreb by both, day and by night. It is very much a party hostel. It is easy to meet people in the Kitchen or by the rooftop pool (yes, they have a pool). The dorms tend to be a little cramped so I would only stay for a day or two, however, all the other hostel facilities are great.   Book your stay here .

Stop 3: Lake Bled, Slovenia

Lake Bled is one of my FAVOURITE places in all of Europe. The dreamlike town is nestled in the beauty of the Julian Alps.

It is known for its stunning Castle perched on a cliff and the charming island with a church that sits in the middle of the lake.

There is so much to see and do in Bled from a simple stroll around the lake, experiencing the thrill of water sports, or simply soaking in the tranquil surroundings.

It’s a slice of paradise that promises a memorable experience to every visitor, making Bled a must-visit destination in Slovenia.

Things to do in Lake Bled

• A trip to Bled is not complete without visiting the beautiful castle that overlooks the lake.
• Rent a Plenta Boat and head towards the island in the middle of the lake. These boats are so much harder to row than you may think.
• Try Bled Cream Cake . This delicious local dessert is a must-try. It’s the perfect sweet treat after a day of sightseeing.
• The Vintgar Gorge is a must when visiting Bled. It is possible to get a bus here but honestly, I recommend walking. The views along the way are equally as stunning as the gorge .
• There are plenty of day tours of Triglav National Park . And I suggest you do at least one of them. This is such an underrated part of Europe.

Where to stay in Bled

To be honest I had an awful experience while staying in Castle Hostel in Bled. While I was there I got talking to other backpackers and everyone seemed to have issues with their hostels. If you have the budget I’d recommend checking out some more expensive options in the area.

• Hotel Triglav : Located right by the lake, Hotel Triglav offers stunning views and comfortable rooms. It’s also home to a renowned restaurant where you can sample local cuisine.
• Glamping Ribno : For a unique experience, try Glamping Ribno. Here you can stay in a luxurious tent surrounded by nature, a short distance from Bled.
• Apartments Fine Stay Bled : If you prefer self-catering, these apartments offer comfort and convenience. They come with fully equipped kitchens and are close to local amenities.

Stop 4: Ljubljana, Slovenia

Ljubljana is a city that very much surprised me. I didn’t know what to expect. It is home to charming streets, enthusiastic locals and plenty of food options.

Affectionately known as the “city of dragons,” Ljubljana is a place where rich history and tradition meet youthful energy and modern living.

The city’s iconic Dragon Bridge serves as a constant reminder of its medieval history, while the bustling open-air market and numerous art galleries give it a contemporary feel.

I know this is a destination that will steal your heart, from the cobblestone streets of the Old Town to the city’s numerous parks and green spaces. It’s a must-stop on any Europe trip.

Things to do in Ljubljana

• Explore Ljubljana Castle, an ancient fortress with a museum and observation tower offering panoramic views of the city.
• Stroll through Tivoli Park, the largest park in Ljubljana, known for its grand trees, flower beds, and beautiful sculptures.
• Visit the Dragon Bridge, an iconic symbol of Ljubljana, adorned with four dragon statues at its corners.
• Discover the Central Market, an open-air market where you can sample local Slovenian produce and traditional dishes.
• Hop on a boat tour along the Ljubljanica River for a different perspective of the city’s beautiful architecture.

Where to stay in Ljubljana

I really enjoyed my stay in Hostel Vrba , I met some of the most amazing people there, some of which I continued to travel with once I had reached bled. The hostel has a well-equipped kitchen, clean bathrooms and nicely sized dorms. The beds are comfortable and there are lockers inside the rooms with a provided lock which is always nice.

Alex the host is super friendly, she even waited for me as my train was majorly delayed and I arrived 1 hour after the last check in time. The hostel itself is located a little outside the main city, but Ljubanna is quite small and walkable so it didn’t make much of a difference.

There is shops and a bakery nearby for some cheap eats. Overall, I would highly recommend a stay in Hostel Vrba when visiting Ljubanna.

Budapest is by far one of Europe’s most picturesque cities. Walking around makes you feel as if you stepped straight out of a fairytale book.

Buda, the old city, is filled with historical sites like the Buda Castle and Fisherman’s Bastion, offering breathtaking views of the city.

• Explore Buda Castle: This historic castle and palace complex of the Hungarian kings offers panoramic views of Budapest.
• Visit the Fisherman’s Bastion: An architectural masterpiece that provides one of the best views of the city.
• Relax in Széchenyi Thermal Bath: Experience the city’s bath culture in this largest public thermal bath of Budapest.
• Stroll along the Danube Promenade: This scenic walkway stretches between the Elizabeth Bridge and the Chain Bridge in Pest, offering stunning views of Buda across the river.
• Visit the Hungarian Parliament Building: Marvel at the architectural beauty of this Gothic Revival-style building, which is one of the largest parliament buildings in the world.

Wombats is a fantastic hostel in Budapest. It is easy to make friends, it is centrally located and in the heart of all the nightlife. It has a shared kitchen, bar and large social area on site. And the hostel is clean, well looked after and the beds are comfortable too. If I plan a trip to Budapest again I wouldn’t hesitate a stay in Wombats.  Book your trip here.

DISCLAIMER: I also stayed in Flow Spaces while in Budapest on a separate occasion and honestly I had a really bad experience. I do not recommend staying here. You can read about my experience in my Best Hostels in Europe blog post.

Stop 6: Krakow Poland

Krakow, Poland, is an extremely underrated city in Europe, it blends historical significance with youthful energy.

As one of the oldest cities in Poland, Krakow is rich in history and cultural traditions. The city’s old town, a UNESCO World Heritage site, has an elegant look to it, almost just how you would imagine a fairytale to look.

But, Krakow is steeped in a tragic past, with Auschwitz-Birkenau located just a short distance away, it is a reminder of the horrors of the Holocaust.

Despite its historical significance, Krakow is growing as a youthful city, with nearly a quarter of its population comprising students.

Things to do in Krakow

• Walk to the Wawel Castle for stunning views of the city and river.
• Krakow’s Main Market Square is the largest medieval town square in Europe, filled with historic landmarks and bustling cafes.
• Kazimierz District: Explore the vibrant Kazimierz District, once a Jewish quarter, now a hub of contemporary culture filled with galleries and music venues.
• Take a day trip to Auschwitz-Birkenau to witness a moving testament to the Holocaust.
• Admire 360 views of the city from St. Mary’s Basilica .
• Take a day tour to the famous Wieliczka Salt Mine one of the oldest mines still in operation.

Where to stay in Krakow

• Greg&Tom Party Hostel : This is a perfect spot for backpackers looking for an affordable place to stay. The hostel offers dormitory-style rooms and is located near the Main Market Square.
• Queen Boutique Hotel: Located near the Kazimierz District, this hotel offers comfortable rooms and a restaurant serving Polish and international cuisine.

2 Weeks Europe Trip Itinerary: Tips & Advice

Plan your transport.

This may seem like an obvious one but know how you are going to get from A to B in advance. When I started my trip I was very lacked about pre-booking transport/accommodation. I wanted freedom but I quickly got caught out and was left with a booked out mode of transport.

Pre-Plan Your Route

Hopefully, this guide has given you a better idea of where you want to visit while in Europe. If there are places not mentioned here on your bucket list then I recommend double checking if it is a feasible route.

Take advantage of FREE walking Tours

Most cities and large towns have a free walking tour. These are great ways of getting a feel for a city when you first arrive. At the end of the tour you will typically tip the guide €5/10 euro as a way of saying thank you. This is a much more affordable way of seeing a destination.

Look for discounts

I was surprised to see how many attractions offered discounts, some being age-related, time-related or status-related. For example, it was common to see discounts for teachers, students or rail pass holders.

Travel in the off-season

Visiting Europe in the shoulder months is far better than in summer. The temperatures are much more enjoyable, the crowds are far less and things tend to be cheaper. May-June or September-October is a great time for a European adventure.

Be budget-conscious

Don’t presume you will naturally stay within your budget. Spending can get out of hand pretty quickly when you are not paying attention. I used my Revolut  card to stay on top of what I was spending while in Europe. And it was a lifesaver.

Travel Light

You are going to be moving from place to place. So, only pack what you need to avoid sore arms and legs.

Use Local SIM cards

All EU countries allow free roaming throughout Europe (most countries). So, don’t fall for the ‘tourist SIM prices’. You should be able to pick up a sim-only plan in a local network store for about €30 with decent services.

Avoid Tourist Traps

Do some research ahead of visiting some major attractions. Some are simply not worth the time and price.

Be prepared for unexpected expenses

No matter how carefully you plan your trip, there will always be unexpected expenses that can pop up. Be prepared for these by setting aside some extra money in your budget for contingencies, and be flexible enough to adjust your plans if necessary.

Watch out for ATM Fees

Not all ATM’s charge the same withdrawal fees. I have seen some charge as much as €7 to take money out. I recommend only using machines attached to banks. They are normally the cheapest.

Research local events and festivals

You never know what is going on locally while visiting a town or city. You may be pleasantly surprised to find a free concert or event in a local park.

Prepare for tiredness

Tiredness hits you like a wave when travelling Europe. You have no clue when it will happen but I promise it will arrive at least once while on your trip.

2 Week Trip to Europe Itinerary: FAQ

Is europe safe to visit.

Yes, Europe is generally safe to visit. Like any travel destination, it’s important to stay aware of your surroundings and take basic security precautions. You should keep your belongings secure, be mindful of pickpockets in crowded places, and avoid walking alone at night in unfamiliar areas. Be sure to check out travel advisories for specific countries before you go. Travel insurance is also a good idea. This helps you take care of any unexpected issues like illness, injury, or theft. Happy travelling!

How expensive is Europe?

This really depends on where you intend to visit. If you spend most of your time in Eastern Europe you will spend considerably less money than you would in Northern Europe. The same goes for spending time in small villages/towns versus major cities and hubs.

My advice is to set a realistic budget and stick too it. One day you may spend a large chunk of money and then spend the next relaxing by the beach.

How much does 2 weeks in Europe cost?

This all comes down to your personal spending habits. And determined how much it costs to travel Europe for each individual person can be difficult. Below is a ballpark for 3 different types of travellers.

For those looking to explore Europe on a budget expect to pay anywhere from €710-€1270 for two weeks.

For travellers on more of a mid range budget you should budget for €2530-3530 for the two weeks.

And luxury travellers the range is quite big, expect to pay anywhere from €5400 to €16000 for two weeks of travel.

Is two weeks enough time to spend in Europe?

Two weeks can be enough to enjoy a taste of Europe, but you won’t be able to explore everything. The best approach is to focus on a few key destinations that you’re most interested in.

Plan your itinerary in a way that allows you to spend a few days in each place so you can soak up the local culture, visit main attractions, and also have some downtime.

Remember, the goal of travel is not just to see as many places as possible, but to enjoy and experience each place you visit.

How many European Countries can I visit in 2 weeks?

I would suggest visiting 4 or less countries over a 2 week period. Remember that you actually want to experience each place. The idea is not to see somewhere and then leave again a few hours later.

Is €10,000 enough for 2 weeks in Europe?

Yes, €10,000 is more than enough money for two weeks in Europe. Is it possible to spend €10,000 in this time frame. Yes, of course. But that all comes down to how well you budget. I would predict that the average person would spend between €2000-4000 on a two-week trip in Europe.

When is the Best time to spend two weeks in Europe?

The best time to spend two weeks in Europe largely depends on your personal preferences and the countries you plan to visit.

However, many agree that spring (May to June) and fall (September to October) are generally the best times.

During these periods, you can enjoy mild weather and fewer crowds. In spring, you’ll witness Europe in bloom, while autumn offers a palette of fall colours.

Summer (July and August) tends to be quite crowded, especially in popular tourist destinations, but it’s also when most festivals and events take place.

Winter (November to March) is less crowded, except during the Christmas market season, and offers the opportunity for winter sports in countries like Switzerland, France, and Austria. Remember, each season has its unique charm in Europe!

What’s the best way of getting around Europe?

Trains are a fantastic way to travel around Europe. They are fast, efficient, and often scenic, offering a comfortable journey and easy access to city centres.

Europe’s extensive rail network connects all major cities, making it convenient for inter-country travel. Plus, with a variety of rail passes available, it can also be an economical choice for those planning to visit multiple destinations.

Remember that train schedules and ticket prices can vary, so it’s a good idea to plan your journey and book tickets in advance if you don’t with a pass.

What currency do they use in Europe?

The currency used in Europe varies. The Euro is the most common currency, used by 19 of the 27 European Union member countries. These include popular destinations like France, Germany, Italy, Spain, and Greece.

However, some countries, including the UK and Switzerland, have retained their own currencies – the British Pound and the Swiss Franc, respectively.

Eastern European countries, such as Hungary and Czech Republic, also have their own currencies – the Hungarian Forint and the Czech Koruna.

It’s always a good idea to check the currency of the country you’re visiting before you go, and remember, credit cards are widely accepted across Europe.

Do most people speak English in Europe?

Yes, English is widely spoken across Europe, especially in major cities and tourist areas. However, the level of English proficiency can vary.

In countries like the Netherlands, Sweden, and Denmark, a large majority of people speak English very well.

In others, such as France, Italy, and Spain, you may encounter more people who do not speak English, especially in rural areas.

It’s always polite for you to learn a few basic phrases in the local language of the country you’re visiting.

Do I need a visa to travel Europe?

Whether you need a visa to travel in Europe depends on your nationality and the countries you plan to visit. For example, citizens of the United States, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand can visit the Schengen Area (which includes most European countries) without a visa for up to 90 days within a 180-day period.

But, if you’re from a country outside of this list, you may need to apply for a Schengen visa. Always check with the embassy or consulate of the country you’re visiting to get the most accurate and up-to-date information.

Planning a trip to Europe? Here’s some post to help with your planning!

• Fairytale Places in Europe
• 2 Week Europe Itinerary
• 3 Week Europe Itinerary
• How much my 4 Month Europe Trip Cost
• Best Hostels in Europe (My Personal Reviews)
• How big Texas is compared to Europe (I’m Shocked)

Similar Posts

How big is Ireland? Size Comparison to the US & European Countries

How big is Ireland? An answer that shocks many, most people are surprised to find that Ireland is actually a rather small country. We Irish are known all across the world for our lively personalities, traditional music and sad history, but the size of our country is often overlooked. I can only presume this is…

11 Best Boat Tours in Budapest That Will Make Your Jaw Drop in 2024!

Disclaimer: Please note that this post may contain affiliate links which means I make a small commission on any purchases you make at no additional cost to you. Thanks for your continued support! <3 LOOKING FOR THE BEST BOAT TOURS IN BUDAPEST? Well, then you have come to the right place. Budapest is a wonderful…

LOOKING FOR THE BEST FOOD TOURS IN MUNICH? – I’ve Got You Covered

LOOKING FOR THE BEST FOOD TOURS IN MUNICH? Well, then you have come to the right place. Munich is an incredible city, full of wonderful things to do. One of my personal favourites is trying all the delicious Bavarian Cuisine. Now, you can, of course, sample all the tasty bites Munich has to offer alone…

Is there Uber in Budapest? (A 2024 Guide to Getting Around)

Planning a trip to Budapest can be a difficult task. As someone who has fell in love with the Hungarian capital (visiting over 4 times) I often get asked by readers what the most convenient way is to get around. Many people assume that hopping into an Uber is a readily available option when in…

Fairytale Villages, Cities & Places in Europe That Have a Magical Feel!

Have you ever visited a new destination, only to feel a sense of magic from its beauty? Somewhere so beautiful that it instantly takes your breath away? Well, that is how I feel when I visit real-life fairytale villages, towns and places. Almost like they were made to play a part in a Disney movie….

Is Italy in Europe? The EU? OR The Schengen Area?

The more we dive into the world of travel. The more curious we become about places with different cultures, landmarks and cuisines to that of our own. Perhaps, our interest sparked from a TV show or an online video. Either way, knowing where each destination you plan to visit is located is an extremely important…

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

• Middle East
• North America
• Travel Resources
• Work with me

2 Week Itinerary Europe - 4 Fab Itineraries For Europe in Two Weeks (2024)

There’s so much to do in europe you could drive through 3/4 countries in a day or could spend 10 days driving through a single one while you can’t do it all these four 2 week itinerary europe should help you see the best of europe 2 weeks .

Europe sits on every person’s wish list! It is full of fascinating cultures and centuries of history!

Lucerne in Switzerland , Mykonos in Greece , Paphos in Cyprus and Venice in Italy are some of the most fascinating places in Europe, however it can get quite tricky to tackle these places in Europe in two weeks.

2 weeks in Europe is not enough to experience this vast continent.

There’s so much happening in each town, experiences that need to spend more than a day sometimes and travel does take up quite a chunk of the itinerary too!

There are 44 countries in Europe, full of fascinating cultures and experiences.

Ideally, through a Europe two weeks itinerary, you should be able to cover three or four countries at least. If you have even lesser days, this 10 day Europe itinerary should also help (there’s 8 options!) or this 10 day Scandinavia itinerary .

So read on to see how to best experience this continent and get the most out of your 2 week Europe trip!

Recommended tours in Europe 

• Old Town and Gothic Quarter Walking Tour in Barcelona
• Pompeii, Herculaneum, & Vesuvius Full-Day Tour from Naples 
• River Seine Cruise in Paris

Here’s four – 2 week itinerary Europe for an amazing getaway!

General info – europe in two weeks.

This post has four itineraries for a 2 weeks Europe trip

Here’s some information about these itineraries which can help you plan your 2 weeks Europe trip :

A Europe trip itinerary 2 weeks should ideally be only for four to five cities maximum. This is because despite many countries being pretty close to each other, you have to take into account the time you’d need for travelling and getting to the airport/train station and from the airport/train station to the city.

These itineraries for a Europe trip in 2 weeks suggest at least two days in a city and one day for travelling between two cities.

Plan your 2 weeks Europe trip itinerary in advance especially if you are visiting in summer. June-August is the peak season for tourism in Europe.

For those who want to do a Europe trip in 2 weeks, I’d suggest you stick to the main, well connected cities. If you have only two weeks in Europe, avoid travelling to faraway places.

2 Week Itinerary Europe

Day 1, 2 –   Lisbon

See the Carmo Convent ruins and Santa Justa Lift. Head to Alfama – the oldest neighborhood of Lisbon. Visit the São Jorge Castle and Lisbon Cathedral.

Enjoy the view of the city from the Miradouro das Portas do Sol, a scenic viewpoint in Alfama. Watch a Fado show and enjoy some Portuguese food.

Start Day 2 with a trip to the colorful Pena Palace in Sintra. Sintra is a 40-minute train ride from Lisbon. In the second half, spend time at the Lisbon Oceanarium, the largest indoor aquarium in Europe.

Day 3 – Lisbon to Barcelona

Fly to Barcelona (nearly 2 hours by flight)

Day 4,5 – Barcelona

Start your day by seeing the Sagrada Familia Cathedral and Arc de Triomf. Next, see the Casa Batlló and Casa Milà.

In the afternoon, you can either see the Palau Nacional de Montjuïc, visit Camp Nou (home stadium of FC Barcelona) or spend time at Tibidabo, home to Spain’s oldest amusement park. Spend your evening at Park Guell. Return to Plaza Catalunya (near La Ramblas) for the Fountain show at 9.30 pm.

For day 2, I suggest these: a Gothic Quarter walking tour ; seeing the Cathedral of Barcelona, La Ramblas, La Boqueria market, Monument of Christopher Columbus, Maritime Museum and sailing in a sunset cruise at Port Vell.

You can check out more places to explore in Barcelona in this 5 day Barcelona itinerary .

Day 6 – Barcelona to Monaco

Fly to Monaco. Train and bus journeys would be tiring: 9 hours and 12 hours at least.

Day 7, 8 – Monaco

On your first day in Monaco, see the Prince’s Palace, Oceanographic Museum of Monaco and the St. Nicholas Cathedral. Walk along the Monte Carlo Harbour or take a boat trip.

End your day by visiting one of the casinos that the city is known for. If you are planning a trip in late May or June, you can watch the Monaco Grand Prix in the city.

For the second day, I would suggest taking a day trip to Nice. It’s just a 25-minute train journey to Nice from Monaco.

Day 9 – Monaco to Naples

Fly to Naples

Day 10, 11 – Naples

Spend Day 1 in Naples seeing the Naples Royal Palace, Naples Cathedral, Underground Naples, Cappella Sansevero and Castel dell Ovo. In the evening, walk along the city’s coast. Try some Neopolitan pizza in one of the city’s eateries.

Spend the next day taking a day trip to Mount Vesuvius, Pompeii and Herculaneum .

If you’re planning to spend time in Italy in summer this post should help!

Itinerary 1

Europe two weeks itinerary for portugal, spain , france, italy, cities: lisbon – barcelona – monaco – naples – amalfi coast.

Day 12 – Naples to Amalfi Coast

You can drive from Naples to Amalfi Coast, take a bus (3-hour ride) or take a ferry.

Day 13,14 – Amalfi Coast

For your first day, take a day trip to the island of Capri, pass through Sorrento and definitely see the Blue Grotto. This sea cave is illuminated in blue due to the sunlight passing through an underwater cavity and shining through the seawater.

Spend your second day in Amalfi town. See the Duomo di Amalfi and the Museo della Carta. Spend time by the beach or drive along the coastal road. You can also visit the Positano, just a few minutes away from the town of Amalfi.

Itinerary 2

Europe two weeks itinerary for turkey and greece, cities: istanbul – santorini – naxos – mykonos – athens, day 1, 2 – istanbul.

For Day 1, I suggest visiting the Sultan Ahmed Mosque, Hippodrome of Constantinople, Basilica Cistern, Hagia Sophia and Topkapi Palace. End your day by taking a sunset cruise on the Bosphorus Strait.

On day 2, see the Grand Bazaar, Suleymaniya Mosque, Spice Bazaar, Galata Tower, Taksim Square and Dolmabahce Palace.

If you have some time left, you can either do a short food tour or visit one of the many museums in the city.

Day 3 – Istanbul to Santorini

Fly to Santorini (about 4 hours)

Day 4,5 – Santorini

Here is a 2 days in Santorini itinerary

Day 6 – Santorini to Naxos

Ferries take between one to two hours to get from Santorini to Naxos.

Day 7, 8 – Naxos

The main village on the island is called Naxos town or the Chora.

The best things to do on the island are dining and shopping in the Naxos town, spending time at the gorgeous golden beaches, seeing the ruins of Apollo Temple and Temple of Demeter, hiking on one of the mountain trails and seeing the traditional Chalki village.

Plaka Beach , Agios Georgios Beach, Agios Prokopios Beach, Agia Anna Beach and Aliko Beach are some of the best beaches on the island.

Day 9 – Naxos to Mykonos

Take the ferry from Naxos to Mykonos (45 mins – 1.5 hours: depends on the ferry you take)

Day 10, 11 – Mykonos

The main town here is Mykonos town. Mykonos town is where you’ll find the best nightlife and dining options and the Old Port.

The best things to do in Mykonos are –

Enjoying nightlife in the Mykonos town, shopping and dining in the area

Visiting the Ano Mera village

Seeing the ruins of Delos island

Seeing the Kato Mili windmills

Watching the sunset from Little Venice or Armenistis Lighthouse

And of course, spending time at some of Greece’s most beautiful beaches!

Ornos and Platis Gialos beaches are great for families. Paradise, Super Paradise, and Paraga are the best beaches if you want to party.

Here’s a Greece 7 days itinerary if you’re trying to figure how many days to spend in Greece!

If you’re planning to spend April in Greece refer to this post !

Day 12 – Mykonos to Athens

Fly to Athens (the fastest way) or take a ferry (time depends on the ferry you’ll take).

Day 13,14 – Athens

Visit the Acropolis, Acropolis Museum and Parthenon during your time in Athens. There are other sites of Greek history to see, such as the Philopappos Hill, Temple of Hephaestus and Temple of Olympian Zeus.

See the changing of the guard in front of the changing of the guard in front of the Greek Parliament and spend time at the National Archaeological Museum. Try Greek food from street outlets in Monastiraki and Plaka

This is a great 2 week itinerary Europe for the summer season. Naxos and Mykonos have some of the best beaches in Greece .

If you don’t have enough time for a Europe trip 2 weeks, this itinerary can be done in 10 days too – skip one of the islands and spend only a day in Athens and Santorini.

This post has information on how you can see Athens in a day and this on spending a day in Santorini (and how many days in Santorini you actually need!).

Itinerary 3

Europe two weeks itinerary for united kingdom, netherlands, france, cities: dublin – edinburgh – london – amsterdam – paris.

These well connected capital cities in Western Europe would make for an easy 2 weeks Europe trip.

Day 1,2 – Dublin

Begin day 1 by seeing the Trinity College, Book of Kells and The Long Room. Next, see the street with the Temple Bar. Next, see the Ha’penny bridge and the GPO Museum. See The Brazen Head, Dublin’s oldest pub, Christ Church Cathedral and the Guinness Storehouse.

End your sightseeing early for a pub crawl and enjoy the nightlife in the city.

For Day 2, see the Molly Malone statue, the Dublin Castle, the Chester Beatty Museum and St Patrick’s Cathedral. Visit the Teeling Whisky Distillery for a tour or tasting session and the Irish Whiskey Museum to learn about the history of Irish whiskey.

Day 3 – Dublin to Edinburgh

Fly to Edinburgh. The journey needs a little above an hour.

Day 4,5 – Edinburgh

Start day 1 by seeing the Edinburgh Castle. After that, you can either visit the Camera Obscura or visit the Scotch Whisky Experience.

Post lunch, walk down the Royal Miles to see St Giles’ Cathedral, The Real Mary King’s Close, Cadenhead’s Whisky and the Palace of Holyroodhouse. Go to Arthur’s seat for a great view of the city.

On Day 2, see the National Museum of Scotland, Scottish National Gallery and Royal Yacht Britannia.

In the afternoon, explore the Dean village, a quaint city area. Or for Potterheads, there is the Potter trail, a free tour of Old Town Edinburgh (Pre-book: the afternoon tour starts at 2 pm).

Day 6 – Edinburgh to London

Take the train or fly to London

Day 7,8 – London

On Day 1, see the London Tower, Tower Bridge and eat at the nearby Borough Market, the city’s well-known food market. See the beautiful Kensington Garden and Palace. Pick between the Science Museum and the Natural History Museum.

On day 2, see Hyde Park, the changing of the guard at Buckingham Palace, Westminster Abbey, Houses of Parliament and Big Ben. You can see the state apartments inside Buckingham palace during the summer months.

Walk by Trafalgar Square and see the National Gallery. Take a ride on the London eye in the evening to watch the setting sun paint the city with beautiful red hues. Pop into a pub to enjoy London’s pub scene.

Day 9 – London to Amsterdam

Fly to Amsterdam or take the train (involves change at 1 station).

Day 10, 11 – Amsterdam

Visit the Jordaan neighbourhood when in Amsterdam – this neighbourhood is popular for its food and architecture. Explore Des 9 Straatjes or ‘the nine streets’, which is excellent for food, shopping and seeing the canal houses.

You should also see the Anne Frank museum, the house where the Frank family hid for two years during the war, the Rijksmuseum and the Van Gogh Museum. Take a canal cruise during the evening time.

If you’re here in spring (end of March to May), don’t miss out on going to  Keukenhof to see the incredible tulip gardens.

Day 12 – Amsterdam to Paris

Take the high-speed train to Paris or a direct flight.

Day 13,14 – Paris

A trip to Paris would be incomplete without spending time at the iconic Eiffel Tower . This is   one of the most crowded attractions in Paris: buy skip-the-line tickets for the Eiffel Tower, especially if this is a part of your Europe summer itinerary

Other traveler favorites include the Notre Dame Cathedral, the Louvre Museum, and river cruising on the Seine river . You can also visit the  Sainte-Chapelle, a royal chapel with exquisite glass stained windows and Musée d’Orsay, a museum with stunning impressionist art.

If you are looking for something other than museums, consider visiting the Moulin Rouge to experience cabaret and theatre or taking a wine tour or tasting session through a local operator.

Itinerary 4

Europe two weeks itinerary for art lovers – germany, czechia, austria, italy, cities: berlin – prague – vienna – florence – rome, day 1, day 2 – berlin.

Spend at least half of your day at the Museumsinsel or Museum Island, a group of five museums in the heart of Berlin. Antiques, paintings, sculptures and artefacts galore: you’d easily need a few hours to admire and wander around this UNESCO World Heritage site.

For contemporary art, there are so many spaces that you possibly cannot cover all of these in two days. Contemporary Fine Arts, EIGEN + ART and Koneg Gallery are a few of the well-known ones.

See the East Side Gallery memorial, a large open-air museum with painted graffiti and the largest preserved section of the Berlin Wall.

Day 3 – Berlin to Prague

Currently, there are no direct flights from Berlin to Prague. You can take the bus, train, share a ride, or drive to Prague, which will need 4 to 4.5 hours.

Day 4, 5 – Prague

In Prague visit the National Museum, DOX Centre for Contemporary Art, Museum of Decorative Arts, Museum Kampa and Meet Factory. Like Berlin, there are so many galleries and spaces here, that in 2 days you will not be able to see all of them.

Day 6 – Prague to Vienna

Prague to Vienna by train needs 4 hours vs 4.5 hours through a car or rideshare. Or you can fly to Vienna in 2.5 hours.

Day 7, 8 – Vienna

There are so many museums in this city that you’ll be spoilt for choice. You’ll have to pick a few depending on your interests.

Start with the Museums Quartier, an area with 60 cultural institutions. The Natural History Museum, Kunsthalle Wien, Leopold Museum, ZOOM Kindermuseum and the MUMOK (Museum of Modern Art) are popular attractions here. You can also see the Hofberg, another speciality museum nearby.

See the Belvedere Palace and relax in its beautiful Baroque park. The Belvedere Palace also has a stunning art collection made up of paintings from famous Austrian and other European artists.

Day 9 – Vienna to Florence

The best way is to take a flight to Florence (3-4 hours). Taking a bus is cheaper, but it’ll need at least 12-13 hours or more.

Day 10, 11 – Florence

On Day 1 visit the Uffizi , Galleria dell’Accademia , Musée Marino Marini (for contemporary art) and Pitti Palace Galleries. The Pitti Palace Galleries include the Royal Apartments, Palatine Gallery, Museum of Costume, Modern Art Gallery and Grand Dukes Treasury.

Keep some time aside to visit the Duomo, a landmark of the city, Basilica of Santa Croce and see the city from the Piazzale Michelangelo.

Day 12 – Florence to Rome

Take the scenic train ride from Florence to Rome ( a little more than an hour) or drive to Rome. Most flights are indirect flights and will take longer than a train or road trip.

Day 13,14 – Rome

Vatican museums, striking architecture and contemporary art galleries; there’s art around every corner in Rome.

Here are some of the places you could visit to admire Roman art –

Vatican Museum

National Roman Museum

Galleria Borghese

Musei Capitolini.

Doria Pamphili Gallery

 San Luigi dei Francesi for Carravagio paintings

For day 2, do keep some time aside to see the  mighty Colosseum and the Pantheon.

Europe is full of endless possibilities and no matter which destination you pick you will leave with memories to last a lifetime!

Pick places you’ve had on the bucket list for ages for your first Europe trip, then keep returning to cover itineraries you can do in proximity of each other to get the most done and not spend time on transport!

Even if you pick the same route, there’s always more to discover in Europe!

European Itinerary 2 Weeks – frequently asked questions

How many european countries can you visit in 2 weeks.

You can visit three/four/five countries, if you want to see Europe in 2 weeks. Many European countries are very close to each other or well connected by road, rail and air. Three-four countries is ideal for a Europe in 2 weeks itinerary

What is the best way to see Europe in 2 weeks?

The best way to travel Europe in 2 weeks is to pick two/three/four countries and stick to the main cities in these countries. Stick to the main, well connected cities for a 2 week europe trip itinerary. In this way, you’d have a good number of options to travel between cities quickly and get enough time to see the highlights of the cities on the days you are not travelling.

Is two weeks enough for Europe?

Yes, if you don’t plan to visit too many places and travel frequently.

A Europe 2 weeks itinerary is definitely not long enough for Europe. Through a 2 weeks Europe trip itinerary, you can see one city in three to four countries, or five countries, if the countries are closer to each other. Seeing Europe in two weeks means you’d have to pick only a few cities and their highlights to see.

What is the average cost of a 2 week European vacation?

A low budget 2 week Europe trip would cost 1500-2000$. A mid budget two week Europe trip would cost 2500-3000$. This also depends on the season when you take the 2 week trip to Europe.

2 weeks in Europe would be the most expensive from June to August which is the peak season, so you would be paying higher for flights and accommodation.

Award-winning Analyst, multi-nominated digital content creator and photographer Lavina Dsouza's words capture stories about culture and tradition mainly through its food and people. She has written and contributed to publications such as The Washington Post, Lonely Planet and Matador Network, to name a few. She is the editor of UntraditionalHumans.com, a non-profit created to share inspiring stories from women of colour who break free from traditions and choose happiness.

She's also a speaker passionate about DEI and champions solo travel. She has collaborated with numerous renowned brands such as Intrepid Travel, TripAdvisor, Travel and Leisure and Adobe, to name a few.

She can be found on Twitter and Instagram.

PIN FOR LATER!

What’s a Mediterranean destination you love?

I’d love to hear them in the comments below!

Island Hopping from Mykonos – Itinerary Including a Luxury Yacht!

Is Florence Worth Visiting – FAB Reasons Why You Should and Not!

Is Athens Worth Visiting – TOP Reasons Why you Should and Shouldn’t!

Is Lucerne Worth Visiting in 2024? – Here’s Why you Should and Shouldn’t!

Is Burano worth visiting? – Here’s Why you Should and Shouldn’t Visit!

Is Malta Worth Visiting – Here’s Why you Should and Shouldn’t!

Where is hot in October in Europe? 35 FAB Warm Spots for Some Sun!

How Many Days in Mykonos? (2024) – Here’s How Many Days You Need!

10 Hottest Places in Europe in September – FAB Spots for a trip! (2024)

Where’s Hot in April in Europe? 20 Warm Places to Visit in April (2024)

Is Eindhoven Worth Visiting? Top Reasons you Should and Shouldn’t! (2024)

Here’s How Many Days In Vienna is Enough for a FAB Trip! (2024)

Some of the links on this post are affiliate links. These do not cost you extra to use, but will help provide Continent Hop with a small commission if/when you purchase through them, to recover some of the costs of running this website and providing free content to help you plan your travel. I appreciate your support!

Add comment Cancel reply

The Ultimate 2-Week Europe Itinerary

Posted on Last updated: January 29, 2024

Categories Europe , Guides , Travel Guides

You’re about to go on your dream journey, and you’re looking for the perfect 2-week Europe itinerary? Well, there’s no one-size-fits-all here. There are more than 40 countries in Europe, and while they do share some similarities, they are profoundly different. 

While there isn’t a 2-week Europe itinerary that would fit every traveler’s demands, enjoying two weeks in Europe is easy. To help you get the best adventure tailored to your needs, I’ll give you ten itinerary ideas, share some tips about planning the perfect trip, and answer your questions. In the end, you’d be perfectly capable of preparing the journey of your life.

Two-Week Europe Itinerary Suggestions

I’m born and raised in Europe. It’s the continent I’ve explored the most, and I’m familiar with the countries here. I’ve either traveled myself or carefully researched all of the suggested routes. That being said, the itineraries are still just suggestions. When we’re talking about your perfect 2-week Europe itinerary, nothing is set in stone. 

If you are going to design your own journey from scratch, my two vital tips are 1) don’t include more than three cities, and 2) Try to make sure the flight back home is from the last town you visit.

The Iconic 2-Week European Itinerary – London, Paris, Rome

If you want to get the best out of Europe, see the iconic landmarks and post the most envy-inducing photos on Instagram, there’s no better route than this.

All three Paris, London, and Rome feature distinctive cultures topped with a global icon landmark. My suggestion is to spend four days in London and Rome and five days in Paris. Add the extra remaining day to your first destination (jet lag recovery day).

London  – In four days, you should be able to check most of the city’s landmarks. The must-sees are Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament, the London Eye, Tower Bridge, The Buckingham Palace, and the British Museum. If you keep a quick tempo, you can also check the Westminster Abbey, The Tower of London, The Shard, St. Paul’s Cathedral, The South Kensington Museums, Trafalgar Square, and Piccadilly Circus.

Before you visit London, make sure you check my London guide . I can guarantee it will come in handy.

Paris  – Paris is the city with the most iconic landmarks in the world. There’s hardly a person on Earth who hasn’t heard of the Eiffel Tower, The Louvre, Arc de Triomphe or the Notre Dame Cathedral. And those are just the heavyweights. Paris is home to so many cultural treasures that you can spend your entire 2 weeks in Europe there and still have something to see. I won’t even mention the time you’ll spend licking your plate in some cute french restaurant.

A lot of people feel disappointed by Paris after their visit. That’s because they go there unprepared. Everything you want to see in Paris needs to be booked beforehand; otherwise, you are guaranteed to spend most of your vacation waiting on a line.

If you decide to have Paris in your 2-week Europe itinerary, make sure to check my  detailed Paris travel guide . You can find all the information you need to pick the best landmarks and skip all the lines.

Rome  – And eventually all roads lead to Rome . The Eternal City is an integral part of the iconic European route. With its small winding alleys, lick-your-fingers restaurants, and romantical atmosphere, Rome is not just a city, Rome is a poem. With four days, you should be able to explore the Colosseum, The Roman Forum, St.Peters Basilica, the Sistine Chapel, the Vatican City Museums, The Pantheon, Piazza Navona and gain a few kgs along the way.

Rome is my favorite city in the whole world. I have a  detailed guide  that will save you plenty of time and money and show you how to explore some of the most iconic places in the world hassle-free. Make sure to check it out!

Imperial Heritage – Prague, Vienna, Budapest

Prague – Vienna – Budapest is one of the most iconic European itineraries. Conveniently located just a few hundred km of each other, all three cities were prime centers of the glorious Austro-Hungarian empire.

Exploring Central Europe gives a bit different feeling than exploring the western part of the continent. It feels way more fairytale-like. For this itinerary, I recommend spending four days in Budapest, five in Vienna (if you are into museums otherwise four) and the rest in Prague.

The easiest way to move around the cities is via train/bus. To see all the info you need to do the central Europe route (including prices, schedules, and hotel recommendations), you can check out my  in-depth Prague-Vienna-Budapest travel guide.

Prague  – The most significant landmarks include Charles Bridge, The Old Town, Prague’s Astronomical Clock, the Castle Complex, and of course, the Czech beer. To see the best way to organize your days in Prague and various tips and tricks, check out my  ultimate Prague guide .

Vienna  – When in Vienna, you should definitely check Belvedere Palace, Schönbrunn Palace, Hofburg Palace, The Museum of Fine Art, and of course, the classical Vienna Coffee with Sacher cake. Exploring that many palaces and museums is a bit tricky, so you can use my very  detailed Vienna city guide   to help you.

Budapest  – The capital of Hungary is one of those cities that has a little bit of everything. The main attractions are the Parliament Building, Fisherman’s Bastion, Buda Castle, Szechenyi Chain Bridge, the ruin bars, and the food scene. Navigating Budapest is quite easy, but if you want to prepare your journey in detail, I recommend checking my  Budapest travel guide .

Munich (optional) – If you have enough time, Bavaria’s capital will be a perfect destination for this itinerary. With plenty of middle-age history, a fabulous palace (Nymphenburg Palace), and close to the most beautiful castle in Europe (the world?) – Neuschwanstein Castle, Munich is as cool as it gets. Make sure to check out my  detailed Munich itinerary guide .

Iberian Adventure – Porto, Lisbon, Madrid, Barcelona

First, of the couple 2-week European itineraries that feature more than three destinations, this route won’t take you all around the continent but will guarantee a great time. Exploring the top cities in Portugal and Spain is a bucket list adventure that will introduce you to four very distinctive cultures.

Transportation between Porto – Lisbon, and Madrid – Barcelona is best done by train. It’s cheap, fast and comfortable. The distance between Lisbon and Madrid is a bit bigger so you can catch an inexpensive Ryanair flight or get the overnight bus that will save you time and money,

Porto  – The biggest city in Northern Portugal is one of the most underrated places in Europe. With three days to spend, you can explore all the Harry Potter landmarks, the picturesque churches, enjoy more than one sunset at Gaia and go for on a wine tasting tour…or two…or three!

To get all the details about Porto and plan the perfect itinerary, check out my  ultimate Porto travel guide .

Lisbon  – The capital of Portugal is one of the most colorful cities on the continent. With three (or four) days there you can get lost the picturesque Alfama district, greet the sunrise at Portas do Sol, explore the ruins of medieval Lisbon in Carmo Convent, take a walk inside the UNESCO recognized Jeronimos Monastery and finish the day by eating a dozen  Pastel de Natas  while enjoying the sunset at the Belem Tower. Depending on your tempo, you can also go to nearby  Sintra  and explore the most colorful castle in the world!

I have a  handy Lisbon guide  that can show you how to do all that in three days. Make sure to check it out!

Madrid  – The capital of Spain is home to three of the very best art museums in the world – Prado, Reina Sofia and the Thyssen Bornemisza Museum alongside the glorious Spanish Royal Palace, the ancient Egyptian Debod Temple and the oldest restaurant in the world. Three days should be enough to explore the essential landmarks and visit a couple of Tapas Bars.

I have a  detailed guide about Madrid  that can give you all the info you need to have the time of life. If you choose this European itinerary, make sure to check it out!

Barcelona  – Last on the list, we have the colorful capital of Catalonia. Marked by the architectural genius of Gaudi, Barcelona features some of the biggest  landmarks in Spain . Make sure to check Sagrada Familia, Casa Batllo, take a walk around La Rambla, explore the creepy Gothic Quarter, and take a top Instagram photo from the roof of the Barcelona Cathedral.

My  Barcelona travel guide  will explain all the landmarks in Barcelona and give you detailed info and tips that will make your travel as effortless as possible. Don’t miss it out!

Seville (optional) – If you’ve already seen Madrid or Barcelona, Seville is the perfect replacement. The compact Andalucian capital is an amazing, underrated gem that guarantees a good time. Here’s a detailed Seville travel guide .

Ciao, Bella – Rome, Florence, Venice

What about spending your entire 2 weeks in Europe in a single country? Sounds underwhelming, right? If that country is Italy , it’s not. Having countless things to see and do and featuring some of the most legendary and unique cities on Earth, spending 14 days on the Italian boot is a bulletproof recipe for a good time. The easiest way to get around the country is via train, but make sure also to check the bus prices.

Rome  – The capital of Italy and one of the greatest cities on Earth offers a one-of-a-kind introduction to Italian culture. Five days would let you enjoy the Colosseum, the Roman Forum, the Trevi Fountain, the Aventine Keyhole, and all the marvels of the Vatican City, including St. Peter’s Basilica, the Sistine Chapel, and the Vatican Museums.

If you have Rome in your 2-week European Itinerary, don’t miss my  detailed travel guide  that will save you plenty of hassle.

Florence  – The capital city of Tuscany and the birthplace of the Renaissance offers one of the most unique and vibrant city adventures in Europe. Four days in this  bucket-list destination  can offer a walk back in time around the city’s historic center, a top art museum – the Uffizi Gallery, and lazy sunset watching at the incredible viewpoint at Piazzale Michelangelo.

  To get all the details and plan the perfect Florence trip, I wrote the perfect Florence itinerary guide for you.

Venice  – The Floating City of Masks is another world-class destination in Italy. Having more water canals than streets, Venice is the most unique city in the world. With five days there, you can catch a ride on a gondola, watch the sun setting behind the San Marco Cathedral, enjoy the interior of the beautiful Doge Palace, and (if visited at the right time of the year) participate in the colorful Venice Carnival.

You can enjoy the Floating City without any guides, but my  detailed Venice itinerary guide  will surely make the planning easier.

Naples (optional) – If you have the time and want to see a slightly different Italy, you may consider adding Naples to the list. The chaotic coastal city is a shock to all tour senses but offers this authentic vibe that few places today can offer. It’s also the birthplace of pizza and next to the most awesome UNESCO World Heritage site in the country – Pompei and the infamous Vesuvius volcano .

If Naples is something that sounds interesting to you, check my detailed guide for more pictures and travel details.

Sleep is Overrated aka The Party Route – Amsterdam, Berlin, Budapest

If your idea of a perfect 2 weeks in Europe is party, party, party, Amsterdam, Berlin, Budapest is your route. Suppose you are ready for a more exotic adventure. In that case, you may go to Eastern Europe and enjoy countless amounts of alcohol and carefree attitude for a fraction of your western Europe budget. If this is your first time on the continent, however, I suggest playing it safe and sticking to the more popular places in the west. 

The distance between Amsterdam and Berlin is around 600km, making it suitable for a train/bus ride. Berlin to Budapest, however, is close to 900, so you may want to check the Wizzair flights (who usually give the best rates to Budapest). Distribute your days depending on your budget (Amsterdam – most expensive, Budapest – cheapest) and the parties you wish to attend

Amsterdam  – The most open-minded city in Europe, Amsterdam is where everything seems to be allowed. With its famous ‘coffee’ shops and of course the Red Light District, it’s not a surprise that every weekend the tiny alleys of the Duch capital are full of tourists. The best clubs you want to check in Amsterdam are  Radion ,  Claire ,  Shelter ,  De School , and  OT301 .

If you want to explore some of Amsterdam’s culture and history, you can check out the Van Gogh Museum, Rijksmuseum, and the Anne Frank House.

Berlin  – With the fall of the Berlin Wall, the cultural upheaval spread all around the once-divided city. Today the German capital has one of the most prominent nightlife scenes on the continent. Some of the top clubs in Berlin are  Berghain ,  SchwuZ ,  Anomalie Art Club , and  KitKat .

During the day, you can check the Brandenburg Gate, the Reichstag Building, and the Berlin Wall Memorial. Make sure you see everything there is to see with my Berlin Itinerary Guide

Budapest  – Budapest will give you a vibrant blend of Eastern and Western Europe. With one-of-a-kind ruin bars, countless craft beers, and one of the richest fast-food scenes I’ve ever seen, the Hungarian capital is the perfect party spot. Some of the most popular ruin bars are  Szimpla Kert ,  Instant & Fogas Ház ,  Mazel Tov , and  UdvarRom .

During the day you can check out the Parliament Building, the Buda Castle and the Fisherman’s Bastion. Check out my  Budapest travel guide .

Beach Galore – Amalfi coast, Croatia, Greece

If your 2 weeks in Europe are during the summer and you want to have the beach vacation of your life, this is the route for you. You won’t only enjoy some of the best seashores in the world, but you’ll also discover three very different and colorful cultures.

The best way to travel between the destinations on this route is via plane. Spend four days in Italy and Croatia, and all the rest in Greece. That way, you can explore more than one island there.

The Amalfi Coast  – Italy’s premium vacation spot, the Amalfi coast, is home to some of the best beaches on the continent. The most highly rated are Marina Grande of Positano, Marina Grande of Amalfi, Vietri Sul Mare, and the beach of Erchie. An incredible nature combined with the warm Italian culture and premium hospitality makes this destination a prime spot for all beach lovers around Europe.

Croatia  – You may not be aware, but Croatia’s western coast is home to some of the best beaches in the world. That’s right, the world! An extra perk is that they are so underrated that you won’t be surrounded by countless tourists crowds. If you make an effort to find some hidden ones, you may have the tiny idyllic sand shores just for yourself.

The most highly rated beaches in the country are Sakarun Beach (on Dugi Otok Island), Nugal Beach (Makarska), Zlatni Rat Beach (Brac Island) and St. Ivan – Watermelon Beach (Lubenice – Cres Island).

Greece  – The most beachy nation in Europe, Greece, is famous for its beautiful islands, white shores, and azure waters. Picking the right island for you may require a little bit of extra research, but whichever you decide in the end, I’m sure you won’t be disappointed. There simply isn’t a lousy island in Greece! The most popular options are Santorini, Mykonos, Crete, Halkidiki, Corfu, Milos, Rhodes, and Zakynthos.

The Magic of The North – Iceland, Norway

This 2-week European itinerary won’t be centered around landmarks. The Northern route is focused around the one-of-a-kind nature in Iceland and Norway. It’s the only route that features just two destinations, and that’s because of the abundance of natural treasures in those countries.

The easiest way to get in or out of Iceland is via plane, so this is my recommended way of transportation here.

Iceland  – The island that comes straight out of a fairytale. The nature of Iceland is so utterly different from anything else on Earth that it is hard to explain with words. Steaming volcanos, black beaches, and ice caves are the regular there. 

Rent a car and embark on a journey of a lifetime alongside the Golden, Diamond, or Arctic circles. The natural gems you’ll see along the way are guaranteed to exceed your wildest expectations.

Norway  – One of the world’s wealthiest countries can offer stunning natural sights blended with cute little towns. Take some of the most scenic train rides in the world, explore the UNESCO recognized Geirangerfjord region or the Tromso Fjords, look for the midnight sun in the Arctic circle, take a polar bear photo at the Svalbard Islands or have someone take your photo at Trolltunga. The amount of bucket list adventures to have in Norway is ridiculously high.

Caviar and Champagne – The Luxury 2-Week European Itinerary – French Riviera, Monaco, Milan

If you are looking for the most glamorous way to spend 2 weeks in Europe, this is the route for you. All destinations on the itinerary are favorite vacation spots for celebrities, athletes, and all kinds of millionaires.

I won’t suggest transportation methods here. If you can afford a vacation like that, you probably already have a private driver to get you to Monaco and a charter flight to Milan.

The French Riviera  – The Mediterranean coast of southeastern France is the premium vacation spot in the country and houses high-end resort towns such as Nice, Saint Tropez, and Cannes. If possible, try to align your trip with the Cannes Festival (usually in May). No place in the world hosts most celebrities than Cannes in May.

Monaco  – A synonym of wealth and luxury, Monaco is the ultimate playground for rich people. The small principality headed by the Prince of Monaco is known as the Las Vegas of Europe. The best places to check in Monaco are the Monte Carlo Casino, Jardin Exotique, and (if you visit in the right time of the year) the Monaco F1 Grant Prix.

Milan  – The wealthiest city in the country, Milan, is  home to half of Italy’s multi-millionaires , 20  Micheline Restaurants ,  countless high-end fashion boutiques, and   the first and only Mandarin Oriental hotel in Italy. Milan is undoubtedly one of the most luxurious cities you can visit in Europe.

Shop Till You Drop – London, Paris, Barcelona, Milan

I have to admit, I’m not that big of an expert when it comes to shopping. Especially high-end shopping. I understand, however, that plenty of you envision the perfect 2 weeks in Europe spend around the high-end fashion boutiques, so I did my best to research this specific route. 

London  – One of the very best shopping destinations in the world, London has everything you can ever want. The top locations include Oxford Street, Regent Street, St. James’s, Bond Street, and Mayfair. Also, every Autumn, London is the stage for London’s Fashion Week – a prime event in the fashion world. Check the  awesome London guide .

Paris  – Home to Louis Vuitton, Hermès, Chanel, and Dior, Paris is the most fashionable city in the world. Even a guy like me, who knows nothing about fashion, is aware of that. The top shopping places in the capital of France are Champs-Elysées, Avenue Montaigne, The Marais, Boulevard Haussmann, and the Tuileries District. Paris Fashion Week is usually after the London one. See the  detailed Paris travel guide .

Barcelona  – Who needs Gaudi when you have Gucci, right? With millions of tourists visiting every year to hit the stores, Barcelona is one of the fashion heavyweights in Europe. The top shopping places in the city include the Passeig de Gracia and Portal del Angel streets ,  La Roca Village, Pinza’t store, and Las Arenas Shopping Centre. And here’s the  Barcelona travel guide .

Milan  – already mentioned that in the luxury itinerary, but here we go again – Milan is the wealthiest city in Italy and home to half of the country’s multi-millionaires. With its countless world-renounced brands, the Italian fashion scene hardly needs an introduction too. the best shopping spots in Milan are Via Monte Napoleone, Via Della Spiga, Corso Buenos Aires, and Galleria Vittorio Emanuele II

Art is The Center of The Earth – Paris, Madrid, Venice/Vienna

There’s no better continent for art lovers than Europe. The  Old Continent  is home to the majority of the biggest art museums in the world, and exploring them is on every art-enthusiast bucket list. Truth be told, it was hard for me to pick just three destinations for this itinerary. I had to leave out some incredible places such as Russia’s St. Petersburgh and London, but I genuinely believe this is the best art itinerary to have in Europe.

Since the distances between cities are pretty big, I suggest you travel between cities via Europe’s budget airlines (Ryanair and Wizzair).

Paris  – There’s no city on Earth with as many world-class art museums as Paris. The Louvre, Musee d’Orsay, Musee d’Orangerie, Le Centre Pompidou, the Rodin Museum are just the tip of the iceberg. Paris is the artsiest city in the world, and there’s not a single doubt about that.

If you’re about to hit the Paris museums, check out my  detailed travel guide  where you’ll find useful information such as ticket prices, working hours, and tips about skipping the lines.

Madrid  – The Spanish capital may not feature as many art museums as Paris, but the ones they have are definitely not of lesser quality. Priding itself as the home of the  Golden Triangle of Art , Madrid will take you on a scenic journey around the most-prominent Spanish masters. Between Prado, Reina Sofia, and   the   Thyssen-Bornemisza Museum, you will witness the biggest masterpieces of art titans such as Velazquez, Goya, Miro, Picasso, and Dali. Check out my  detailed Madrid travel guide  to see how to explore all art museums for free!

Venice/Vienna

The last destination of this itinerary depends on the timing of your trip. Vienna offers incredible art museums such as the Belvedere Palace, the Kunsthistorisches Museum, Albertina, the Secession Building, and the Leopold Museum. See the detailed Vienna travel guide .

Venice, on the other hand, has The Peggy Guggenheim Collection, La Bottega del Mascareri, and Gallerie dell’Accademia. What tips the scales towards Venice is  Biennale . The biennial modern art exhibition is an event like no other, and if your time in Europe corresponds with the festival, Venice should definitely be on your itinerary. Here’s the  awesome Venice itinerary guide .

How to Plan your 2 Weeks in Europe

This part mainly targets visitors from other continents since such a big trip requires more detailed preparation. Europe is incredible, but to get the best of your journey, you need to do your homework.

Pick the correct cities

If you don’t like any of the suggested itineraries and plan one of your own, make sure to pick the correct cities. What do correct cities mean? It’s the cities that are most likely to suit your way of travel and fulfill your needs.

Also, if this is your first trip to the  Old Continent,  I suggest sticking to the big and popular places. Most of the time, they offer the best landmarks in the country, and while they may feel a little bit too touristy, locals there are used to tourists, lowering chances of something going wrong.

Going off the beaten path is fun, but if you do it on your first European voyage, you risk missing the top landmarks (touristy or not, they are worth it), and encountering cultural differences that would be harder to handle.

Pick places close to each other

Europe is quite small. Getting from one side to the other would require no more than a 4-hour flight. Why choose cities that are close, then? Because 4 hours on the plane are combined with 2 hours at the airport, an hour or two getting from the airport to the new city, checking out of a hotel, checking in a hotel…you see where I’m going with this. With only 2 weeks in Europe, you want to maximize your time exploring the cities and minimize the traveling hours. 

Smaller distances can also be taken via train, bus or car. That way, you are saving not only money but also time.

Buy all the tickets online

This is probably my most important tip – prepare the tickets for all landmarks you wish to visit in advance. You know the stories about people going to Rome or Pairs and hating the city? The big reason for their bad experience is the time wasted on lines. The more popular the city – the bigger the lines. The record-holder of this is Paris where to climb the Eiffel Tower, you need to wait on not one but two 1hr+ lines. If you want to check out the Catacombs too, you better have four hours to spare! Let me tell you something; if I have just a few days in Paris and I spend half of the time looking at someone’s back, I would hate the city too.

Thankfully it’s the 21st century, and everything can be found online. Most of the time, online tickets are the same price, and they include a skip-the-line option. The place where I shop for all my tickets and most of my tours is  GetYourGuide . They have almost everything, and sometimes their prices are even lower than the official ones.

Europe’s roads are great to drive on. They are well-maintained and offer some world-class views.  Renting a car  would give you tons of flexibility to check not only the main cities but also the area around them. You can also use your car to drive from one country to another, but since this option limits your choices, making it more expensive, I suggest getting a new vehicle for every country you visit.

The best tool for finding good rent-a-car deals in Europe is  Discover Cars . I’ve used them in tons of places, and sometimes the prices they can find are out of this world (35 EUR total for 7 days in Portugal, for example).

Research the culture and the everyday-differences

You need to do this after you have picked your cities. Why? Because like I said, there are more than 40 countries in Europe and they are profoundly different. You want to be prepared for cultural things like the tapa bars in Spain, French refusing to speak in English, or Greeks smashing their dishes on the ground. 

You also have to be prepared for the everyday-differences. What are those? Well, things like the fact that more people in Europe drive on manual transmission so the rent-a-car company may not have any automatic vehicles. The different power outlets (US ≠ EU ≠ UK), the side of the road they are driving, etc

Get up early

This is something I’m sure most of you won’t do. Those of you who make the effort though, would enjoy some of the most magical moments of their life. At least once, try and get up around sunrise. All top European cities are swarming with tourist crowds during the day, something that really hides their magnificence. I know you’re on vacation, and you don’t want to get up early, but trust me, seeing Rome at sunrise is one of the most enchanting travel experiences ever.

Have comfortable shoes

Going to Europe and not packing comfortable shoes is suicide. All the cities here are best explored on foot. Even if they are pretty large and you’re forced to use public transport (great option) or a taxi, you’ll still end most of the days with plenty of walked kilometers. Ladies, I know you want to look good on your photos, but walking with high-heels, 10km+, on cobbled stones is really not worth it.

Mind the jet lag

If this is your first journey to another continent, you may underestimate this problem. To enjoy your 2 weeks in Europe to the max, though, you need to have the jetlag in mind, especially if you are coming from the west. Make sure to plan a relaxed itinerary for the first couple of days, so that your body can get used to the new ‘weird’ hours.

Two Week-Europe Itinerary FAQ

Planning 2 weeks in Europe is no joke, and you probably have plenty of questions. I’ll list the most popular here; if there anything else you wish to ask, I’d love to help you.

When to visit Europe?

Just like the perfect 2-week Europe itinerary, there is no one-size-fits-all answer here. The weather differs from country to country, and the best time to visit a nation depends on your budget and travel intentions.

Big cities are usually great in the shoulder seasons (March to June – September to November). You risk some rain showers, but temperatures are mild, and crowds are not in their peak. April is a bit of an exception due to the catholic countries gathering huge Easter crowds.

If you’re after a beach or a Ski vacation, obviously, Summer and Winter are your seasons.

Summer is the most popular travel season all around the  Old Continent.  Prices are high, tourists are everywhere, and some countries like Spain, Portugal, and Greece get hot as hell. Winter, on the other hand, sees the lowest prices and fewer tourists (unless around Christmas). Many cities are horrible to explore during winter, though, so unless you’re on a tight budget, I don’t recommend it.

Here’s a great wheater site  I usually use to plan my travels.

How to get around in Europe?

As I mentioned above,  renting a car  would be the easiest way to travel around Europe. If you’re not a driver, there are plenty of ways that suit every budget. For bigger distances, you can use low-cost airlines such as  Ryanair  and  Wizzair . If the distances are smaller, you are better via train or a bus. Tickets can be found in  GetYourGuide  or  Omio .

Buses especially can sometimes offer incredible deals. Once I traveled from Brussels to Pairs for just 7 EUR.

When we’re talking about getting around inside the cities, my recommendation is to go on foot. All European cities are extremely walkable, and there is no better way to feel the spirit of a place than walking around its winding alleys. If the city is too big ( like Paris or London), you can use the well-developed public transport. The metro system is usually the most convenient one.

Is Europe safe?

This depends on the country, but generally, the cities in Europe are as safe as it gets. While violent crimes won’t be an issue, you do have to be vigilant for petty crime. Pickpocketing around the major touristic sites is very common.

No matter how safe Europe is, I strongly suggest getting travel insurance. If anything, the latest global events taught us that something horrible can always happen. Being insured is the smart decision that can help you ease your worries and let you enjoy your adventure to the max. I currently use  HeyMondo  for my travels because they have proven themselves to me more than once over the years. The link above will give you a 5% discount, but If you have another favorite provider, that’s ok. Just make sure you have one because you never know what may happen.

Do I need a visa to visit Europe?

To visit most of the countries in Europe, you need a Schengen visa. The Schengen visa allows travel around the EU passport-free zone that covers most of the European countries. Some countries outside the EU also recognize the Schengen visa, while others inside the EU are not part of the Schengen zone. Thankfully  the official Schengen website  gives detailed information that will help you determine if you need a visa, how to get it, and how much it costs.

Is Europe expensive?

Europe could be incredibly expensive or absurdly cheap; it depends on the way you travel and the countries you visit. While France and the UK are among the most expensive nations in the world, countries in eastern Europe are often cheaper than places in Asia or South America.  Check the average budget needed  for every country on your 2-week Europe itinerary and make an adequate budget.

What currency do they use in Europe?

It’s the Euro, right? Yes…and no. Countries in the EU use the Euro, however, not all of them. Also, some countries that aren’t in the EU are allowed to use the Euro. And there are countries like Hungary where you can use both Euros and the local currency. Once you have your 2-week Europe itinerary set,  check here  and see what currency do you need.

Is English wide-spread in Europe?

If you stick to the big cities and the famous landmarks, you won’t have much trouble communicating. The only big European city I’ve been to where they didn’t speak English was Paris. And it’s not like they don’t know the language, they understand everything you tell them in English but prefer to answer in French for some reason.

That’s all from me, I hope you plan the perfect 2-week Europe itinerary . ———————————— If you haven’t planned your trip there yet, find out how I plan my trips! ———————————— I have 480 bucket list ideas for Europe. See my impossible bucket list of 1700+ adventures!

Have you been to Europe?

Some of the above are affiliate links and I will earn a percentage of the sale if you purchase through them at no extra cost to you. This helps keep my site running – so thanks in advance for your support!

Pin It on Pinterest

• Skip to main content
• Skip to secondary menu
• Skip to footer

ZigZagonEarth

Plan unforgettable road trips!

2 weeks in Europe Itinerary by Train – 4 detailed options (+ Tips)

Last updated on March 2, 2023 by Claire Robinson - this article contains affiliate links. If you purchase through them, I get a small commission ( more )

Planning a trip to Europe? Want to get a great snapshot in a limited time? In this article I share my top tips to plan your 2 weeks in Europe as well as 4 detailed Europe itineraries by train : Latin, Eastern, Western and Central. Discover some of the most beautiful treasures of the continent.

// In this article, no ads, no sponsored posts. Just some affiliate links. If you purchase through them, I get a commission at no extra cost to you ( Disclosure ).

Things to consider when planning 2 weeks in Europe

Want to discover as much as possible of Europe during your 2 week trip? Here are a few points to consider when planning your itinerary:

• SIZE OF EUROPE - the European continent is as big as the USA 
• VARIETY OF CULTURES - In theory, if you were flying every evening or morning you could change countries everyday and still have a full day to explore. But Europe is full of different fascinating cultures. There is much to see everywhere. So I recommend selecting a portion of Europe and visit only a few countries, to better appreciate each place.
• SIMPLE TRAVEL - Traveling between large cities is relatively easy in Europe, but once you decide to reach smaller cities, it means more connections and modes of transportation. Considering you "only" have 2 weeks, I recommend sticking to major cities

Best way to travel Europe in 2 weeks - Europe by train

• BY TRAIN   - easy access from cities, direct trains connect most major cities, plus you can see the landscapes changing, spot small villages and appreciate more of each country. CHOICE I RECOMMEND Book you train tickets with the SNCF Connect platform!
• BY CAR - If you want to cover several different countries, I don't recommend renting a car, because distances are significant and parking in major cities is a pain. Rent a car only if you want to do regions that are close to each other i.e. North of France, South of Belgium and Luxembourg My favorite platform for renting cars around the world is Discovercars .
• BY PLANE - between the time to get out of the city to the airport, being early and waiting for flight, the time to get luggage, time to get inside the next city... it may seems faster, but it is often not Plus train you can see landscapes changing, spot small villages
• BY COACH  - For those with smaller budget, this is a good alternative to train. But you need to plan more time for transportation

2 weeks in Europe itinerary - My 4 proposals

Based on all that, I have created 4 possible 2 week Europe itineraries by Train for you to consider depending on your interests. Below is a map that shows you which parts of Europe are covered with those 4 suggestions:

OPTION 1 - LATIN EUROPE

• Barcelona (Spain) + Paris (France) + Venice (Italy) + Rome (Italy + Vatican)
• Go directly to itinerary

OPTION 2 - EASTERN EUROPE

• European Elegance
• Prague (Czech Republic) + Vienna (Austria) + Bratislava (Slovakia) + Budapest (Hungary)

OPTION 3 - WESTERN EUROPE

• London (UK) + Paris (France) + Brussels (Belgium) + Amsterdam (The Netherlands) + Berlin (Germany)

OPTION 4 - CENTRAL WEST EUROPE

• Especially good at Christmas, away from the capital cities
• Luxembourg + Strasbourg (France) + Munich (Germany) + Salzburg (Austria)

Don't make the same mistake I did!

During one of my last trips, I used an open hotel wifi and got my credit card details stolen. So, my travels started with a phone call telling me I could not use my card anymore! What a mess...

Learn from my mistake, make a small investment for worry-free surfing. Get a VPN tool to turn on once you are outside your home!

LATIN EUROPE

LATIN EUROPE trip Itinerary 2 weeks

Trip overview.

Day 1 to 3 - BARCELONA (Spain)

Highlights / Classics

• Visit the magnificent Sagrada Familia - it is massive with a unique style. Considered the absolute must-see in Barcelona
• Admire the architectural work of Gaudi with his emphasis on natural curves and patterns, creating the catalan modernism movement
• Enjoy the light and music show at the Magic Fountain
• Go to the top of the Tibidabo Mountain to admire Barcelona from above
• Visit the Joan Miro Foundation to discover some of the artist's most iconic work

Where to Stay

Below are some suggestions of places to stay in Barcelona on your 2 weeks in Europe itinerary:

• Best areas to stay in Barcelona - Old town (El Born), Barceloneta Las Ramblas and Placa Catalunya
• LUXURY - El palace Hotel in the old town, modern decor in old charm with a fantastic location - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE - Duquesa Suites Barcelona, great light and views, fantastic terrace  - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - Room Mate Pau has amazing design, friendly staff and a great location - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - Hostel one Ramblas: clean, good atmosphere, free diner and a roof top terrace  - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodation within the best customer-rated accommodations in Barcelona

Food Suggestions

• Try as many tapas as possible. I love this way of eating, to be able to enjoy so many flavors!!!
• Tortilla, the traditional Spanish Omelette
• Paella - a good fresh paella cooked in a giant dish Miam!!!
• And for desert, the Catalan Creme with its cinnamon custard

Barcelona Like a local

• Enjoy a Sunday picnic at Parc de la Ciutadella to enjoy a little bit of greenery, especially on hot summer days
• Watch sunset at Bunkers del Carmel
• Chill at the Mar Bella Beach
• Go for a run at Parc Natural de Collserola
• Explore the specialty shops in the Gracia district 

Useful words in Catalan

• Good morning : Bon Dia
• Hello - Hola
• Thank you - Merci (similar to French with with emphasis on e)
• Please - Por Favor
• Currency - Euros
• Plug - 2 rounds
• Emergency - 112

Activity ideas

Check out some of the best rated activities :

Day 4 - TRAIN Barcelona to Paris

• Path - Barcelona Sants to Paris Gare de Lyon station
• Time on train - 6h30
• Type of train - Choose the "directs" with High speed trains
• Suggested time - Morning departure for arrival mid afternoon or beginning of afternoon departure for arrival in the evening
• Check availability and Book you train tickets with the SNCF Connect platform! Book your seat and Purchase Train Ticket

Day 5 to 8 - PARIS (France)

• Admire the iconic Eiffel tower and its impressive structure
• Visit the Notre Dame Cathedral and travel back in time
• Visit the underground world at the Catacombs
• Admire the stained glass windows at Sainte-Chapelle
• Get up to the Sacré-Coeur to look over Paris
• Watch a show at one of the cabarets
• Enjoy an evening cruise on the River Seine to see the lights of Paris
• Feel royal at the Versailles Castle
• You can check out my article about spending 3 days in Paris

Below are some suggestions of places to stay in Paris on your 2 weeks in Europe itinerary:

• Best areas to stay in Paris - The Marais, near the Pantheon, the 6th arrondissement, Ile Saint Louis... Check out my complete article on where to to stay in Paris
• LEGENDARY - Le Meurice is a palace in the 1st with great views of Paris (some rooms see the Eiffel Tower), a perfect location and a renowned restaurant  - Check out photos and latest prices
• LUXURY - Le Narcisse Blanc & Spa in the 7th, classic Parisian chic and great facilities - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE - Hotel La Lanterne in the 5th - love the style and the swimming pool area! - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - Hotel du Vieux Saule is in the heart of the Marais, yet has quiet rooms - Clean and practical for a good price - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - Generator Paris in the 10th, close to Metro station Colonel Fabien (Line 2) - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodation within the best customer-rated accommodations in Paris

Since I am French, I could list pages and pages of great food to try. So delicious! But I have to limit myself here...

• For breakfast croissant and pain au chocolat or some fresh baguette from the bakery
• Cheese, cheese and cheese 🙂 we even have restaurants that only serve cheese dishes. LOL
• Find a great bakery to try delicious cakes. The good ones melt and crisp in your mouth and are very light
• And while you are there, taste the Macarons. They exist with many flavors and will make you gasp.
• Enjoy the wine too

Experience Paris like a local

• Relax along Canal Saint-Martin, especially in the evening in Summer
• Sit at a terrace, drink coffee and do people watching
• Enjoy a weekend picnic in Parc des Buttes Chaumont (with baguettes and wine!)
• Just go for a walk, take side streets and see where they lead you

Useful words in French

• Good morning : Bonjour
• Hello - Salut
• Thank you - Merci 
• Please - S'il vous plait

Check out the best tours and activities in Paris 

Overnight Day 8 to Day 9 - Travel to Venice 

• Path - Paris Gare de Lyon to Venecia Santa Luzia
• Time on train - 14 hours 25 minutes
• Type of train - Thello Night Train to get a train without connection
• Suggested time - 7:10pm departure
• Check availability and Book you train tickets with the SNCF Connect platform! Book your seat and Purchase train ticket

Day 9 and 10 - VENICE (Italy)

• Marvel at Saint Mark's Basilica
• Enjoy a Gondola ride on the canals
• Get up the Campanile di San Marco
• For more ideas about things to do in Venice, check out this guide by Suitcase and Wanderlust

Below are some suggestions of places to stay in Venice on your 2 weeks in Europe itinerary:

• LUXURY - Hotel Londra Palace: fantastic location and some great views - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE - Hotel l'Orologio because it is modern, instead of going with heavy traditional decors, to avoid overload during your visit   - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - Alla Vite Dorata: welcoming, good location but calm, small option at great price  - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - Located within a historic monastery, We_Crociferi has a great ambience, romantic and modern   - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodation within the best customer-rated accommodations in Venice
• Baicoli, historical biscuits that could last long for sailors on ships
• Sarde in saor - a sweet and sour dish with fried sardine fillets
• Fritole during the carnival period, a sweet fried pastry
• The many delicious risottos with seafood

Useful words in Italian

• Good morning - BuonGiorno
• Hello - Ciao
• Thank you - Grazie
• Please - Per favore

Check out the best tours and activities in Venice 

Day 11 Venice + Travel to Rome 

• Path - Venezia S Lucia to Roma Termini (the most central of the 2 stations)
• Time on train - 3h45
• Type of train - Regional Train
• Suggested time - Morning or afternoon depending on if you want to see more of Venice or Rome
• Check availability and Book you train tickets with the SNCF Connect platform! Purchase Train Ticket and Book your seat

Day 12 to 14 - ROME (Italy)

• Imagine ancient games at the Colosseum
• Imagine how life was as you explore the Roman forum
• Make a wish at the Trevi Fountain
• Admire the many historical buildings, especially the pantheon
• Visit another country: the Vatican

Below are some suggestions of places to stay in Rome on your 2 weeks in Europe itinerary:

• Best areas to stay in Rome - around the Pantheon, Around Trevi in the northern part of the historic center or in the South near the Colosseum
• LUXURY - Hassler Roma where some of the rooms have exceptional views  - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE - The Inn at the Roman Forum: small hotel, great rooms, charm, luxury and history  - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - Hotel Condotti with great location, nice staff and good soundproofing  - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - Generator Rome with well designed clean rooms  - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodation within the best customer-rated accommodations in Rome
• The essentials - Pizza, Pasta and ice cream
• Suppli - fried rice ball

Experience Rome like a local

• Relax in the park of Villa Borghese
• Speak with your hands
• Watch sunset from the Giancolo
• Take a cooking class

Check out the best tours and activities in Rome 

Is the railpass worth it?

This itinerary enters inside a Eurail Select Pass 3 countries (5 days of travel within 2 months) - see the railpass options and click on "Pass" tab

According to my calculations, the total of separate tickets is cheaper than the pass for adults. However if you are traveling with families, it could be interesting. And if you plan on taking side trips from the cities, it could be as well.

I don't drink coffee

But I like other drinks and foods! Do you enjoy the free content you find on my blog? All my tips and practical information, without intrusive advertising...

EASTERN  EUROPE

EASTERN EUROPE Itinerary in 2 weeks

Day 1 to 3 - PRAGUE (Czek Republic)

• Watch time pass at the astronomical tower
• Visit the castle
• Feel dizzy looking at the dancing house
• Wander in the old town
• Admire the lights at night

Below are some suggestions of places to stay in Prague on your Europe 2 week trip:

• ROYAL - The Grand Mark Prague inside a palace  - Check out photos and latest prices
• LUXURY - Augustine With spacious rooms, interior garden and beautiful architecture - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE traditional - Hotel Pod Vezi close to the Charles Bridge with large elegant rooms  - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE modern - MeetMe23 and its fun unique decor!  - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - Josephine Old Town Hotel: fantastic location and spacious rooms for the price - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - Post Hostel Prague with great organization and ambience  - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodation within the best customer-rated accommodations in Prague
• For those not afraid of raw meat, the Beef steak tartare
• Kulajda, the traditional soup
• Wiener sausages
• Dishes with lots of sauce

Useful words in Czech

• Good morning -  Dobré ráno
• Hello - Ahoj
• Thank you -  Děkuji
• Please -  Prosím
• Currency - Czek Koruna

Check out the best tours and activities in Prague 

Day 4 morning - TRAIN Prague to Vienna

• Path - Praha Hlavni NADR to Wien HBF
• Time on train - 4h
• Type of train - Railjet
• Suggested time - Morning ride to start visiting Vienna in the afternoon

Day 4 afternoon to 7 - VIENNA (Austria)

• Feel royal while visiting the Hofburg or the Schönbrunn Palace or the Belvedere Palace
• Visit the historical center of Vienna around St Stephen's Cathedral
• Admire the equestrian arts at the Spanish riding school
• Feel small in front of Vienna's city hall

Below are some suggestions of places to stay in Vienna on your Europe trip:

• Best areas to stay in Vienna - old town (Innere Stadt), on the island Leopoldstadt and Landstrasse
• LUXURY - Hotel Sans Souci Wien is a palace with beautiful decor mix of old and new  - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE - Hotel Am Parkring because I love open views  - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - Motel one Wien-Staatsoper with great location, decor and breakfast  - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - Vienna Hostel Ruthersteiner with great quality accommodation for a good price  - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodations within the best customer-rated accommodations in Vienna
• Wiener schnitzel (thin breaded pan fried veal cutlet)
• Sweet apfelstrudel
• Classic Wiener Sausage
• The shredded pancake called Kaiserschmarrn
• Sachertorte (rich chocolate sponge cake)

Useful words in German (Autrian)

• Good morning - Guten Morgen or Guten Tag
• Hello - Hallo
• Thank you - Danke
• Please - Bitte
• Currency - Euro

Check out the best tours and activities in Vienna

Day 8 - TRAIN Vienna to Bratislava

• Path - Wien HBF to Brastislava Hl. St.
• Time on train - 1h
• Suggested time - Depending if you want more time to spend in one of the cities

Day 8 afternoon to 10 - BRATISLAVA (Slovakia)

• Wander in the old town around Michael's gate - pay attention to the colors and details in the facades
• Visit the Bratislava Castle and the Grassalkovich Palace
• Hunt the Bronze statues throughout the city

Below are some suggestions of places to stay in Vienna on your 2-week trip around Europe:

• LUXURY - Arcadia hotel with great traditional decor and a fantastic spa - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE - LOFT Hotel Bratislava with beautiful common areas and spacious rooms  - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - Aplend City hotel Perugia: comfortable, good location, delicious breakfast  - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - Wild Elephants Hostel is perfectly located  - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodation within the best customer-rated accommodations in Bratislava
• Halusky the traditional Slovakian meal (potato dumplings in creamy sauce)
• The Pressburg cuisine : spicy Hungarian stew

Useful words in Slovak

• Thank you -  Ďakujem
• Please -  prosím

Check out the best tours and activities in Bratislava 

Day 11 - TRAIN Bratislava to Budapest

• Path - Bratislava HL S. to Budapest Nyuga PU
• Time on train - 2h26
• Type of train - Cross-border regional train - Eurocity

Day 12 to 14 - BUDAPEST (Hungary)

• Stroll along the Danube and admire the buildings
• Explore Castle Hill and visit the Buda Castle
• Marvel at the architectural details of the Parliament buildings
• Climb to the dome of St Stephen's Basilica
• Visit the Fisherman's Bastion and its amazing architecture
• Marvel at Matthias Church of our Lady and learn about its long history
• Learn more about the war and go underground in the Hospital bunker

Below are some suggestions of places to stay in Budapest on your 2 week trip around Europe:

• LUXURY - Boscolo Budapest: amazing common areas and pools, spacious rooms, beautiful architecture  - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE - Hotel Moments Budapest with intriguing interior design - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - BP design Hotel and Apartman with a perfect location in the old town - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - Flow hostel, with bright decor and space  - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodation within the best customer-rated accommodations in Budapest
• Goulash (Fulyas), the traditional dish in Hungaria
• Stuffed paprikas
• Many soups such as the Jokai Bean Soup (vinegar, sour cream, pork, carrots, beans...) or Lesco (red peppers, tomatoes, onions, lard, paprika)

Useful words in Hungarian

• Good morning -  Jó reggelt
• Hello -  Helló
• Thank you -  Köszönöm
• Please - Kérem
• Currency - Hungarian Forint

Check out the best tours and activities in Budapest 

This itinerary enters inside a Eurail Select Pass 4 countries (you can reduce its price by choosing the right option for how many days of travel within how many months) - see the railpass options and click on "Pass" tab

According to my calculations, the total of separate tickets is cheaper than the pass for adults. However if you are traveling with families, it could be interesting. And price may change if some of you travel on weekends.

WESTERN EUROPE

WESTERN EUROPE Trip Itinerary 2 weeks

Day 1 to 4 - LONDON (United Kingdom)

• Watch the changing of the guard at Buckingham Palace
• Admire the crown jewels at the Tower of London
• Visit the many free museums
• Marvel at Big Ben and the parliament
• Feel royal at Westminster Abbey Have a stroll in Hyde Park
• Get a bird eye view of London from the London Eye

Below are some suggestions of places to stay in London on your 2 week trip in Western Europe:

• Best areas to stay in London - The West end with Soho, Covent Garden, Leicester square, Oxford street... or Kensington on the Piccadilly line
• LUXURY - Rosewood London with elegant design and grandiose architecture - Check out photos and latest prices
• LUXURY Boutique - The Mandrake Hotel has lots of personnality - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE - Apex Temple Court Hotel wiht amazing views from some of the rooms - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE Funky - Mondrian London by the Tamise river has a unique design. Have a look!  - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - CitizenM London Bankside with beautiful design   - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - Astor Hyde park Hostel in a beautiful Victorian building - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodations within the best customer-rated accommodations in London
• Fish and chips late at night
• A good traditional roast
• Pie and mashed potatoes with gravy
• And, of course, the full English breakfast
• Afternoon tea

Useful words in London

I think you can manage with English LOL

• Currency - British pound
• Plug - 3 rectangles (type G)

Check out the best tours and activities in London 

Day 4 - TRAIN London to Paris

• Path - London St-Pancras to Paris Nord
• Time on train - 2h25
• Type of train - Eurostar under the sea
• Suggested time - Your choice, depending if you want an extra half day in Paris or in London

Day 5 to 7 - Paris (France)

• Enjoy and evening cruise on the Seine River to see the lights of Paris
• Or Find your ideal accommodations within the best customer-rated accommodations in Paris
• Find a great bakery to try delicious cake. The good ones melt and crisp in your mouth and are very light

Visit Paris like a local on your 2 week in Europe itinerary

• Just go for a walk, take side streets and see where it leads you

Day 8 Morning - TRAIN Paris to Brussels

• Path - Paris Nord to Bruxelles Midi
• Time on train - 1h22
• Type of train - Thalys high speed train
• Suggested time - Morning to have the afternoon in Brussels
• Check availability and Book you train tickets with the SNCF Connect platform!

Day 8 afternoon and 9 - BRUSSELS (Belgium)

• Stand in the middle of the Grand Place (Grote Markt)
• Laugh at how small the Mannekin Pis is
• Feel small in front of the Cathedral
• Admire the buildings around the Place Royale (Koningsplein)

Below are some suggestions of places to stay in Brussels on your 2 week trip in Western Europe:

• LUXURY - Rocco Forte Hotel Amigo with comfortable rooms and welcoming staff  - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE - Aloft Brussels Schuman EU hotel for its funky style  - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - Hotel Made in Louise with clean bright decor and not far from all attractions  - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - 2GO4 Quality Hostel Brussels grand place has a fantastic location - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodation within the best customer-rated accommodations in Brussels
• A delicious freshly cooked waffel
• Mussels and french fries
• Meatballs, often a mixture of 2 meats
• Flemish stew (Carbonnade à la flamande)
• Grey shrimps, traditionally fished along the coast

Useful words

Belgium has 3 official languages. As you don't know which one the person in front of you speaks, better to use English...

Check out the best tours and activities in Brussels 

Day 10 Morning - TRAIN Brussels to Amsterdam

• Path - Bruxelles Midi to Amsterdam Zuid WT
• Time on train - 1h50
• Type of train - Take the Thalys to have a no change train

Day 10 afternoon and 11 - AMSTERDAM (The Netherlands)

• Stroll the city center and appreciate the its unique style
• Get flooded by art at the Rijksmuseum and the Van Gogh Museum
• Travel back in history at the Anne Frank Museum
• Visit the Royal palace

• LUXURY - Waldorf Astoria: a breath of fresh air  - Check out photos and latest prices
• EXTRAVAGANT LUXURY - Hotel Twenty Seven: for a stay you will never forget - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE - Hotel IX Nine Streets: what I imagine when I think of Amsterdam - Check out photos and latest prices
• DIFFERENT - HotelBoat Fiep, sleep on a boat!  - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - Generator Amsterdam right by a huge park  - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodations within the best customer-rated accommodations in Amsterdam
• Bitterballe, deep fried meatballs
• Stroopwafel: 2 small thin waffles stuck together with syrup
• Dutch fries with crazy condiments mixture
• Oliebollen, deep fried sweet dumplings
• The traditional ginger Cake: Ontbijtkoek

Useful words in Dutch

• Good morning -  Goedemorgen
• Thank you - Dank je
• Please -  alsjeblieft

Check out the best tours and activities in Amsterdam 

Day 12 - TRAIN Amsterdam to Berlin

• Path - Amsterdam Centraal to Berlin HBF
• Time on train - 6h22 direct or 6h07 with one connection
• Type of train - Intercity / Regional trains

Day 12 to 14 - BERLIN (Germany)

• Feel peace in front of the Brandenburg Gate
• Climb in circles to the top of the Parliament dome (book in advance)
• Remember history at the Berlin wall
• Forget the city when wandering through the Tiergarten
• Visit the many museums

Below are some suggestions of places to stay in Berlin on your 2 week trip in Western Europe:

• Best areas to stay in Berlin - Spandauer Vorstadt in the downtown area or Prenzlauer berg for a less touristy option
• LUXURY - Rocco Forte Hotel de Rome: what a pool!!!  - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE - 25hours Hotel Bikini Berlin: fun and with a fantastic view over the trees of the zoos  - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - Hotel Q! Berlin elegant modern decor et près des transports  - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - The Circus Hostels in the city center  - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodation within the best customer-rated accommodations in Berlin
• Pretzels - I love them! 
• Kartoffelpuffer - grated potatoes, flour, eggs and onions
• Currywurst - pork sausage with curry powder
• Apfelstrudel for dessert
• Berliner Pfannkuche (similar to a doughnut)

Useful words in German

Check out the best tours and activities in Berlin 

Is a pass worth it?

You would need the Eurail Global Pass to cover 5 countries (you can reduce price by choosing the right option for how many days of travel within how many months) - see the railpass options and click on "Pass" tab

According to my calculations, there is a chance that the pass can be cheaper than the individual tickets depending on the days of your travels. To be calculated.

CENTRAL WEST  EUROPE

CENTRAL WEST EUROPE Itinerary 2 weeks

Day 1 to 3 - LUXEMBOURG

• Stroll through the old town and admire the views from Chemin de la Corniche
• Visit the underground tunnels (under the Bock Castle)
• Explore the Palace of the Grand Duke

• LUXURY - Le Place d'Armes: perfect location, charming decor, space  - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - Grand Hotel Cravat, lots of space for price  - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - Youth Hostel Luxembourg city only 10 min from one of the main squares  - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodation within the best customer-rated accommodations in Luxembourg
• Bouneschlupp - thick soup with green beans, potatoes and bacon
• Friture de la Moselle - fried freshwater fish from La Moselle region
• Gromperekichelcher - mixture of grated potatoes, chopped onions, parsley, egg, flour
• Stews during game season 

Useful words in Luxembourgish

• Good morning -  Gudde Moien
• Thank you - Merci
• Please -  Wann ech glift

Check out the best tours and activities in Luxembourg 

Day 4 morning - TRAIN Luxembourg to Strasbourg

• Path - Luxembourg LUX to Strasbourg via Metz or Lorraine TGV stations
• Time on train - 4h (one connection)
• Type of train - Regional Trains
• Suggested time - morning

Day 4 afternoon to 6 - STRASBOURG (France)

• Take the time to admire the facade of the cathedral before entering
• Stroll through la Petite France, the old neighborhood and its typical houses
• Enjoy a boat ride through this area for different perspectives

• LUXURY - Hotel Régent Petite France in the heart of the old town  - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE - Hotel Graffalgar with unique decors made by artists in each room. I visited several of them and they are fun! - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - Le Kleber Hotel, very central  - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodation within the best customer-rated accommodations in Strasbourg
• Pretzels - I love them!  Twisted bread with salt
• Flammenkuche (tarte flambée) - thin base with cream, onions and various toppings
• Sausages and Sauerkraut (pickled cabbage)
• Riesling wine (white)
• Good morning - Bonjour

Check out the best tours and activities in Strasbourg 

Day 7 - TRAIN Strasbourg to Munich

• Path - Strasbourg to Muenchen Pasing (via Stuttgart or Mannheim)
• Time on train - 3h30 to 5hours (1 connection)
• Type of train - High speed trains (TGV - ICE)

Day 8 to 10 - MUNICH (Germany)

• Explore the museums and buildings of the Residenz
• Enjoy the modern and historical vibe of Munich at Marienplatz
• Be surprised by the architecture of the Cathedral Frauenkirche
• Breathe in the English Garden (and maybe spot some people surfing on a small river)
• Feel Royal at the Nymphenberg Palace
• Take an excursion to the famous Neuschwanstein Palace

• LUXURY - Rocco Forte The Charles: stunning decor and a great pool  - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE - Hotel Schlicker for the history - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - Hotel Bayer's with good location and spacious rooms for price - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - CVJM Jugendhotel Munchen  - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodation within the best customer-rated accommodations in Munich
• Sausages, Schnitzel and Pretzels
• Sauerkraut (pickled cabbage)
• Apfelstrudel

Check out the best tours and activities in Munich 

Day 11 morning - TRAIN Munich to Salzburg

• Path - Muenchen HBF to Salzburg HBF
• Time on train - 2h
• Suggested time - Morning 

Day 11 afternoon to 14 - SALZBURG (Austria)

• Admire the architectural masterpieces from a river cruise
• Visit the Fortress
• Stroll the narrow streets of the old town
• Have fun at the toy museum

• LUXURY - Hotel Sacher Salzburg, royal feel and royal views  - Check out photos and latest prices
• MY FAVORITE - Hotel Schloss Mönchstein, luxury as well as amazing views!!! - Check out photos and latest prices
• VALUE FOR MONEY - Star Inn Hotel Premium Gablerbrau: great location and fantastic rooms for price - Check out photos and latest prices
• HOSTEL - Yoho International Youth Hostel: clean, comfortable and not too far from the attractions  - Check out photos and latest prices
• Or Find your ideal accommodations within the best customer-rated accommodations in Salzburg
• The essential - Wiener-Schnitzel
• Tafelspitz - boiled beef
• Strudel for dessert as well, or Sachertorte (rich chocolate sponge cake)
• Mozart balls - pistachio marzipan, nougat and chocolate

Check out the best tours and activities in Salzburg 

Is a rail pass worth it?

This itinerary enters inside a Eurail Select Pass 4 countries (you can reduce price by choosing the right option  for how many days of travel within how many months) - see the railpass options and click on "Pass" tab

According to my calculations, the total of separate tickets is cheaper than the pass for adults. However if you are traveling with families, it could be interesting. And separate ticket prices may change if some of your travels are on weekends.

2 weeks in Europe by car alternative - intro

You can also visit Europe by car. However remember that distance are quite important for example:

• Paris to Zurich = 7h
• Paris to Munich = 8h30
• Paris ot Barcelona = 10h
• Paris to Milan = 9h
• Paris to Luxembourg = 4h
• Paris to Brussels = 4h

When renting a car, always check the condition and if crossing a border is allowed! See my favorite platform  Discovercars .

And check out all my tips:

• Best car rental companies: how to choose
• What to check when renting a car
• Renting a car in Spain
• Renting a car in Portugal , and especially in Faro
• Renting a car in Slovenia
• Renting a car in Scotland
• Renting a car in Mallorca
• Renting a car in Madeira
• Renting a car in Crete
• Renting a car in Iceland
• Renting a car in Santorini
• Renting a car in France

TIPS for your City Tour of Europe in 14 days

Tip 1. choose central hotels.

If hesitating between hotels with only a 5 or 10 dollars difference, choose one that is centrally located (even if more expensive) in order to save time and transportation costs.

Internet while in Europe

TIP 2. Don't book round trip flight

We often think that round trip flights are the cheaper option, but sometimes multi-city tickets are not much more expensive and you will save a day of travel between your end point and your original point as well as travel cost.

TIP 3. Travel with a universal adapter

Sadly, countries are not able to agree on one electrical standard. Most of the countries listed here  use the 2 round plug, but the UK for example uses a different one. Better to travel with a universal adapter 

TIP 4. Be ready for all kinds of weather

This is Europe... You can have all four seasons even in Summer. So make sure you travel with layers of clothes to be able to vary from stinking hot to rainy to windy and to cold.

TIP 5. Travel with insurance

Be reasonable and travel worry-free. Purchase a travel insurance. I personally use World Nomads.  Get a quote online here .

TIP 6. Wear sensible shoes

In all these old town centers there are a lot of cobbled streets. So wear sensible shoes to avoid twisting your ankles.

TIP 7. Don't bring a huge luggage

Be reasonable when packing. There will be a lot of walking with luggage inside train stations and between train stations and hotels so pack light and reduce the size of your backpack or suitcase. 

TIP 8. Use my Checklists

I will not re-list here all the things to think about - Check out my Travel preparation and packing Checklists

Typical Scams in Europe

Don't worry, there are not scammers at every corner, but it is better to be aware of what they typically do to avoid them altogether. I once fell for one when I was younger and traveling in Asia, even though it was a very common one, but I was not aware and very trusting back then 🙂

So here are the typical scams you could encounter on your 2 week trip around Europe:

SCAM 1 - The Bracelet

They make a special bracelet just for you and aggressively (and very fast) attach one to your wristt. Once it is attached on your wrist, you don't have the scissors to cut it and they want you to pay. This is very frequent at the bottom of Butte Montmartre in Paris for example (before climbing to the Sacré-Coeur. So cross your arms and keep walking

SCAM 2 - The Found ring

Someone picks up a ring in front of you and asks if you dropped it. You say no. They look at it and pretend it is pure gold and offer to sell it to you.

SCAM 3 - The petition

One of the women distracts you with explaining the cause behind the petition, while the others try opening your bag

There are a few more listed on Rick Steves 's website here , but as a general rule you can still trust people 🙂

Inspired? Share it on your favorite platform!

test link test

Reader Interactions

July 3, 2018 at 8:09 PM

please email me the total cost of this particular tour

May 30, 2019 at 8:51 PM

She’s not a travel agent. You’ll have to do the math yourself.

February 13, 2019 at 11:44 PM

What’s the total cost. For. The Latin. Europe. Trip?

February 14, 2019 at 12:05 AM

Hi Sorry I am not a travel agent so I don’t have package prices. And your total cost will depend on the period you travel around, the level of accommodations you will choose, the activities you will book… this is why I don’t mention prices. There are many ways to travel. I wish you wonderful travels!

February 18, 2019 at 3:13 AM

Hello Claire,

If we went on the 2 week Western European vacation this summer, do you have like an approximate of what you think it might cost? I’m thinking like $10k? Am I crazy😜

February 18, 2019 at 8:31 AM

Hi Erin That is totally impossible to say. Between staying in a Hostel dorm or at a luxury 5 star hotels, eating out or not, going on tours, visiting paying attractions or not. The price can vary to extremes… You have to see what you have in mind (looking at hotel and tour prices) and do the rough calculation.

March 18, 2019 at 6:13 PM

it was mentioned that : “choose the more central one (even if more expensive) in order to save time and transportation costs.” what will be the transportation from ..more central hotel to train station ? and how far is it from central one to the station ?

March 18, 2019 at 6:38 PM

What I mean is to choose a more centrally located hotel in each city, because even if you pay more you will save time and money in term of transportation to all the main points of interest.

March 18, 2019 at 6:41 PM

April 7, 2019 at 11:12 AM

Hi there, if I travel Western Europe based on your suggested itineraries, do you think how many days Europe rail pass should I take? Please advise & many thanks!

April 9, 2019 at 2:55 PM

Dear Jayson, As I have written, I believe separate tickets might be cheaper than a pass. As passes only include 4 countries, you need to do different tests based on your dates to see what is the most interesting. I wish you wonderful travels!

April 12, 2019 at 6:34 PM

Good day Thank you very much for such detailed info. With regards to the train for the Latin Europe tour, is it the Eurorail? If yes, are there short trips to tourist destinations in each country with the Eurorail as well? We are a family of 5, so I’m trying to calculate if it’s a good option to purchase the full 1 month family ticket or to purchase individual tickets for the long trips between countries and then utilize Uber to the tourist sites. What’s your suggestion please?

April 13, 2019 at 5:30 PM

Yes the passes are the Eurail passes. They have changed the system. Now it is one country or all of them. You can go to side cities. The price depends on the number of days you take trains. If you only travel 2 weeks as per the itinerary, I don’t recommend trying to get out of those cities. There is already a lot to see. I am confused by your suggestion of Train vs Uber. Uber rides to other towns would cost you a lot of money. They can only replace suburban trains not intercity trips. And I don’t think the Eurail cover suburban trains (such as the RER in Paris). The best is to define exactly were you want to go and identify the days you would take the train and test the price given online by the Eurail system. I wish you wonderful travels!

May 13, 2019 at 1:30 PM

Good day Your guide is a great help. Thank you very much for all the information supplied. If I’m planning to travel from Rome to Sorrento to Florence to Venice to Switzerland to Paris, is the Eurorail the best option or are there better fast trains, especially in Italy? I’m doing my tour privately. Thank you

May 13, 2019 at 3:30 PM

Hi I do believe that you can book high speed trains with some of the Eurail passes. But I am sorry I can’t tell you which is the best option. It depends on who travels (age, discount…), when (prices of trains change depending on the months and the days of travel…), on which trains… You have to play with the booking tools to be able to compare. Have a great trip!

August 5, 2019 at 7:36 AM

Mad respect for your travel itinerary. So well organized and correct with all that I’ve been reading so I trust your judgement. Hubby and I are first time travelers & have never been to Europe. We are going for 2 weeks and leave in a few days and still haven’t figured out the exact itinerary! Here’s what we were thinking: We land in Amsterdam first. swing over to Belgium, over to Nuremberg Germany to Prague, then over to Salzburg Austria to Venice to Florence to Rome to Strasbourgh France to Paris then back to Amsterdam. I told my husband tonight I think we may be trying to bite off more than we can chew. Could you actually hit all of these places, enjoy them for a day or two by train? Thoughts?

August 5, 2019 at 8:46 PM

Hi Lisa, That does seem like a lot, especially with Amsterdam and Rome being at 2 opposite ends. You are listing 10 towns for 2 weeks! You should plan at least 2 or 3 days per town, to really be able to get the vibe of them + traveling times. I wish you wonderful travels. Claire

September 30, 2019 at 6:03 PM

Amazing post! We are interested in Western Europe and wondering if you think Milan or other cities in Northern Italy would be manageable too? Where do you think you would sneak it in?

September 30, 2019 at 11:04 PM

Thanks Lauren, I am sorry but within the 2 week-timeframe, 5 cities is already a lot. And Italy is not close by. I would not try to fit it in. I wish you wonderful travels! Claire

November 11, 2019 at 7:43 AM

Re: Eastern and Central West

We are already staying in Prague for 10 days. We would like to visit the surrounding Countries after Prague for 9-10 days. We have been tossing around taking one day trips from Prague. or attempting it on our own via air or train. We realize air can waste a lot of time.

Thankfully we found your train suggestions.

The Eastern is the 1st choice, since we will be in Prague already. Then some of the Central West areas are the Next most appealing. Such as Strasbourg, France and Salzburg, Austria.

We would be most thankful if you can provide further direction on what would be most realistic.

Sincerely Sonia

November 11, 2019 at 7:20 PM

Hi Sonia I am sorry but I don’t have the time to create personalized itineraries. I recommend not shortening the days in each city. It will create frustration and be very tiring. Better to do less cities but well, rather than jump from one to the other every day. I wish you wonderful travels! Claire

January 13, 2020 at 2:58 PM

Came across your website whilst researching train travel to Europe. I am planning to visit Amsterdam (3 days), Belgium (3 days), Switzerland (2 days), Munich (2 days), Salzburg (2days), Vienna (2 days), Prague (3 days) and finally Berlin (3 days). Is the order of travel suitable. Is this itinerary a bit rushed? We are a couple in our 60s.

Secondly, do i need a eurail pass. How does it work? Can I use this pass on local trains.

I am open to suggestions..

Many thanks for your help. Terry Moodley

January 13, 2020 at 6:08 PM

Hi Terry Big trip! A few pieces of advice: 1. That will all depend on the days you are traveling – the more complicated part of the trip are Belgium to the east and Vienna to go back North. So check those first to make sure you find travel plans that are not too complicated (all the others trips you have listed have shorter and frequent lines so you will always be able to make it fit your itinerary). 2. I would skip Switzerland. With only 2 days and the long trip to get there, you won’t have time to explore the best of Switzerland. It will give you one day to travel between Brussels and Munich and one day between Vienna and Prague 3. You can use local trains with the pass. I am not an expert but every time I did calculation for itineraries, I have found it was cheaper to buy train tickets directly than to take the pass. It depends on who is traveling and when… you have to calculate to see what is more interesting – I recommend you read their descriptions https://www.eurail.com/en/get-inspired/everything-you-need-know-about-eurail I wish you a wonderful trip! Claire

Par Claire Robinson Region Lovers SARL 76600 Le Havre FRANCE VAT FR21845103191

Follow ZigZag on Facebook

Follow ZigZag on Pinterest

Website in French: ZigZagvoyages.fr

Website in German: ZigZagreisen.de

Website in Spanish: ZigZagviajes.com

And discover the French regions:

Normandielovers.fr LoireLovers.fr CorsicaLovers.fr Provencelovers.fr

Privacy / Terms of Use / Disclosure Policies / Refund policy

Become an affiliate for the ZigZag road trip guides

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases. ZigZagOnEarth.com is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for sites to earn advertising fees by advertising and linking to Amazon.com, Amazon.uk and Amazon.ca

2 Week Europe Itinerary For a Legendary Trip

Christa adams.

• Destinations , Italy , Spain

Planning a 2 week Europe itinerary is one of the most exciting – and potentially one of the most stressful – things to experience. With so many destinations to choose from, unique things to see, and cultural experiences to soak up, narrowing down how to spend 2 weeks in Europe can be daunting for some.

Luckily, I’ve come up with an immersive itinerary for 2 weeks in Europe that will allow you to enjoy slow travel moments, check some incredible places off your bucket, and see 3 to 4 different countries in two weeks.

Table of Contents

Note: Some of the links below contain affiliate links. This doesn’t increase the cost of any item to you, but simply means that I’ll receive a small commission of any sales from those links. Thank you!

About this 2 Week Europe Itinerary

The beauty of this travel guide is that you have room to make your own decisions. I recommend using this itinerary as an outline for an immersive 2 weeks in Europe, but you are welcome to add days to certain destinations or remove any city as you see fit for your travel style.

On my blog, I have many destination-specific itineraries to help inspire your trip.

Nonetheless, I have chosen these destinations for a spring/summer in Europe itinerary. You’ll see some of the continent’s most iconic and sought after destinations and get a diverse cultural experience covering Dutch, French, Catalan (Spanish), and Italian culture.

And since we are all about slow travel here on this blog, we’re spending at least 3 days in every destination to help you get a better sense of place, indulge in authenticity, and feel less rushed traveling from one place to another.

I almost didn’t want to include Amsterdam to this itinerary because I do think 4 countries can be a lot in 2 weeks, but as Amsterdam to Paris is only a 3 hour train ride, I figured we could squeeze it.

However, I did create an alternative route that skips Amsterdam to allow for more time in Italy. I love love love the Italian countryside and I think it’s the perfect way to add some down time to the middle of your trip.

You will see the alternative route listed at the bottom.

How to Plan a Trip to Europe

Frst things first, get your passport. It take 6 to 8 weeks to get a new passport, and around 6 weeks if you are renewing.

After you have your passport in hand, book your flights BEFORE securing any hotel accommodation or making arrangements. Otherwise, your Europe itinerary might change by a couple of days, depending on the flight you are able to get.

There is a new visa system in place for foreigners traveling to Europe. It’s called ETIAS . You may or may not need it depending on where you’re from and where you’re traveling, but it’s pretty straightfoward to get.

After you have your flights, then you can begin making your hotel bookings and finalizing your 2 week Europe itinerary.

How to Travel in Europe

As mentioned, you will be able to take the train from Amsterdam to Paris in roughly 3 hours. However, for the rest of the destinations in this 2 week Europe itinerary, you will need to fly to make the most of your time.

I recommend flying with a TSA-approved carry-on suitcase like this one and a small backpack and booking flights with budget airlines like Ryanair, Easyjet, and Vueling. Check Google Flights for the best rates.

You’ll definitely want to bring an anti-theft bag for pickpocketing destinations like Paris, Barcelona, and Rome.

Breakdown of Europe Itinerary

Amsterdam to Paris train: 3 hours

Paris to Barcelona flight: 1 hour 45 minutes

Barcelona to Rome flight: 1 hour 50 minutes

As for the alternative route that skips Amsterdam to allow for more time in Italy:

Barcelona to Florence flight: 1 hour 45 minutes

Florence to Rome train: 1.5 hours

When booking your flight from your home country to Europe, you will either want to book a roundtrip from the starting destination or do a multi-destination flight that flies into one country and exits from the last destination you visit (in this case, Italy).

Multi-destination flights are generally more expensive than typical roundtrip flights so keep this in mind when making a budget. Otherwise, remember that you will need to fly back to your original destination to catch a flight back home.

Now, let’s get into all the details. 🙂

Itinerary for 2 Weeks in Europe

First things first, secure your tickets to Europe. I recommend using Google Flights or Skysanner. Whenever possible, go for a red eye flight and pop a melatonin to get some shut eye, help combat jet lag, and arrive at your destination in the morning.

Sometimes it’s cheaper to fly out of a nearby airport. For example, flying out of Charlotte NC instead of Asheville NC will often save you several hundred dollars.

Amsterdam, Netherlands

You will first arrive at Amsterdam Airport Schiphol, the largest airport in the Netherlands. Depending on what time you land, you will either have plenty of time or not a lot of time on your first day in Amsterdam.

If you were able to book a red eye flight, you should have a lot of time on your first day. And if you slept on the flight, even better! But remember, if you’re flying from the US or Australia or similar, you’ll likely be experiencing jet lag at some point in the first couple of days.

Amsterdam is a beautiful city to kickstart your 2 weeks in Europe! It’s not typically as crowded as some other European cities, and being smaller, you’ll be able to get your bearings a bit easier.

The city is very walkable and bike friendly. I would secure bike rentals for at least 2 of the 3 days you’re there.

On your first day, take things slow. Pick up your bikes and cycle around, stop for treats, have a coffee, admire the unique architecture and canals, etc – but don’t worry too much about seeing all the things. Do that the following day!

Check out Brothers Niemeijer for some awesome baked goods. Luuk’s Coffee Noordermarkt and Drupa Coffee Roasters are two lovely spots for coffee by the canals.

Your 2nd day in Europe is a great time to truly start sightseeing. You’ll be a bit less jet lagged.

Now, don’t think you have to see everything during your 3 days in Amsterdam. Pick and choose what seems interesting to you.

Start with breakfast. You can have it at your accommodation or grab a Dutch pastry or full breakfast out. For example, Quartier Putain has coffee, cakes, different toasts, juices, acai bowls, etc.

After you’ve had breakfast, pick a museum. Some popular ones include: The Anne Frank House, Rijskmuseum, and Van Gogh Museum.

The Anne Frank house is located in the heart of the city while the Van Gogh and Rijskmuseum are located right on the edge of the main canal routes.

I recommend riding bikes on this day. Stop and see the Anne Frank House , go in if you like. You can get tickets here .

Then, cycle over to where Rijskmuseum is. The building is stunning and it’s where you’ll find the giant AMSTERDAM sign.

Either tour the Rijskmuseum or the Van Gogh Museum – whichever suits your fancy! If you’re a big Van Gogh fan, you’ll learn a lot at the museum. If you want to learn more about Dutch history, arts, and culture, visit Rijksmuseum.

Afterward, cycle around Vondelpark. You can even pick up lunch and have a picnic in the park if the weather is decent.

Cycle bike into the heart of the city. Explore the Red Light District, visit a coffeeshop if that interests you. Obviously a lot of people are curious to explore the legal goodies available in Amsterdam.

You’ll find lots of bars in this area and even places to dine like Mata Hari (upscale European cuisine). If you’re on a budget, you can get street food fries , which are a big deal in Amsterdam!

Evening Tour option: Private Red Light District and Food Tour

Take a little day trip to bike around and see more of Greater Amsterdam with windmills and wetlands. An iconic thing to do, of course!

Morning and afternoon

On the third day of your 14-day trip to Europe, I highly recommend doing a cycling day trip to North Holland to see windmills and quaint Dutch villages.

You can use the bike you’ve rented in the city centre of Amsterdam. You’ll need to take a ferry to cross over to North Holland, but you’ll be fine to bring your bike on the ride.

You’ll find little eateries and be able to enjoy a lot of natural sightseeing throughout your day trip.

Tour option: Countryside Bike Tour from Amsterdam: Windmills, Cheese, Clogs

Come back to Amsterdam and enjoy your final evening in the city! Bar hop to retro speakeasies, visit another coffeeshop, eat local cuisine. For classic Dutch food, definitely visit Moeders – it’s one of the city’s most famous restaurants.

Paris, France

Soon you’ll be arriving in one of the world’s most incredible cities – Paris! Get ready for Parisian sidewalk cafes, Seine River cruises, gawking at the Eiffel Tower day and night, visiting art galleries, seeing a cabaret – the list goes on. 

Today you can take the train from Amsterdam to Paris to continue your 2 week Europe itinerary.

You’ll want to take the Eurostar train that takes just 3 hours and 20 minutes from Amsterdam-Centraal to Paris Gare du Nord. 

I would suggest getting the 8 a.m. or 9 a.m. train that would get to Paris by 11:30 a.m. or 12:30 p.m.

Your hotel room may or may not be ready, so you might want to drop your bags off and then visit a Parisian cafe or take a walk around the neighborhood you’re staying in.

From there, check in to your hotel. Shower, change, do whatever you need to do to be ready and then head out for a short day of sightseeing.

To get your bearings, I’d definitely recommend a Paris walking tour.

There are so many incredible ways to spend 4 days in Paris. The city has SO much to offer it’s hard to narrow out a general itinerary. So, I will list out some of the must-see highlights and things to do in Paris in 4 days.

• Eiffel Tower (Don’t worry about booking tickets to the top of the Eiffel Tower. If you want views of Paris, visit the Montparnasse Tower instead).
• Trocadero Tower for famous views of the Eiffel Tower
• The Louvre (secure tickets in advance here)
• See a cabaret show
• Notre-Dame Cathedral
• Seine River Cruise
• Père Lachaise Cemetery
• Half day trip to Versailles
• Arc de Triomphe
• Musée d’Orsay
• Jardin du Luxembourg
• Shakespeare & Company Bookstore
• Walking tour to local markets

Barcelona, Spain

Barcelona is like a magical blend of culture, trendy places, and quirky architecture. From strolling down Passeig de Gracia to seeing the masterpiece that is Park Güell, every corner has its own story.

You’re in for a good time, so prioritize having fun over heading from one tourist attraction to the next. Embrace slow travel in Europe here!

Today you’ll say au revoir to France as you head for Barcelona. Try to secure a morning flight to make the most of your time with 2 weeks in Europe.

You’ll want to book a hotel in Ciutat Vella (the Gothic Quarter or El Born particularly) OR certain parts of Eixample. Here are my top recommendations:

H10 Madison is a stunning 4-star hotel with a rooftop pool in the Gothic Quarter. The rooftop overlooks the Barcelona Cathedral, my favorite landmark in the city. If you want to stay in an upscale boutique hotel in Barcelona, this is the one for your first trip! See room rates here.

Stay at Hotel Ciutat de Barcelona to be right at the heart of El Born. This charming neighborhood already offers so much in terms of boutique shopping, delicious coffee, and excellent dining and drinking. Plus, this 3-star hotel also has a rooftop pool and city views.

This is the best budget-friendly hostel in Barcelona . It has hotel-like perks with its rooftop pool, ideal location, and breakfast but with the convenience of a cheap price if you don’t mind sharing a dorm room with others.

Anywho, once you arrive in the city and check-in, I recommend doing a Barcelona walking tour to start getting an idea of the layout of the city. These tours are a lot of fun with local guides who share urban legends, historic details, and loads of storytelling as they take you through the Gothic Quarter and other parts of Barcelona.

End the day with dinner in El Born or the Gothic Quarter and go out for a glass of vermouth for a truly Catalan experience.

For the rest of your days in the Catalan capital, check out my FULL Barcelona itinerary guide . I lived in Barcelona for 5 years and I share A LOT in this guide. Just follow the first 3 days and plan out what you like the best.

The guide includes a lot of recommendations on different places to eat and drink as well as different museums, beaches, and unique things to do.

Barcelona is a really fun city. See a few of the main highlights like Sagarada Familia, Casa Batllo, and the Barcelona Cathedral, but other than those, just let loose and live a little.

Each destination in your 2 week Europe itinerary is unique in that they all offer a different type of experience. Amsterdam is all about biking around and having a relatively relaxed time, Paris is heavy on the sightseeing, and Barcelona is all about having a good time without taking things too seriously or worrying too much about sticking to a strict itinerary. 

Just secure your tickets to Sagrada Familia in advance as these do sell out. Make sure you get skip-the-line tickets. 

Tip: Barcelona does have a big pick-pocketing problem. So, just stay vigilant and keep your belongings secure and your phone out of your back pocket. See my guide on avoiding pickpockets in Europe .

Rome, Italy

Bid adieu to Barcelona and say ciao to Italy. Try to secure a morning flight from to maximize your time. Nonetheless, your flight will be under 2 hours, but keep in mind the time you’re losing at the airport.

Arrive, check-in to your hotel (preferably in Monti or near Campo de’ Fiori).

Relais Monti is a great boutique hotel in Monti, especially if you book a room with a private terrace.

Otherwise, Dimora ai Fori is very close to the Colosseum and has rooms with amazing views of the city. 

I stayed in this vacation rental in Campo de’ Fiori during one of my most recent trips to Rome. It overlooks the market beautifully!

This one will probably be a rather leisure day, depending on what time you arrived in Rome. However, I wouldn’t recommend booking any tickets unless they are many hours later than your arrival time (just in case your flight is delayed).

However, you can totally enjoy sightseeing when you arrive and then go for a pizza/pasta dinner or do an evening cooking class for a cool experience.

See my itinerary guide for plenty of in-depth details on how to spend 3 days in Rome . However, I’ll give you the gist.

Spend the day exploring some of the most ancient sites in Rome. See the Colosseum, Roman Forum, Capitoline Museums, the Tiber River, and the charming neighborhood of Trastevere.

Check another country off your bucket list because Vatican City counts as a new country! Then visit other historic districts and explore Campo de’ Fiori, Piazza Navona, the Trevi Fountain, and Spanish Steps.

Alternative 2 Week Europe Itinerary

This is the alternative tour for a more authentic slow travel in Europe experience. Here’s what you’ll do.

Skip flying into Amsterdam and fly directly to Paris instead . Spend 4 days in Paris, 3 days in Barcelona, and a week in Italy. 

Instead of flying from Barcelona to Rome, fly into Florence instead . Then, spend at least one or 2 full days in Florence and then do a Tuscany day trip to a village and a vineyard. Bonus points if you ride bikes!

Then, head down to Southern Italy to finish the rest of your 14 day Europe itinerary in the Eternal City. 

This alternative route will allow you to have more time in Italy, which is one of my absolute favorite countries in Europe.

This is a great alternative if you plan on returning to Europe again in the near future and can do more of an Amsterdam, Germany, Austria type of trip.

I chose the original itinerary because it’s a great overview of what Europe has to offer. However, if something just a little bit slower is your thing, then definitely consider this alternative that focuses more on Rome.

Final Thoughts

A lot of itineraries for 2 weeks in Europe will try to push you too far (in my opinion). There’s no need to bop from country to country with only 2 days in each place. It’s overwhelming, tiring, wastes a lot of time, and doesn’t offer much authenticity or down time of your travel experience.

Instead, spend at least 3 days in every place you visit with more time in bigger destinations with a lot of attractions (like Paris and Rome in this case).

My top travel recommendations ♡

These are a few of my top travel tips that will save you time and money while setting up for an AMAZING trip.

B ooking flights: I can’t get enough of Google Flights . They have a cool feature where you can type in your departure airport and discover where you could fly within a certain budget. Otherwise, you can also compare airports and see what day is best to fly in/out to help you save money and have the most efficient flight path.

T ravel insurance : SafetyWing is my go-to choice for travel medical insurance. They have a global policy that covers 180+ countries. You can visit any doctor, cancel anytime, and you’re even covered for a few weeks after returning to your home country.

Anti-theft bag: To help protect against pickpockets, I like to carry my beloved Travelon bag . It’s slash-resistant, has locked zippers, and is very sleek and functional for traveling abroad.

A ccommodation: I almost exclusively use Booking.com to find places to stay when traveling. I got tired of all the additional fees from Airbnb and their hosts. Plus, Booking has everything from hotels and hostels to b&bs and entire house/apartment rentals.

Travel Credit Card: I love-love-love my Capital One Venture One credit card. It has a $0 annual fee and no fees when using abroad or paying in a foreign currency. Plus you get 20,000 bonus miles when you spend $500 in your first three months when you get this card .

Tours: I don’t travel on complete tours as I like to travel on my own terms, but I do like to book experiences, walking tours, and excursions through GetYourGuide . They have an amazing line-up of things to do in destinations around the globe. You can also fass a lot of skip-the-line tickets as well.

Hi, I’m Christa! Welcome to my sustainable solo travel blog dedicated to inspiring others to travel slowly, embracing a heart-forward and spirited approach to adventure. 

-The Spirited Explorer

Popular posts

• 14 Best Things to Do in Scotland
• 4-Day Barcelona Itinerary
• Books to Read While Traveling This Summer
• How to Take Photos as a Solo Traveler

© The Spirited Explorer 2024

• Work with me
• Acolades + Awards
• Published Work
• Bucket List
• Privacy Policy
• Destinations List
• AUSTRALASIA
• WILD SWIMMING
• OUTDOOR ADVENTURE GIRLS
• Write for Me

European City Itinerary: How to spend an epic Two Weeks in Europe

Europe is amazing and here is how to travel to Europe in two weeks. With its abundance of cultures, cuisines and access to transport, it’s no wonder every man and his wife are heading off for two weeks in Europe at the moment.

For most Americans, one of the biggest barriers to international travel is the relatively small amount of vacation time, but also proximity to other countries, whereas in Europe often you are only a two-hour flight or train away from another country.

Use this itinerary for Europe in 2 weeks, it’s helped me so many times over the years when I have been backpacking around Europe. 

Over the last ten years, since I’ve been travelling, I’ve been to nearly 24 European countries. I’ve been to Dublin for a weekend, spent time travelling around the Golden Circle in Iceland  to visit the waterfalls, took a trip to Malmo for the weekend, spent  five days in Switzerland,  headed off on a  cruise and this year I am hoping to explore even more, and head to Eastern Europe!

If you only get 2-3 weeks of vacation from work, using that time to travel across the pond to visit one place can seem like a waste. With an interrail pass you can travel to five countries in Europe in a few weeks .

So are you ready for 2 weeks in Europe?!

Itinerary Overview for Europe in 2 weeks

Day 1-3 – barcelona, day 4-5 – madrid, day 6-8 – paris, france, overnight 9 – travel to venice, day 10-11 – venice, italy, day 11 – vatican city, day 12-14 – rome, italy, itinerary for europe in 2 weeks, consider these things before 2 weeks in europe.

Here are a few points to consider when planning your itinerary for 2 weeks in Europe:

• SIZE OF EUROPE – the European continent is as big as the USA
• VARIETY OF CULTURES – I recommend selecting a portion of Europe and visit only a few countries, to better appreciate each place and really get a feel for the city and its culture.
• SIMPLE TRAVEL – Traveling between large cities is easy but smaller cities are harder to access, so stick to the major cities if you’ve only got two weeks!

Day 1-3 (3 days, 2 nights) – Barcelona

Highlights .

• Start off your 2 weeks in Europe with a visit the magnificent Sagrada Familia – it is massive with a unique style. Considered the absolute must-see in Barcelona
• Admire the architectural work of Gaudi with his emphasis on natural curves and patterns, creating the Catalan modernism movement
• Enjoy the light and music show at the Magic Fountain
• Go to the top of the Tibidabo Mountain to admire Barcelona from above
• Visit the Joan Miro Foundation to discover some of the artist’s most iconic work

Useful words in Catalan

Good morning: Bon Dia Hello – Hola Thank you – Merci (similar to French with emphasis on ci) Please – Por Favor

Day 3 – Travel to Madrid

• Begin the next chapter of your 2 weeks in Europe, by travelling from Barcelona to Madrid
• Time on the train – 2h 45m
• Type of train – Choose the “directs” with High-speed trains or if you fly intake the train from Madrid airport to the city centre
• Suggested time – Morning departure for arrival mid-afternoon or beginning of afternoon departure for arrival in the evening

Day 4-5 (2 days, 2 nights) – Madrid

• Next on your 2 weeks in Europe, is Spain where you can tickle your tastebuds at a gourmet food market
• Go (tapas) bar hopping
• Get the inside scoop on flamenco
• Row, row, row your boat

Useful words in Spanish

Good morning: Bon Dia Hello – Hola Thank you – Merci (similar to French with emphasis on the ‘e’) Please – Por Favor

Day 6 – TRAIN Madrid to Paris

• Next up on your 2 weeks in Europe is Madrid to Paris Gare de Lyon station
• Time on the train – 6h
• Type of train – Choose the “directs” with High-speed trains

Day 6-8 (2 days, 2 nights) – Paris, France

• Begin your adventure 2 weeks in Europe, and admire the iconic Eiffel Tower and its impressive structure
• Visit the Notre Dame Cathedral and travel back in time
• Visit the underground world at the Catacombs
• Admire the stained glass windows at Sainte-Chapelle
• Get up to the Sacré-Coeur to look over Paris
• Watch a show at one of the cabarets
• Enjoy an evening cruise on the River Seine to see the lights of Paris
• Feel royal at the Versailles Castle

Useful words in French

Good morning: Bonjour Hello – Salut Thank you – Merci Please – S’il vous plait

Overnight Day 9-10 – Travel to Venice via a stop

• Now on your 2 weeks in Europe is Paris Gare de Lyon to Venecia Santa Luzia
• Time on the train – 14 hours 25 minutes
• Type of train – Thello Night Train to get a train without a connection
• Suggested time – 7:10pm departure

Day 10-11 (2 days, 2 nights) – Venice, Italy

• Arriving in Italy, from 2 weeks in Europe, you can marvel at Saint Mark’s Basilica
• Enjoy a Gondola ride on the canals
• Get up the Campanile di San Marco

Useful words in Italian

Good morning – Buongiorno Hello – Ciao Thank you – Grazie Please – Per favour

Day 11 – Travel to Rome 

• Nearly there, next up on your 2 weeks in Europe is Venezia S Lucia to Roma Termini (the most central of the 2 stations)
• Time on the train – 3h45
• Type of train – Regional Train
• Suggested time – Morning or afternoon depending on if you want to see more of Venice or Rome

Day 11-14 (3 days, 3 nights) – Rome, Italy

• And the last part of your 2 weeks in Europe, imagine ancient games at the Colosseum
• Imagine how life was as you explore the Roman forum
• Make a wish at the Trevi Fountain
• Admire the many historical buildings, especially the pantheon
• Visit another country: the Vatican
• Good morning – Buongiorno
• Hello – Ciao
• Thank you – Grazie
• Please – Per favore

WHICH PASS TO BUY FOR EUROPE ITINERARY – 2 WEEKS

The best way to travel during your 2 weeks in Europe, is via the Interrail Pass, as you can best match your trip and it only costs, drum roll please…  5 Days within 15 Days Pass = £660.

INTERRAIL GLOBAL PASS

You can use this Interrail Pass on 5 days of your choice during a set period of 15 days. Travel on a back-to-back, consecutive days, or spread them out during the fortnight. It’s up to you. On each day, ride on as many trains as you like between midnight and midnight.

• Get a taste of a city in a couple of days, before boarding a train to your next destination.
• Take 5 long-distance rail journeys to 5 European countries.
• Perfect if you only have 2 weeks to hit the highlights.

So, do you fancy spending 2 weeks in Europe? Make sure you use this itinerary to plan your trip! 

Let me know how your trip to europe goes, my travel tips and recommendations.

To book flights, I always use flight search engine, Skyscanner, I regularly use the Everywhere tool to find the cheapest places to travel. It’s how I get to travel so much all around the world. I find it the easiest way to compare flight prices across airlines and get the best deals. 

Accommodation

For accommodation, I usually book most of my hotels or hostels through  Booking.com.  I love using this platform as it provides me with some amazing deals for accommodation all around the world. Or if you prefer, I also recommend using Airbnb. If you haven’t signed up with Airbnb already, you can use  this link  to get £25 off your first visit!

Photography and Technology

Here is a list of the technology I always travel with:

• Canon G7X Mark II
• Canon EOS M50 and lens
• GoPro Hero Black 7
• DJI Mavic Pro
• RØDE VideoMic GO On Microphone

You can also find me on social media:  Facebook ,  Twitter,   YouTube  and  Instagram .

To receive my articles and reviews straight to your inbox  SUBSCRIBE HERE .

Did you know I also vlog my trips? Make sure you subscribe to my YouTube channel so you get alerted when all my travel videos goes live…  CHECK THEM OUT HERE

Thank you for reading and as always happy adventuring! If you have any questions about the destination please leave these in the comments below.

If you’ve enjoyed this post, please  share it for me with all your friends and family!

You Might Also Like

REVIEW: Our stay at Iceland Hotel Frost & Fire Hotel Hveragerdi

Ultimate Guide to Honeymoon in The Maldives

21+ Quotes About Waterfalls

Affiliate links are used in my website. i receive a small commission from products you purchase at no extra cost from you..

• Meet the Team
• Work With Us
• Itineraries
• Italy Travel Guide
• Hawaii Travel Guide
• Travel Tips

How to Plan a Trip to Europe (2-Week Europe Itinerary)

If you’ve been wanting to visit Europe for a while, you’re probably super excited to begin planning your trip and building your Europe itinerary. In this post, we’re going to show you how to plan a trip to Europe that you’ll never forget!

We know from experience that planning a trip to Europe can be quite overwhelming because there are so many places to go and things to see. You want to make sure you add everything possible to your Europe itinerary. Believe me, we understand how important travel planning is!

We’ve been traveling around Europe for more than 10 years. We now spend at least 2 weekends per month traveling in Europe. That’s why we’ve prepared this Europe trip planner for you.

If you have at least 10 days to spend in Europe, this itinerary will cover all the top spots you must see. Do keep in mind that traveling in Europe can be expensive. You also have to be very wise in your planning to make everything fit together perfectly.

You can fly between cities cheaply if you plan it right. Or you can plan to travel with the Eurail Pass, though this option will take longer.

Let’s get your dream European vacation started. Here’s how to plan a trip to Europe, and see as much as humanly possible in 10-14 days.

Quick. Check these necessities off your prep list!

• Travel insurance : Travelex has reliable coverage at a reasonable price. You can search for the insurance you need on their website, and filing a claim is easy.
• The right luggage can make or break your trip. These hard-sided suitcases come in all different sizes, with spinner wheels and TSA-approved lock.
• Renting a car? Discover Cars helps you search and compare offers from all the top companies. Don’t forget to check if you need an International Drivers License.

Table of Contents

Where to Go in Europe

Europe is full of history, bustling cities, incredible sights, unique places to stay , and – my favorite – amazing food! There are a good number of tourist destinations that just about anyone planning a trip to Europe would want to include in the itinerary.

But, obviously, with just 10-14 days in Europe, there’s no way you can cover them all. We’ve chosen the top destinations that we feel you can fit comfortably into 10+ days.

Planning for Europe? Here’s more…

• How to Plan a 2-Week Trip to Europe

Ultimate Summer Europe Packing Guide

• 11 Charming Small Towns & Cities in Europe

Here are the top destinations we recommend visiting in 10+ days in Western Europe: London (I’m still considering this Europe even if it’s no longer in the EU), Paris , Venice , Rome , Berlin , and Amsterdam .

We love all of these cities for different reasons as you’ll see below, but if you can’t fit them all in, you might need to decide between them. For instance, if you’re wondering if should I visit Paris or Rome , consider aspects like cost, activities, and your own personal interest in those activities.

If you have additional time, you could add Munich , Barcelona , Dublin , and/or Edinburgh . We also suggest checking out some of the more charming and small towns in Europe . Or maybe you’re into history – there are so many great medieval towns to visit .

You might want to take a look at this post with 50 of the best street food destinations in Europe before you decide where to go. There are quite a few that would persuade me.

How to Spend 2 Weeks in Western Europe

There are really two perfectly acceptable ways to take a vacation in Europe. Either way can be quite rewarding, but it depends greatly on your travel style how much time you want to put into planning, and what trips you are looking to book for.

Option 1: Book a pre-planned guided tour

A guided tour is the easiest option, by far. While Europe is very easy to get around for travelers, it can be difficult to figure out how to get from place to place, and very tedious trying to decide what to do in each location.

A pre-planned tour won’t give you the same freedom to do what you want, but it is completely planned out for you and you will always have a guide along to help you with anything you need.

Option 2: Plan your own trip

Planning your own self-guided tour of Europe gives you ultimate freedom to choose what you want to do and when. You can go to the places you want, without a group to tag along with.

The drawbacks are that you have to plan it all out yourself, which can be daunting.  Check out these additional Europe travel tips to help with your planning.

We will give you the options for both below, including a pre-planned tour we highly recommend and a 14-day self-guided itinerary to follow.

Guided Tour of Europe

If you want to try a guided tour, I recommend a Classic Europe 14-day tour.

This tour is run by Expat Explore Travel and includes everything except International airfare, extra excursions that aren’t in the tour itinerary, and personal incidentals.

» See more information about the Classic Europe tour .

The 14-day itinerary includes:

• Start in Amsterdam
• Drive through Brussels for a quick stop en route to Paris
• Visit Burgundy and the breath-taking Swiss Alps
• In Italy , see Pisa, Tuscany, Florence, Rome, and Venice
• Travel into Munich and Bavaria in Germany , then to Nuremberg and Berlin
• Head back to Amsterdam

There are other Europe tour options with varying destinations. Check out the website to see all options with this tour operator .

Self-Guided Tour of Europe – Plan Your Own Travel Itinerary

With a good plan of action, your 2-week Europe trip will run smoothly and provide you with a comprehensive overview including some of the main countries in Western Europe.

If this schedule seems too ambitious for just a 10 day Europe trip, you can always extend your stay in the cities that interest you most and decide not to visit others.

There’s no right or wrong way to do it. It’s entirely up to you.

Day 1-2: London

Arrive in London . Take the Heathrow Express from the airport to your hotel.

You’ll want to stay in West London for easy access to all the top sights. London is very walkable. To get around to all the sights in a day or two, you’ll want to get your walking shoes on.

You can take a hop-on-hop-off bus tour if you’re not up for the walking. For foodies, we highly recommend spending some time doing any of these fun foodie activities in London .

The city is one of the best for restaurants in the world. If you want to take a day trip from London, we suggest Stonehenge , Bath , or Windsor . They’re all very close by and offer a fantastic experience.

In London, be sure to see these sights:

(You can purchase tickets in advance for these activities. These links are affiliate links to activities we’ve done and recommend.)

• Tower of London (with the Crown Jewels)
• Tower Bridge Experience
• Shakespeare Globe
• Churchill War Rooms
• Westminster Abbey & Big Ben
• View from the Shard
• Kensington Palace
• Kew Gardens

How to Spend One Day in London

Things to Do in Windsor: A Perfect Day Trip From London

21 Fun Foodie Things to Do in London

Where to Stay in London: We recommend the Trafalgar St James by Hilton . It’s in a historic building in a really prime location. The hotel and rooms are designed in art deco and the rooms are really spacious and bright. ⇒  Read reviews on Trip Advisor .

Day 3-5: Paris

Travel to Paris on the Eurostar train . The journey takes just 2 hours from St. Pancras Train Station.

Don’t forget to take a picnic lunch and a bottle of wine with you to enjoy on the train. There are so many things to do in Paris . In only two days, you can cover a lot of ground. You can do a few of these great foodie activities , see the top sights on a walking tour, or join this fun gourmet bus tour for a multi-course meal on a double decker tour bus.

You’ll want to either plan on walking a lot, or acquaint yourself with the Paris Metro map and take short trips in between sights. You can also take the Paris hop of hop off bus to get between sights.

Check out our 3-day Paris itinerary that will help you plan what to see.

In Paris, be sure to see these sights:

• Eiffel Tower
• Notre Dame (closed for renovations)
• Seine River Cruise
• Luxembourg Gardens
• Arch d’Triomphe
• The Avenue des Champs-Élysées
• Louvre Museum
• Sacre Coeur & Montmartre

How to Spend One Day in Paris

3-Day Paris Itinerary for First Timers

9 Fun Foodie Things to Do in Paris

Where to Stay in Paris: The best location to stay in Paris is 6th Arrondissement. It is the Latin Quarter. The heart of Paris. And it’s the best location for tourist who are planning to see everything. Here are 8 top hotels with an Eiffel Tower view . We recommend the boutique 4-star  Hotel Parc Saint Severin . The rooms are larger than most in Paris and they’re nicely refurbished. Plus it’s a really great location. The metro is really close.  ⇒ Read reviews on Trip Advisor.

Day 5-7: Venice

Venice is just one of those places you have to visit at least once in your life. It’s an incredibly enchanting city, with so much character that you feel a little like you’re floating around in a Disney movie.

The views across the Grand Canal are so beautiful, and the narrow alleys can lead you to get lost in a city of charm. Everywhere you turn is another incredible view, and a gondola floating by in the distance. It’s one of a kind.

With so many great things to do in Venice, you really need to set up a good itinerary before you leave, to make sure you fit everything in. 

Check out our shortcut guide to all the best parts of Venice, which will help you plan. Definitely make time for a Venice food tour .

The food in Venice is great, if you know where to look. And you can check out our YouTube video for the top 10 things to do in Venice , if you need more ideas.

You can pre-book some of the activities. I would definitely pre-book the activities below, so you don’t miss out.

• Venice Gondola Ride and Serenade
• Eat Like a Local: 3-hour Venice Small-Group Food Tasting Walking Tour
• Legendary Venice St. Mark’s Basilica and Doge’s Palace

Essential Travel Guide to Venice, Italy [Infographic]

Top Foods to Try on a Venice Food Tour

Guide to the Best Wine Regions in Italy

Where to Stay in Venice:

Ai Patrizi di Venezia   If you’re staying for 3+ nights, I highly recommend this apartment. It’s in the perfect location, is incredibly comfortable and clean, and has a kitchenette. We sometimes prefer an apartment to a hotel so we’re not being bothered by housekeeping. This place is a gem. | Read Reviews or Book a Stay Hotel Londra Palace   If you’d rather stay in a hotel because you like the extra amenities, then Hotel Londra Palace is a great choice. It’s in a very good location, only 5 min walk from St. Mark’s Square, with free wifi and a restaurant. Some rooms have a balcony and an incredible view. | Read Reviews or Book a Stay

Day 8-10: Rome

Rome is a city that will capture your heart the moment you arrive. It’s amazing to see so much history packed into one place, and so much of it is scattered right in the middle of a modern city. There’s really no where else like it. Plus the food. You have to go on a food tour and witness it first hand.

If you’re planning a trip, we’ve got you covered with our shortcut travel guide to Rome : an informative and helpful infographic that will give you a quick peek at all the top things you should plan to do in Rome. Here’s our 3-day itinerary to help plan it all out.

Top things to put on your itinerary:

• The Colosseum : This monumental amphitheater is one of the most recognized symbols of Rome, offering a peek into the world of ancient Roman gladiators. Try to book a guided tour to get the full historical context.
• Roman Forum & Palatine Hill : Located near the Colosseum, the Roman Forum was the political, commercial, and judicial center of ancient Rome. The Palatine Hill, according to Roman mythology, is where the city was founded by Romulus.
• Pantheon : This best-preserved monument from the Roman Empire is a marvel of architectural design, with its impressive dome and the oculus at its center.
• Vatican City : Here, you can visit St. Peter’s Basilica, the Vatican Museums, and the Sistine Chapel, with Michelangelo’s renowned frescoes. Be sure to dress modestly as a sign of respect.
• Trevi Fountain : Throw a coin into this iconic fountain to ensure your return to Rome. It’s beautiful during the day, but consider a visit at night when it’s lit up.
• Piazza Navona : This square is home to Bernini’s famous Fontana dei Quattro Fiumi (Fountain of the Four Rivers), as well as various artists, musicians, and street performers.
• Spanish Steps : Climbing these steps from Piazza di Spagna to Piazza Trinità dei Monti offers a wonderful view. The nearby shopping district is a must for fashion enthusiasts.

PRO TIP: Skip the line tickets are necessary in Rome, especially during high season. You won’t waste time waiting in huge lines.

• Eating Europe’s Twilight Trastevere Tour  (We loved this tour! Read about it here .)
• Faster Than Skip-the-Line: Vatican, Sistine Chapel and St. Peter’s Basilica Tour (definitely worth it)
• Colosseum and Ancient Rome Small-Group Tour

What To Do in Rome in 3 Days

Essential Travel Guide to Rome, Italy [+Infographic]

Eat Like a Local on a Rome Food Tour

Where to Stay in Rome

The best location in Rome depends on what you want to accomplish during your stay, but it’s always best to be centrally located so you can walk to all of the main attractions. 

Two great choices in the affordable luxury range are  The Inn at the Spanish Steps  (with a gorgeous roof-top pool) and  Il Palazzetto . We also really enjoyed staying at  Nerva Boutique Hotel  in the popular Rione i Monti area.

Day 10-12: Berlin

Berlin is a very modern city with a good art scene, many museums, great food options, and cultural/historical things to see and do. It’s a sprawling city so you’ll want to be ready for public transportation. 

There are a few Berlin attractions and sights you don’t want to miss like these we’ve listed here:

• Brandenburg Gate : This iconic symbol of Berlin was once a symbol of division during the Cold War, but now stands for German unity and is a must-see.
• Berlin Wall Memorial and Checkpoint Charlie : No visit to Berlin is complete without learning about its Cold War history. The Memorial provides an insightful look into the era of the city’s division.
• Reichstag Building : The seat of the German Parliament, the building’s glass dome offers a panoramic view of the city. It’s a good idea to register in advance for a visit.
• Museum Island : Home to five world-class museums, including the Pergamon Museum and the Neues Museum. The latter houses the bust of Nefertiti, an ancient Egyptian queen.
• Alexanderplatz and TV Tower : A large public square and transport hub in the central Mitte district, featuring the iconic TV Tower (Fernsehturm) which provides excellent views over the city.
• Holocaust Memorial (Memorial to the Murdered Jews of Europe) : A poignant, powerful monument to one of history’s darkest times.

The best way to see all of these sights is on this Discover Berlin half-day walking tour . The tour is really inexpensive and is the best way to learn the historical and cultural past of Germany, while see the top sights.

Foodies will also want to check out Markethalle Neun , an indoor market with international food vendors, especially on Street Food Thursdays! Also plan for a beer tour and a Berlin food tour in order to taste the best parts of the city!

Essential Travel Guide to Berlin, Germany [Updated 2024]

Berlin is a city that holds a certain mystery, due to its interesting history that forever changed the world. ...

Where to Stay in Berlin

One of my favorite hotels is the  Hotel am Steinplatz, Autograph Collection . It’s located right in the center of the city, conveniently located for transportation, so you can easily get around to the top sights. There’s a bar, restaurant, and really comfortable rooms. ⇒ Read reviews on  Trip Advisor .

Day 12-14: Amsterdam

As a tourist, you’ll likely find Amsterdam to be a very welcoming and fun place to explore. The canals and old cobblestone streets make it the quintessential European city, and it’s just so easy to get around. Read our full guide to 3-days in Amsterdam for the full rundown.

The many activities in Amsterdam include history, art and food. I think a good plan to tackle the city includes a bit of walking tour, interspersed with stops to try the local food and drinks.

Be sure to try bitterballen, poffertjes, and frites (which you can get with dozens of different sauces), along with all the cheese. There are dozens of different canal cruises you can take that are often paired with cheese, beer, wine or even pizza.

For drinks, we recommend stopping at some of the beer bars , like Proeflokaal Arendsnest and Beer Temple, as well as the top cocktail bars like Tales & Spirits and Flying Dutchman. And don’t forget to sample the genever at Proeflokaal ‘t Kelkje, one of the best places in Amsterdam to taste genever!

Here are a few links to our favorite tours and activities in Amsterdam so you can purchase your tickets in advance:

• Amsterdam Canal Cruise in Classic River Boat
• Skip-the-line Rijksmuseum & Van Gogh Museum Guided Combo Tour – Private Tour

Eat like a local in Amsterdam with Eating Europe Food Tours – there are 5 tours available:

• Jordaan Food Tour
• Jordaan Food & Canals Tour
• Amsterdam at Twilight Food Tour
• Food Tour in Haarlem
• A Taste of Life in Haarlem

Essential Travel Guide to Amsterdam [Updated for 2024]

Where to Find the Best Beer in Amsterdam

Where to stay in Amsterdam

We like staying near Dam Square in central Amsterdam. It’s fun and lively, close to or within easy walking distance of many of the top attractions, and easily accessible for public transportation. 

Radisson Blu – This is a nicely-decorated 4-star hotel located directly on a canal near Rembrandt Square. Great place to stay.  Read Reviews on Trip Advisor

Tips for Planning a Trip to Europe

Best time to go to europe.

When you decide to go to Europe should be based on what type of experience you want to have. A lot of people make it a priority to go to Europe in the summer because that’s when they take vacation, or when the kids are out of school. 

However, everyone else is doing the same thing. That means July-August is high season and there are a lot of visitors. Attractions are packed, lines are long, prices are high, and it can be really hot outside.

The best weather in Europe can be found from late March to early June and from late September to early December. This is considered the shoulder season in Europe and there will be less people and lower prices.

We prefer to travel during these times because it’s just so much easier. And the nicer weather makes all the difference.

We especially caution against traveling in Italy in August. It is one of the hottest months and the weather can be a real hindrance to your happiness.

Getting to Europe

Many top airlines from around the world have direct flights into London. It’s probably one of the easiest cities to get into.

Check Skyscanner for great deals on airfare. We prefer to fly into London for the ease of it all, but you can skip London and fly directly into Paris, if you wish.

Also keep in mind that airfare is lower on the shoulder and off season than it is during the summer. (See this article for more on how to find great airfare ).

We also recommend flying into one city and out of another, so you don’t waste some of your holiday time flying back to the starting point. Using the multi-city option on Skyscanner , you should be able to find this option without the fares getting to high.

Getting Around Europe

When planning your Europe itinerary, keep in mind the distance between each destination. Europe seems small, but it takes a while to get between destinations. In most cases, you’ll need at least a half day to get between locations, more if taking the train.

Once you arrive in Europe, you can either fly or take the train between cities. We prefer to take early morning or late night flights, to avoid burning active hours in our destination.

Flying is relatively cheap on budget airlines like Ryanair and EasyJet . We fly with them all the time.

There are fees for any extras you add, and checking luggage can be expensive, so do be mindful of that.

See here for an idea of what it costs and the flight times for each of the legs in our itinerary:

• London to Paris: $50
• Paris to Venice: $85
• Venice to Rome: $70
• Rome to Berlin: $95
• Berlin to Amsterdam: $70

Via Train – Eurail Pass

Another way to travel around Europe in by train. You can purchase individual train tickets for each journey you wish to take. That will help you mix and match, if you want to fly between some cities and take the train between others.

However, a more economical way to go by train is with a Eurail Pass. The price of the Eurail Pass varies depending on your needs. They range from $250 to over $1000. For the itinerary we laid out in this post, you would need a 5 days within 1 month pass, which costs $326 (updated 2019).

This allows you to travel on any 5 days over a period of a month. There’s also a 7 days in one month pass for $388, if you think you’d like to tack on another destination. These passes entitle you to travel on specific trains only.

You can’t just show up and get on any train, but you don’t need reservations except for the high-speed and overnight trains (which also require an extra fee). They’re only for non-European travelers. And they can only be used for the class of service booked.

Travel Documents – Schengen Area

Always verify the entry requirements and travel documents needed for each specific country you are trip planning for as requirements can vary. You can check with the embassies or consulates of the countries you’ll be visiting or use official government travel websites for the most accurate and current information.

Ensure that your passport is valid for at least six months beyond your planned return date. Some countries may have different requirements, so it’s always a good idea to check the specific entry requirements for the countries you plan to visit.

Depending on your nationality and the specific European countries you plan to visit, you may or may not need a visa. Citizens of the United States can generally enter the Schengen Area (a group of 26 European countries that have abolished passport control at their mutual borders) for short stays of up to 90 days within a 180-day period without a visa. However, if you plan to stay longer or visit countries outside the Schengen Area, you may need additional visas.

Tipping in Europe

Yes, you do need to tip in Europe. However, it’s not at the custom level of the U.S. There are some key differences.

First of all, 10% is the norm for tipping in a nice restaurant. You can give more if you had a stellar experience, but that’s more like 12%. Not 20%. In a cafe or deli, just round up your bill to the nearest dollar. If it was €3.80, leave the .20 cents as a tip.

In pubs in London and bars in Europe, tipping isn’t expected on small amounts.

Whatever you do, always check the bill for a service charge. There are MANY places throughout Europe now that charge a set service fee and include it in the bill. This is often 10 or 12%. If this fee has been added to your bill, there is no need to tip.

Eating in Europe

Since you’ll be visiting many different countries while in Europe, the food will be very diverse. You will have the best overall experience if you’re willing to try all the foods you come across and have an open mind that you mind really like something you’ve never tried before.

• In London, you should have a Sunday roast , Fish and Chips , a Steak & Ale pie . See our foodie guide to London for more.
• In Paris, are you daring enough to try frog’s legs or escargot ? Definitely make room for crepes and a Croque Monsieur . See our foodie guide to Paris for more.
• In Italy, you’ll find an unimaginable array of pasta dishes , pizza, dried meats, and cheeses. Berlin has a very international food scene. It’s not just Schnitzel and sausage anymore.
• And in Amsterdam, you must try the frites , the bitterballen and the  Poffertjes (pancakes).

In every city, there is now a food tour taking place. We always recommend going on a food tour first thing when you arrive because it gives you a very good overview of the foods you should look out for and where to find them.

Frequently Asked Questions

Is $5000 enough for a trip to europe.

With careful planning and budgeting, $5000 can allow you to have an enjoyable and fulfilling trip to Europe. However, the amount of money you need for a trip to Europe can vary widely depending on several factors, including the duration of your trip, the countries you plan to visit, your travel style, and the activities you want to experience.

How early should I plan my Europe trip?

Starting to plan your Europe trip 6 months in advance is a good timeframe, especially if your trip involves multiple destinations, is during the peak season, or requires visas. This allows you to also get your accommodation booked in advance. However, if your trip is relatively simple and during the off-peak season, you might be able to start planning 3 months before your travel dates.

What’s the best time to visit Italy?

Italy is a year-round destination, but many people prefer the spring (April to June) and fall (September to October) when the weather is pleasant, and tourist crowds in Italy are generally smaller at this time of year.

YOU MIGHT ALSO LIKE

21 Most Charming Small Towns & Cities in Europe

8 Unique Places to Stay in Europe & UK

21 Best Places to Spend Christmas in Europe

Now you know how to plan a trip to Europe, and we’ve given you a 2-week itinerary to follow. What are you waiting for? Whether you take a guided tour or do this Europe 2-week itinerary on your own, I am certain you will find it to be the most exciting and rewarding trip you’ll ever take.

Europe is fascinating and full of surprises. Let us know how your trip to Europe turns out!

Be Prepared For Travel Planning is the most important part of any successful trip. Do it the easy way:

🧳 Travel Packing List | ✔️ Why You Need Travel Insurance | ✈️ What to Do Before You Leave Home

• Find and book the best hotel (our favorite booking site is Expedia)
• Research flight options (our favorite tool is Skyscanner )
• Book a tour (we always use Viator to find the best tours)
• Rent a car through Discover Cars (they search the best deals for you!)

21 of the Best Cities to Visit in Europe

18 Best Wine Regions in Europe for Wine Lovers

Like this post? Why not save it to your Pinterest board ?

Laura Lynch, creator and writer of Savored Journeys, is an avid world traveler, certified wine expert, and international food specialist. She has written about travel and food for over 20 years and has visited over 75 countries. Her work has been published in numerous guidebooks, websites, and magazines.

15 thoughts on “ How to Plan a Trip to Europe (2-Week Europe Itinerary) ”

A great two-week itinerary for those looking to see the capital cities of Europe Laura – and totally agree with the London food choices! We are heading to the UK early next month and the Sunday roast and fish and chips ( with curry sauce) are high on our agenda;) Also an afternoon tea with clotted cream! 🙂 Thanks for sharing this thorough article. Shelley x

I always love a good cream tea!

I am planning on visiting Europe – more like a backpacking trip. And believe, I probably have read all the possible articles about “How to Self Organize Europe Trip” and this is the first article which covered everything I needed to know in a simple and minimal way. I couldn’t thank you enough, Laura. Really helpful!!!!!

Glad you found it useful, Sneha. Enjoy your trip.

This is awesome, thank you ❤️

Thank you for ALL of this great information. I’m in the beginning stages of planning a vacation for my family of 6. We will fly out of JFK – probably late June 2023 and we would like to visit: London, Paris, Venice, (Rome maybe) and Barcelona. Does the order of countries make sense? And know we would do train from Paris to Venice – but what would you suggest for the rest of the trip as far as traveling between countries? Thank you!

Hi Jill. That trip route sounds good. You can actually do all trains, if you don’t mind overnight travel, to save time. I would likely take the Eurostar from London to Paris, fly to Venice, train to Rome, and flight to Barcelona. You can easily get low-cost airline flights between all of those places.

Hi Laura, do you know whether the flight from Paris to Venice would be very busy? We definitely want to hit up London, Amsterdam, Paris and Italy (Venice/Florence/Rome) but felt that 14 days was ambitious for us. We also were hoping to avoid flights as much as possible due to the mass flying and worry it might take forever at the airport during August/September.

Hi Linda. The flight from Paris to Venice is likely always full, but it’s not a bad experience. We fly these routes all the time. You could also take the train! If you want to take a slower journey and actually cover it well, I would recommend 3 weeks for that trip. It is quite ambitious to do it in 2 weeks, but most people don’t have that much vacation time.

Hi and thank you so much for sharing all of this information! I am planning a summer trip for next year and am just researching to get a jump start on things and saving up!

I have a question…is there a way to add in the Almafi coast in this itinerary easily? What would you suggest as far as when you would add that? Before or after Venice…etc. and how many days would you recommend there? I was planning to do a boat day there.

Hi Cassandra. We were just in the Amalfi coast! You’ll love it. If you have time, I would suggest doing this itinerary the opposite way – starting in London and ending in Naples. Then you can visit the Amalfi coast and travel home from Naples.

Thanks so much for the in-depth wonderful article you turned out here .God Bless You

Hi there! This is really helpful!! I’m just confused, and trying to follow the map you post at the top. Just underneath your header “Self-Guided Tour of Europe – Plan Your Own Travel Itinerary”, there’s a map with a travel route posted. But that map does not match up with the route that is detailed below. The map appears to start in London and go to Paris, and them double-back to Amsterdam. But in the written itinerary, you talk about going from Paris to Venice, but this is not shown as the route on the map, and there’s no mention of how to get from Paris to Venice. Just trying to figure out if I follow what’s posted on the map, or what is outline in the written itinerary?? THANK YOU!!!

Hi Sherry. It looks like Amsterdam just got inserted in the wrong place on the map. I’ve updated it to be last instead of 3rd. Although if you wanted to fly into London and out of Rome, you could still put Amsterdam 3rd in the itinerary.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

• Travel Resources

Travel A-Broads

Just a couple of broads traveling around the world!

How to Plan an Epic 2-Week Summer Europe Itinerary

Planning a trip to Europe this summer? We’ve got you covered with our epic 2-week summer Europe itinerary! My boyfriend, Tim, and I visited Amsterdam , Barcelona , Rome , Vatican City , Florence , Pisa and Cinque Terre last June and had an amazing time (and great weather!).

Although there are a ton of options when visiting Europe, we felt that this 2-week summer Europe itinerary was perfect for us, and I hope you’ll find it useful too.

Of course, you can always use this itinerary as a starting point and replace some of these destinations to better suit your schedule and interests. I previously traveled to other summer European destinations like England, France , Ireland , Iceland , Scotland and Belgium and think all of these are great options for this time of year.

So, without further adieu, let’s dive into our epic 2-week summer Europe itinerary!

* P.S. this post contains some affiliate links. At no additional cost to you, we may earn a small commission when you make a purchase.

Planning Your 2-Week Summer Europe Itinerary

Where should you start and end your 2-week summer Europe itinerary?

Tim and I live in Houston and typically use George Bush Intercontinental Airport (IAH) for our international flights. Since we’ve encountered travel delays, missed connections, etc. in the past, we try to choose direct flights whenever possible, and there are direct flights from IAH to Amsterdam Airport Schiphol (AMS), making it a great choice for port of entry into Europe.

We chose an overnight flight from IAH, which arrived at AMS the next morning, giving us most of the day to explore. We always like to optimize our time in each destination and make the most of our vacation days, so we chose to leave on a Friday night to avoid needing to take off from work that day.

A Broad Recommendation: Prepare for long wait times going through customs at AMS. The airport is quite popular and very busy. We waited for more than an hour before getting through.

If you’re flying from somewhere else in the United States or another part of the world, you may consider direct flights offered from your city instead.

We flew back to IAH on a connecting flight through Montréal-Pierre Elliott Trudeau International Airport (YUL) from Milan Malpensa Airport (MXP). This was a much less pleasant experience, given that we had some flight issues and delays, but it was the cheapest and most convenient option out of Italy, where we ended our trip.

Our 2-Week Summer Europe Itinerary

Here’s the itinerary we researched and followed during our 2 weeks in Europe last June.

• Day 1: Overnight flight from Houston to Amsterdam
• Day 2: Amsterdam
• Day 3: Amsterdam
• Day 4: Amsterdam & evening flight to Barcelona
• Day 5: Barcelona
• Day 6: Barcelona
• Day 7: Barcelona
• Day 8: Morning flight to Rome
• Day 9: Vatican City
• Day 10: Rome
• Day 11: Morning train to Florence
• Day 12: Florence
• Day 13: Morning train to Pisa & afternoon train to Cinque Terre
• Day 14: Cinque Terre
• Day 15: Cinque Terre & afternoon train to Milan
• Day 16: Morning flight from Milan to Houston

Amsterdam, The Netherlands

Home to notable residents such as painters Rembrandt and Vincent van Gogh, philosophers John Locke and René Descartes, and Holocaust victim Anne Frank, Amsterdam is the capital and most populous city of the Netherlands and one of the best-preserved cities in all of Europe. And, it’s a great place to start your 2-week summer Europe itinerary!

Amsterdam is often referred to as the “Venice of the North” because of its division into around 90 islands and its large network of canals, which are designated a UNESCO World Heritage Site.

Amsterdam is also one of the most multicultural cities in the world and has a long history of openness, liberalism and tolerance. It’s well known for its nightlife and is home to several world-famous nightclubs. 

We recommend spending between 2-3 days here on your summer Europe itinerary. Here’s how we spent our 3 days in Amsterdam in June :

Day 1 in Amsterdam:

• 9:20 am: Arrive in Amsterdam
• 9:45 am: Transfer to Amsterdam Central Station & store luggage
• 1:30 pm: Lunch at Loetje
• 2:00 pm: #1 Best Rated Walking Tour in Amsterdam (book your time slot in advance)
• 5:00 pm: Amsterdam Tulip Museum
• 6:00 pm: Anne Frank House (book your time slot as soon as tickets go on sale 6 weeks in advance)
• 7:15 pm: Homomonument
• 7:45 pm: Pick up luggage & check in to hotel
• 10:00 pm: Snack & beers at  Café Gruter

Day 2 in Amsterdam:

• 9:00 am:  Rijksmuseum (book your time slot in advance)
• 12:30 pm: Lunch at  Greenwoods
• 1:45 pm: Bloemenmarkt
• 3:30 pm: Begijnhof Chapel
• 4:45 pm: Drinks at Mata Hari
• 5:15 pm: Our Lord in the Attic Museum
• 6:45 pm: A’DAM LOOKOUT  Tower 
• 8:00 pm: Dinner at  Wok To Go
• 9:00 pm: LOVERS Canal Cruise

* Note: You could consider booking the Amsterdam Classic Boat Cruise with Live Guide, Drinks and Cheese in lieu of the LOVERS Canal Cruise. Unfortunately, this cruise was no longer available for our travel dates, but hopefully you’ll have better luck! However, the LOVERS Canal Cruise is also included in I Amsterdam City Card , which made it a good option for us.

Day 3 in Amsterdam:

• 9:00 am: Van Gogh Museum (book your time slot in advance)
• 11:00 am: Check out from hotel
• 11:30 am: Store luggage at Amsterdam Central Station
• 12:30 pm: Lunch at Piqniq
• 2:00 pm: De Nieuwe Kerk
• 2:45 pm:  Oude Kerk
• 3:15 pm: Pick up luggage, head to airport & fly to Barcelona

Where to stay: De Bedstee Capsules Hotel

If you have more time in Amsterdam, you could consider the following:

• Take the short train ride to Haarlem
• Rent a bike and explore Her Amsterdamse Bos
• Visit the  Catboat , a refuge for stray and abandoned cats
• Spend a day in Zaanse Schans , an open-air museum that shows what life was like in the Netherlands in the 18th and 19th centuries

Barcelona, Spain

Located on the northeastern coast of Spain, Barcelona is the capital and largest city of the autonomous community of Catalonia. It’s an important cultural hub, a popular tourist destination and just a short flight from Amsterdam. 

Barcelona is home to famous architects like Antoni Gaudí and Lluís Domènech i Montaner, whose works have been designated UNESCO World Heritage Sites. The city is also known for hosting the 1992 Summer Olympics, in addition to many other international sporting events, tournaments and exhibitions.

We recommend spending at least 3 days in Barcelona to see some of the highlights. From famous historical sights and architectural marvels to beautiful beaches and fun neighborhoods, our Barcelona summer itinerary has it all!

Day 1 in Barcelona:

• 10:00 am: Free Tour of the Old Town of Barcelona (book your time slot in advance)
• 12:30 pm: Lunch at Cuines Santa Caterina
• 2:45 pm: Cathedral of the Holy Cross and Saint Eulalia
• 4:30 pm: Santa Maria del Mar Cathedral
• 5:30 pm: Montjuïc Area & Montjuïc Castle
• 10:30 pm: Dinner at Restaurante La Catalana

Day 2 in Barcelona:

• 10:00 am: Breakfast at  Liadisimo Cafeteteria
• 1:20 pm: Casa Vicens (book your time slot in advance)
• 3:15 pm:  Recinte Modernista de Sant Pau
• 6:00 pm: Appertivo at  Creps Barcelona
• 7:00 pm: Stop at Casa Batlló (book your time slot in advance)
• 8:30 pm: Dinner & drinks at Chiringuito Chambao

Day 3 in Barcelona:

• 9:30 am:  Park Güell (book your time slot in advance & try to book the earliest time slot of the day)
• 11:30 pm: Lunch at Bar Dakmar in Gràcia
• 4:00 pm: Sagrada Família (book your time slot in advance)
• 6:30 pm: Picasso Museum (book your time slot in advance; the museum is free on Thursdays after 5 pm & the first Sunday of each month!)
• 7:30 pm: Dinner Cal Pep (get in line 30 minutes before they open)

Where to stay: Hotel Flor Parks

If you have more time in Barcelona, consider checking out the following:

• La Boqueria : a huge public market that dates back to 1217
• Barcelona History Museum : 40,000 square feet of Roman ruins and archaeological remains from Barcelona’s former medieval city situated under the Plaça del Rei
• Casa Mila : Gaudí’s last private home design and a UNESCO World Heritage Site
• Palau Güell : another one of Gaudí’s masterpieces and another UNESCO World Heritage Site
• Parc de la Ciutadella: a public park with gravel paths, tropical vegetation and interesting sculptures
• Tibidabo: the tallest hill in the Serra de Collserola mountain range which offers epic views and fun activities like the  Tibidabo Panoramic Area , the  Temple of the Sacred Heart of Jesus ,  Tibidabo Barcelona  (one of the oldest amusement parks in the world),  Collserola Park , and the  Torre de Collserola

You may also consider taking a day trip to Girona, another Spanish city known for its medieval architecture and Roman remains, or Montserrat, a gorgeous mountain range that’s home to some of Spain’s most important religious sites.

Rome, Italy & Vatican City

Just a 2-hour flight from Barcelona, in the central-western portion of the Italian Peninsula, Rome is a city that really needs no introduction. It’s the most-visited city in Italy and one of the most popular tourist destinations in the world!

Rome’s history spans 28 centuries, and its stunning architecture, vibrant culture and mouth watering cuisine captivates the hearts of millions of travelers each year.

Located within the city of Rome, Vatican City is the smallest country in the world and the spiritual and administrative headquarters of the Roman Catholic Church.

Steeped in centuries of history and mystery, this sacred enclave holds a treasure trove of art, culture and spirituality and also welcomes millions of visitors each year. Vatican City can easily be added to any Rome or summer Europe itinerary.

Here are some of the most popular things to do in Rome for 3 days and how we recommend exploring the smallest country in the world while you’re there:

Day 1 in Rome:

• 6:10 am: Fly to Rome
• 8:00 am: Arrive in Rome & store luggage at the hotel
• 10:45 am: Colosseum: Underground and Ancient Rome Tour
• 2:30 pm: Lunch at La Prezzemolina
• 5:00 pm: Trevi Fountain
• 5:30 pm: The Pantheon
• 6:00 pm: Dinner & drinks at  Oro Bistrot

Day 2 in Rome:

• 7:30 am: Rome: Sistine Chapel and Vatican Museums Highlights Tour
• 12:00 pm:  Castel Sant’Angelo
• 3:00 pm: Lunch at  Il Pastificio
• 3:30 pm: Gelato at  Caffè Minerva
• 5:45 pm: The Spanish Steps
• 6:00 pm: Aperitivo & dinner at Cielo Terrace

Day 3 in Rome: 

• 9:00 am: Guided Roman Catacombs Tour with Transfers
• 11:00 am: Breakfast at Caffè San Clemente
• 4:45 pm: Victor Emmanuel II Monument
• 6:00 pm: Tiber Island & Trastevere

*BONUS: Head to Gianicolo for Sunset if the weather is nice. It was pouring down rain during our visit, so we didn’t get a good sunset, but we hope you do!

Where to stay: Hotel Nardizzi Americana

If you have more time in Rome, you may want to add the following to your itinerary:

• Capitoline Hill : one of the seven hills on which ancient Rome was built
• Borghese Gallery : home to one of the best collections of Renaissance and Baroque art in the world
• Villa Borghese Gardens : a sprawling park that offers a peaceful retreat from the bustling city and spectacular views of Rome
• Baths of Caracalla : one of the biggest and most impressive ancient thermal complexes, which was built between AD 212 and 216
• Basilica di Santa Maria Maggiore: one of Rome’s four major basilicas
• St. John in the Lateran: Rome’s oldest Basilica
• Pyramid of Caius Cestius : a tomb that was built in the Egyptian style and covered in marble around 12 BC
• Knights of Malta Keyhole : a unique and interesting viewpoint for St Peter’s Basilica from the top of Aventine Hill
• Bocca della Verità (Mouth of Truth) : a legendary marble mask that’s claimed to bite the hand of those who have lied

*Note: I had a medical issue during our time in Rome that prevented us from doing as much as we would’ve liked. If you notice some breaks in the itinerary, that’s because we went back to the hotel to rest in between activities.

Florence, Italy

Nestled in the heart of Tuscany in Central Italy, Florence is just around a 1.5-hour train ride from Rome. It’s known as the birthplace of the Renaissance and was once ranked by Forbes as ‘the most beautiful city in the world’.

Whether you want to immerse yourself in the history of the Duomo, marvel at Michelangelo’s David or indulge in the city’s delicious cuisine, Florence has it all.

We recommend spending 2 days in Florence and to avoid visiting on a Monday, since lots of activities are closed on Mondays. Here’s our 2-day guide that highlights the best things to do in Florence :

Day 1 in Florence:

• 6:40 am: Train from Rome to Florence & store luggage
• 8:30 am: The Duomo Complex (schedule your dome climb well in advance)
• 3:00 pm: Lunch at any restaurant near the Duomo
• 4:00 pm: Florence: Eco-Friendly Golf Cart City Tour
• 6:00 pm: Dinner at Finisterrae

*BONUS: If you have time, search for one of Florence’s infamous wine windows, which date back to the 1500s when nobles were allowed to sell wine without paying taxes or owning a store.

Day 2 in Florence:

• 9:15 am: Accademia Gallery (book time slot well in advance)
• 10:30 am: Uffizi Gallery (book time slot well in advance)
• 12:45 pm: Ponte Vecchio
• 1:15 pm: Lunch at Ristorante Santa Felicita Pontevecchio
• 2:15 pm: Pitti Palace & Boboli Gardens
• 6:00 pm: Aperitivo at Divina Terrazza at the Grand Hotel Cavour (make reservations in advance)
• 8:00 pm: Dinner at Cucineria La Mottonaia

Where to stay: Dafne’s House

If you have more than 2 days in Florence, you may want to check out:

• Biblioteca delle Oblate : a public library and café with awesome views of the Duomo
• Officina Profumo Farmaceutica di Santa Maria Novella : the world’s oldest pharmacy
• Brancacci Chapel : the first great work of art of the 1400s which is often referred to as the ‘Sistine Chapel of the Early Renaissance’
• The Bargello : a former barracks and prison that now houses a national art museum
• Basilica di San Lorenzo : one of the oldest and largest churches in Florence
• Cappelle Medicee : built for the Medici family in the 16th and 17th centuries, these form part of a monumental complex connected with the Basilica of San Lorenzo
• Fontana del Porcellino: a bronze fountain of a boar that’s rumored to provide good luck if you put a coin into the boar’s jaws and promises a return visit to Florence if you rub the boar’s snout

Pisa, Italy

Only a 50-minute to an hour-and-10-minute train ride from Florence, Pisa is definitely worth a quick visit, even if only to see the iconic Leaning Tower.

Though there are other things to do in Pisa, the main attraction is the Piazza del Duomo , which includes the infamous Leaning Tower of Pisa, as well as the Pisa Cathedral, Pisa Baptistery, Camposanto, Opera del Duomo Museum, and Sinopie Museum. We spent our half- day trip from Florence to Pisa exploring this incredible complex. Here’s what we did:

• 7:00 am: Train from Florence to Pisa & store luggage
• 9:00 am: Leaning Tower of Pisa & Piazza del Duomo
• 12:45 pm: Lunch at Bistrot dell’Opera
• 1:00 pm: Train to Cinque Terre & check in to Airbnb

Pisa offers much more than just the Leaning Tower and the Piazza del Duomo. If you have more time, you may want to check out some of Pisa’s historic churches, medieval palaces, and beautiful bridges. The city is also home to the University of Pisa, which dates back to the 12th century, the Scuola Normale Superiore di Pisa, which was founded by Napoleon in 1810, and its offshoot, the Sant’Anna School of Advanced Studies.

Cinque Terre, Italy

An hour-and-a-half train ride north of Pisa is Cinque Terre, a group of centuries-old seaside villages, perched on the dramatic coastline of the Italian Riviera. This is where we ended our 2-week summer Europe itinerary.

The Cinque Terre towns are Riomaggiore, Manarola, Corniglia, Vernazza and Monterosso al Mare. Each boasts colorful houses, steep, terraced vineyards, harbors filled with fishing boats, and trattorias serving delicious seafood specialties.

The Cinque Terre towns, in addition to the coastline and surrounding hillsides, are all part of the Cinque Terre National Park, which was deemed a UNESCO World Heritage Site in 1997. And, it’s possible to visit the Cinque Terre towns in 2 days (or 1 full day and 2 half days like we did!).

Day 1 in Cinque Terre:

• 2:30 pm: Arrive in Riomaggiore & check in to Airbnb
• 5:00 pm: Explore Riomaggiore (Church of San Giovanni Battista, Riomaggiore Castle, Riomaggiore Harbor, etc.)
• 6:30 pm: Dinner at Bar Centrale
• 8:30 pm: Catch a sunset at Riomaggiore Harbor

Day 2 in Cinque Terre:

• 10:30 am: Hike from Riomaggiore to Manarola (Via Beccara)
• 11:30 am: Explore Manarola (Church of San Lorenzo, Torre Campanaria, Punta Bonfiglio viewpoint, etc.)
• 12:30 pm: Lunch at Il Porticciolo Manarola
• 2:00 pm: Train to Corniglia & scale the Scalinata Lardarina
• 3:00 pm: Explore Corniglia (Chiesa di San Pietro in Corniglia, Oratorio dei Disciplinati di Santa Caterina, etc.)
• 4:00 pm: Wine tasting at  Terra Rossa Winebar
• 5:30 pm: Hike from Corniglia to Vernazza
• 7:00 pm: Explore Vernazza & climb Doria Castle
• 7:30 pm: Dinner & sunset at  Ristorante Belforte
• 9:15 pm: Train back to Riomaggiore

Day 3 in Cinque Terre:

• 9:30 am: Check out from Airbnb & store luggage
• 10:00 am: Train to Monterosso al Mare
• 10:30 am: Explore Monterosso al Mare (Paese Vecchio, Fegina Beach, il Gigante, Chiesa di San Giovanni Battista, etc.)
• 12:00 pm: Train back to Riomaggiore
• 12:45 pm: Try Fritto misto from Il Pescato Cucinato
• 2:30 pm: Train to Milan

Where to stay: The Rooftop House

*Note: we didn’t do any exploring in Milan, as we got there late in the day and had an early flight the next morning. However, we stayed at the Albert Hotel and ate dinner in the Milano Centrale Railway Station, which has an awesome food court.

Well, there you have it! We hope you found our 2-week summer Europe itinerary helpful and are blown away by all of the history, culture and exciting activities that these cities have to offer.

2-Week Summer Europe Itinerary Add-Ons

But wait, there’s more! If you have more time, you might want to add on one or more of these destinations to your 2-week summer Europe itinerary.

Paris, France

Paris is another city that really needs no introduction. We spent just a day on our last visit to Versailles and Paris, France , but I’ve also done a longer visit in the past. No matter how long you decide to stay, Paris is a great addition to your 2-week summer Europe itinerary.

Normandy, France

Located in Northern France just west of Paris, Normandy is known for its charming coastal towns, lovely countryside, and yummy cheeses and ciders, and is another great addition to your 2-week summer Europe itinerary. We recommend that you spend 2 days in Normandy, France to get a feel for what this beautiful and historic region has to offer.

Dublin, Ireland

A tour of Ireland is another great choice when adding to your 2-week summer Europe itinerary. A few years back, I spent 4 days exploring Ireland by train and bus , using Dublin as our home base and taking several day trips to the Ring of Kerry, Northern Ireland and the Cliffs of Moher.

Edinburgh, Scotland

Last summer, a couple friends and I spent 5 days in Scotland, using Edinburgh as a home base. We explored some of the best places to visit in and around Edinburgh , like Edinburgh Castle, St Giles’ Cathedral, Holyroodhouse, Arthur’s Seat, Glencoe, Loch Ness, the Scottish Highlands, St Andrews, and more. Whether you have a day or two or up to 5 days like we did, Edinburgh is another great destination to add to your 2-week summer Europe itinerary.

Let me know what other destinations you would add to this list in the comments below!

XOXO Sara at Travel A-Broads

P.S. Don’t forget to pin this post, so you can refer back later!

Sign me up for updates!

I’ve been to most of the cities on your itinerary, but did it over three different trips. I loved each place we visited. The only one that I have not done yet Cinque Terre. One day!

We loved them all as well and will hopefully be back to some of them someday! I hope you can visit Cinque Terre someday too; that was probably our favorite!

WOW is this impressive! so helpful with the pacing and locations lined up nicely..must have taken you a long time to put together.. saving this for the future.

It did take quite a while to plan this one, haha, but I hope you and others will find it useful on your future travels!

Looks like an action packed 2 weeks to some of my favorite destinations.

Indeed! We had a blast 😊.

Great 2-week itinerary for Europe. You pack in a lot so you get to see so much during 2 weeks in Europe. Saving for the future.

I hope you’ll find it useful for future planning! This itinerary was great for us, and we felt that we got to see a good amount of each city. Be prepared for a lot of walking though, haha.

Very useful to see how you planned out your itinerary! I’m visiting many of these places in Italy and I’m so glad I found this article and your blog to help me figure out where to go and in what order!

I’m so happy to hear this! Please feel free to email me directly at [email protected] if you have any questions. I’m more than happy to help!

5 of the Best 2-Week Europe Itinerary Ideas You’ll Love

• December 4, 2020

Table of Contents

Europe is a rich piece of land: whether it be scenic beauty or vibrant cultures and traditions, or valuable art, the continent has it all. However, thanks to the modern hectic and monotony-demanding life, it is only rare that one can take out enough time to explore all of Europe’s top destinations. But, all hope is not lost! Travel Europe itineraries are an excellent way to make the best out of your exploratory journeys. Therefore, we have compiled the best and our favorite multi-city 2-week Europe itinerary ideas across Europe that will let you absorb the continent’s maximum goodness in only two weeks.

Related Posts:

• 7-14 Days Spain and Portugal Itinerary Ideas You Will Love
• 3 of the Most Amazing 2-Week Spain Itinerary Ideas You’ll Love
• 1 Month in Europe: 3 of the Best One Month Europe Itinerary Ideas You Will Love

1.   London-Paris-Rome

Are you on a quest to explore iconic landmarks and most recognized sites in the world? If that is so, then the London-Paris-Rome , one of our top multi-city itineraries is just the right thing for you. The said cities are littered with famous spots, monuments, and buildings; so, a trip through them would allow you the opportunity to live a fulfilling travel experience.

How to Travel Between Cities?

The best way to commute from London to Paris is via train . Although there exists a train link from Paris to Rome, one should fly from the former to the latter, for the train ride is uncomfortably long.

Find your flight from Paris to Rome here.

The Itinerary :

Keep the first four days of your multi-destination trip dedicated to London. This is the ideal amount of time to explore and discover most of the city’s renowned spots, like Big Ben , London Eye , Tower Bridge , and Buckingham Palace .

Then, hop onto a train and travel to Paris , where you should be spending the next four to five days of your multi-city itinerary. With monuments like Eiffel Tower , Notre Dame Cathedral , and The Louvre seemingly sprinkled across the city, you will have enough to keep you on your toes.

Lastly, board a flight to Rome , and spend the last few days of your trip living the vibe of this city. The city in itself is legendary, and the remnants of art and architecture from its days of glory form excellent landmarks that you must visit. Roam around the alleys, see monumental buildings, and eat delicious cuisine to mark the perfect end to your itinerary.

Travel Guide & Resources for this 2 Week Europe Itinerary:

Enjoy this two-week Europe itinerary? Here you can find the  best flights ,  train tickets , or  rent a car  for your trip to London, Paris, and Rome. Also, you can browse for the  best hotels in London , Paris , and Rome  to stay in.

Need more ideas to add to your 2-week or 14-day Europe itinerary to these amazing cities? Find  t op attractions & things to do in London , Paris , and Rome  in addition to what already mentioned here.

2.   Amsterdam-Berlin-Budapest

If you are a party-person looking to party and celebrate through your multi-destination itinerary, the Amsterdam-Berlin-Budapest journey, one of our favorite Europe itineraries, is for you. Known for their vibrant and exotic nightlife, these cities are perfect for someone who wants to dance and drink his/her trip away. But, understand that this itinerary has a lot more to offer than clubs and parties. There are some excellent spots no one should miss, like the Van Gogh Museum and the Berlin Wall .

One excellent way to get from Amsterdam to Berlin is via train ; however, if you are not up for a 6hr train ride, perhaps air travel would suit you better. On the other hand, the ideal choice is air travel to get from Berlin to Budapest , as taking a train would mean spending half a day traveling.

Plan to stay the first three days of your multi-city itinerary in Amsterdam. If budgeting is not an issue for you, you can even choose to stay longer. You can explore the city’s tiny alleys, clubs, the Anne Frank House , and the Van Gogh Museum during your time here.

After your time here ends, get a train / air ticket and leave for Berlin, the next step in your itinerary. This city is known for its vibrant nightlife, so you should make the best out of it. In the four-five days you are here, check out the Berlin Wall , the Reichstag Building , in addition to the city’s top clubs.

After you are done touring through Berlin, fly to Budapest and lose yourself in its vibe. During the days, visit the famous landmarks, like Buda Castle and Fisherman’s Bastion ; during the nights, party in the city’s ruin bars .

Enjoy this two-week Europe itinerary? Here you can find the  best flights ,  train tickets , or  rent a car  for your trip to  Amsterdam, Berlin, and Budapest . Also, you can browse for the  best hotels in Amsterdam , Berlin , and Budapest  to stay in.

Need more ideas to add to your 2-week or 14-day Europe itinerary to these amazing cities? Find   top attractions & things to do in Amsterdam , Berlin , and Budapest  in addition to what already mentioned here.

3.   French Riviera-Monaco-Milan

Suppose you are looking for a luxurious getaway, where you spend your days indulging in extravagance and nights dedicated to lavish comfort. In that case, one of the best multi-city Europe itineraries for a luxurious getaway to both France and Italy such as the French Riviera-Monaco-Milan is best suited for you.

If you have decided to visit the cities mentioned above, there are high chances that you do not have budgeting issues. So, we recommend that you either take your car or hire a rental car to help you commute between cities.

The Itinerary

For this multi-destination trip, you can choose to divide your time among the three cities equally. If a specific city attracts you particularly, you can choose to spend a greater amount of time there.

Start your itinerary from the French Riviera , home to a few of the world’s best high-end resorts. It, therefore, offers its visitors a premium vacation. If you plan your trip around May, which is the time of the Cannes Festival, you might also get to spot celebrities!

After you are done relaxing in the Riviera, get comfortable in your car and prepare yourself for some enjoyable time ahead, your next stop is Monaco , a playground for the affluent. Littered with extravagant spots like the Jardin Exotique and Monte Carlo Casino , you are sure to feel like royalty spending time here.

And lastly, to seal the deal, make your final trip to Milan , the country’s fashion center. Shop your time away in some of the world’s most exquisite boutiques and shopping centers. You can also treat yourself to the city’s luxurious hotels after a day of exhaustive shopping.

Enjoy this two-week Europe itinerary? Here you can find the  best flights ,  train tickets , or  rent a car  for your trip to French Riviera, Monaco, and Milan. Also, you can browse for the  best hotels in French Riviera , Monaco , and Milan  to stay in.

Need more ideas to add to your 2-week or 14-day Europe itinerary to these amazing cities? Find   top attractions & things to do in French Riviera , Monaco , and Milan  in addition to what already mentioned here.

4.   Madrid-Paris-Venice

Anyone who is into art and architecture would know the importance of Paris, Madrid, and Venice . Home to excellent museums, with historical art pieces, and architecture that speaks of the ancient people’s ingenious, you would surely lose yourself in the myriad of remarkable points and articles. Prepare to be astonished and amazed while you tour through Paris-Madrid-Venice , one of our recommended multi-city Europe itineraries for those who love art and architecture.

The best way to travel from Madrid to Paris is via air , for the train journey takes too long to be convenient. The same applies to the trip from Paris to Venice.

The Itinerary:

The first step in your multi-destination itinerary is Madrid . With several famous museums and attractions present in the city, there is enough to keep you fully occupied for three days.

After your time in Madrid expires, board a flight to Paris – the city of art and museums. There is so much to do here that you would need at least four days to explore the city’s offerings and marvel at great historical art pieces in renowned museums like Musee d’Orangerie .

As for the last point in your Europe itinerary, land into Venice , a city known for its incredible collection of fine art, city canals, and gorgeous streets. Spend the remaining days of your itinerary here, exploring the city’s beauty.

Enjoy this two-week Europe itinerary? Here you can find the  best flights ,  train tickets , or  rent a car  for your trip to Madrid, Paris, and Venice. Also, you can browse for the  best hotels in Madrid , Paris , and Venice  to stay in.

Need more ideas to add to your 2-week or 14-day Europe itinerary to these amazing cities? Find   top attractions & things to do in Madrid , Paris , and Venice  in addition to what already mentioned here.

5.   Munich-Prague-Berlin

While all cities in Europe have many conventional attractions for visitors, like museums, bars, etc., a few have something extra. That “something extra” does not keep you on your toes. Instead, it invites you to slow down, to explore, to discover, and to live experiences as you have never lived before. This is one of the most fulfilling ways to experience local cultures and traditions. Berlin, Munich, and Prague are three cities you can visit to spend a vacation of this sort.

A train ride from Munich to Prague is possible, but if the 6-hour ride is too long consider rent a car or book a flight instead.

As for the commute between Prague and Berlin, all modes, i.e., road , rail , and air , are somewhat equivalent. So, it is a matter of one’s taste and choice to see what suits one more.

This multi-destination itinerary through Europe starts from Munich . You should plan to dedicate the first three days of your trip to touring this city. Put on a comfortable pair of shoes and let yourself loose in the streets of Munich, as you set out to explore remarkable spots like the State collection of Egyptian Art, the Botanical Gardens, and the NS- Dokumentationzentrum .

At the end of the third day, it is time for you to set out on a journey that would lead you to Prague . This small city can be scaled on foot, so bring those comfortable shoes with you. For the next four to five days, relax in the aura of this peaceful city. Meet with the friendly locals, eat in the cafes and restaurants, and visit famous sites like Prague Castle , the John Lenon Wall , and Old Town Hall Tower .

After exhausting all Prague’s activities, embark on a trip to your multi-city Europe itinerary’s last spot- Berlin . With several unique and must-see sites in the city, you would need all of the remaining days of your trip to complete the Berlin experience.

Enjoy this two-week Europe itinerary? Here you can find the  best flights ,  train tickets , or  rent a car  for your trip to  Munich, Prague, and Berlin . Also, you can browse for the  best hotels in Munich , Prague , and Berlin  to stay in.

Need more ideas to add to your 2-week or 14-day Europe itinerary to these amazing cities? Find   top attractions & things to do in Munich , Prague , and Berlin  in addition to what already mentioned here.

Video Guide: 2 Weeks in Europe | 5 Amazing 2-Week Europe Itineraries

Need help planning a 2-week trip to Europe?

Want to visit multiple cities within Europe or other destinations around the world but not sure where to begin? If you find this type of multi-city trip planning to be too complicated to plan on your own, we’re here to help!

At  MultiCityTrips , multi-destination travel and complicated itineraries are our specialties.  Contact us  today to learn more about how one of our experienced travel experts/destination specialists can personalize your multi-city vacations (with the most amazing multi-city trips of course!) at the best price.

Don’t want to start from scratch and need some trip inspiration? Check out our  marketplace  for customizable pre-designed packages available right now for many amazing destinations.

To learn more about how our process of trip planning works in detail, please see our “ How It Works ” page or check out our video on  “How to Plan a Multi-City Trip to Europe in  5 Easy Steps”   here.

Have questions for us?  Schedule a FREE Call  with us here or contact one of the travel experts/destination specialists at  [email protected] , call/text us at  (888)223-2316  today.

Private Travel Coaching & Consulting Call

Want to plan and book your upcoming trip yourself? If this is your first time traveling to any of the European destinations or you are new to multi-city, multi-country travel but prefer to manage every part of your trip on your own, this option is for you! 

For just  $150 per hour , our destination expert can answer any questions you might have as you plan and book your dream trip. From assisting with route planning, and destination selection, recommending the best areas or places to stay, the best transportation options, things to do and see, saving tips and so much more! 

Ready to plan your trip with our help? Book your private coaching session with our destination expert now and we’ll confirm your appointment within 24 hours!

More Travel Inspiration & Guides

7 of the Most Amazing Day Trips from Brussels

10 of the Best Places to Visit in Slovenia

7 of the Best Spanish Islands You Will Love

2 Days in Barcelona Itinerary & The Best Way to Explore The City You Love

9 Incredible Hidden Gems in Iceland You’ll Love

7 of the Most Amazing Day Trips from Amsterdam

10 of The Best Things to Do in Normandy You Will Love

7 of the Best Day Trips from Milan by Train You’ll Love

Travel resources for planning your own trip.

To make planning your European trip on your own easier, in addition to what already mentioned in our travel guide, we included some of our recommended travel resources below. You can search and find the best flights, transportation options, hotels to stay in, tours/activities, and things you can do in any destination using these travel resources:

European River Cruises:

Uniworld River Cruises : The world’s best and most awarded luxury river cruise line—offers itineraries in spectacular destinations throughout Europe, Russia, Egypt, Asia, and Peru. The company’s European fleet features luxurious ships with an average capacity of 120 guests, the highest staff-to-guest ratio in the river cruise industry, enticing shore excursions, world-class gourmet cuisine, impeccable hospitality, and numerous other all-inclusive benefits.

Pre- and Post-cruise/Tour Extensions:  Uniworld curated pre-and post-cruise/tour extensions make it easy to add a few days to the front or back end of your trip while leaving the planning to them

The packages include a variety of hotel options, transfers, and a dedicated destination expert to escort you along the way.

Agoda : Search thousands of destinations around the world & quickly compare prices to find amazing deals on the best flights.

CheapOAir : You can find airline tickets, hotel rooms, rental cars, and vacation packages all on one site!

Kiwi.com : What we like about Kiwi is the fact that they are able to create combinations of flight, train, and bus tickets and offer them in a single itinerary. Also, Kiwi has what they called “ Nomad ” which helps you find the best way of visiting multiple destinations, saving you time and money.

JetRadar : You can search and compare airfares from 726 airlines and dozens of travel agencies and systems.

Agoda : Agoda is one of the world’s largest online travel accommodation platforms with a network of over 2,000,000 vacation rentals and hotels worldwide.

Hotellook : They have more than 250,000 hotels in 205 countries, working with data from more than 10 online booking systems, such as Booking.com, Agoda.com, Hotels.com, Expedia, and others.

Airport Transfers & Transportations:  

Airport Transfers: GetTransfer offers both airport transfers & car rentals with a personal driver. Other airport transfer options are KiwiTaxi and Viator.

Train :  EuroRail ,  Trainline ,  or  RailEurope are all great sites for train tickets as well as Rail Passes if you would like to add more flexibility to your trip. They are good for most trains throughout Europe. For trains in Italy, we like and recommend ItaliaRail . As for Portugal, you will need to go to the official website for Comboios de Portugal (the Portuguese train company) to book your train tickets when traveling in Portugal.

Bus :  Flixbus : Very affordable (as low as $6) and convenient way to transfer between cities in Europe.

CarRentals :  AutoEurope ,  EconomyBookings ,  or   GetTransfer  (transfers & car rentals with a personal driver)

Bike Rental :  BikesBooking is a great site for bikes & scooter rentals

Transportation Comparison :  Omio  (search, compare, and book tickets for buses, trains, and flights all in one site)

Tours & Activities :

TakeWalks  (WalkofItaly): This is our favorite site for walking tours & day trips.

Tiqets : Great site for entrance tickets. It offers directly bookable, instantly available, and completely mobile tickets for museums, shows, and attractions all over the world.

Musement : They have good activities and tours in Italy and Spain, also many great day trips you can choose from.

GetYourGuide : A large number of tours, excursions, and other travel activities

Viator : The largest one. It has everything from tours, attractions, shore excursions, and private guides in over 2,700 destinations worldwide. It also has many transportations and transfers options and some unique experiences we didn’t find anywhere else.

Travel Insurance:

Travel Guard :  Their comprehensive travel insurance programs, starting at $30, include per-trip & annual plans, coverage for trip cancellation , trip interruption, trip delay, medical expenses, baggage loss & more! Travel Guard provides 24/7-customer service with a personal touch through its World Service Center.

DISCLAIMER : Links included in this description might be affiliate links. If you purchase a product or service with the links, MultiCityTrips may receive a small commission at no additional charge to you.

Trip by Travel Experts

Need help planning a trip and find the best vacation package for your multi-city trip to Europe? If you find this type of trip planning to be too complicated to plan on your own, we’re here to help!

At  MultiCityTrips , multi-city, multi-country European vacations, and complicated itineraries are our specialties. Contact us today to learn more about how one of our experienced travel experts/destination specialists can personalize an amazing multi-city trip to your dream destinations in Europe.

Ready for a trip? Check out our planning options and get in touch with us today!

Featured Pre-Designed Packages

These air-inclusive, pre-designed multi-city European vacation packages can be personalized to suit your needs!

6 Nights/7 Days Signature Escape to Paris and Rome

8 Nights/ 9 Days Signature Escape to Berlin, Dresden (Day Trip), and Prague

8 Nights/9 Days Signature Escape to Lisbon, Sintra, Cascais and Porto

Schedule a FREE Consultation

Not sure or can’t decide which planning option is right for you? Schedule a free 30-minute call with one of our travel experts to discuss your travel needs today!

The Complete 2-Week Europe Packing List

Last Updated on November 15, 2023

by Maggie Turansky

Disclaimer: This article contains affiliate links. That means if you click a link and make a purchase, we may make a small commission. As an Amazon Associate we earn from qualifying purchases. For more information, see our privacy policy.

Putting together a 2-week Europe packing list can prove incredibly difficult regardless if it’s your first trip to the continent or if you are a seasoned traveller.

Especially if you’re trying to travel light and minimalistically, prioritising things for your trip to Europe can be a bit tricky. We have travelled extensively all over Europe and have refined this ultimate packing list in order to ensure that you have everything you need, but also not too much!

So if you’re after the perfect packing list for Europe, then look no further. We’re here to make sure that you’re perfectly well-equipped for your trip without bringing one item too many in your limited space!

Table of Contents

Europe Packing Tips

Before I jump right into what you actually need to pack for Europe, we do need to discuss a few things in order to ensure that you are completely prepared to leave on your trip to Europe.

One of the most important things to be aware of is the season where you’re travelling, along with the region. Europe is vast with an array of varied climates and what you need to bring to be prepared largely depends on where and when you are visiting.

What you eventually end up taking with you really inevitably comes down to if you’re visiting Europe in winter or summer, northern or southern Europe.

Another thing to keep in mind when you’re planning out a packing list for visiting Europe is just how much you plan to bring with you.

It can be really hard to know what you’ll need or use on your trip, especially if you haven’t travelled much in Europe before. However, it is always a great idea to try to limit the amount of stuff you cart around with you.

Packing light can be a lot more pleasant in almost every aspect of travelling, from not having to worry about the weight limits on airlines or hauling your bags up stairs, through train stations and luggage racks.

Packing light also has the added benefit of making your things a lot easier to pack up and move when you move destination. It is unlikely that you will plan to stay in just one location on your trip and you don’t want to have to unpack and repack a bunch of different things every few days – not only is this simply a pain, it can also be very stressful.

The packing list below is quite minimalist, however, in times of travelling for similar-length trips to Europe, I’ve found that it is beyond sufficient.

When it comes to selecting items of clothing, especially, try to stray away from anything that you cannot mix and match and, often, opting for darker colours can be a great option.

Thinking more in the mindset of bringing a small capsule wardrobe rather than individual outfits to wear will help you be able to pack light while also mixing and matching to create a new look every day.

The other tip when it comes to packing light is to find accommodation that offers laundry facilities. Planning to do a wash while on the road will allow you not to have to bring so many things considering the fact that you can do a load of laundry mid-way through your trip.

Many hotels and hostels offer laundry services or, alternatively, you could find an Airbnb that has a washing machine you could use yourself. Laundromats are also always an option, though I can’t imagine it’s the preferable option considering the limited amount of time you have when it comes to exploring Europe.

Finally, when it comes to bringing items such as a hairdryer, curling iron or straightener, I would recommend refraining from this.

The vast majority of accommodations will have at least a hairdryer on-site and, especially if you’re travelling to Europe from North America, the voltage in the plugs is completely different and you risk completely ruining your devices should you use them, even if you are using an adaptor.

All in all, there are a number of things that one needs to take into consideration when figuring out what to pack for Europe. Follow the guidelines below and you should be perfectly well-equipped for your trip!

Ultimate Packing List for Europe

This ultimate Europe packing list is perfect for those looking to pack light and be a bit more minimalist in their adventure. While this certainly isn’t a complete bare-bones packing list for those who want to, say, travel carry-on only, it is good for those looking to not bring everything but the kitchen sink.

This is intended that you pack in a larger main piece of luggage (whether that be a travel backpack , wheeled backpack or traditional suitcase) along with a smaller piece of carry-on luggage such one from Level8 .

If you want to keep your items all organised then we also suggest using some packing cubes like the Eagle Creek Pack-It Compression Cubes

This checklist is also appropriate for all sexes and genders, just pick and choose some things as they don’t apply to you.

Figuring out what kind of clothing to bring is arguably the most important and most difficult thing about packing for Europe.

As mentioned earlier, it’s always a great idea to opt for neutral colours and items that you can mix and match to ensure that you can have some variety in your outfits without having to bring too many things and take up necessary valuable space in your luggage.

• Depending on the season or region of Europe you’re visiting, either bring a mixture of long-sleeve and short-sleeve tops, just long-sleeve or just short-sleeve tops to wear in Europe.
• I always recommend bringing one or two nicer tops or button-down shirts along with more casual t-shirts or tops. We like Bluffworks t-shirts as they’re both practical and also look good!
• Bringing one pair of jeans and one pair of another type of trouser is a great idea or one pair of lighter jeans and one pair of darker jeans. Having at least one pair of pants that can be dressed up is always a good idea
• You can browse some of our the best options in our best pants for travel in Europe guide.
• I, personally, love Bluffworks’ dresses , which have concealed pockets, a classic and flattering cut and can be dressed up or dressed down depending on the situation. Oh, it also is wrinkle-resistant and fully machine washable.
• If you’re visiting Southern Europe or simply travelling in the summer months, then having one or two pairs of shorts can be a great idea, especially when you need to keep cool or are heading to the beach.
• If your trip is during winter, having a tank top or light base layer will keep you warm without having to result in a bulky coat or jacket.
• Depending on the season or region, a cosy wool sweater or a light cardigan is a great idea when packing for 2 weeks in Europe. It can also be a good idea if you bring one that can be dressed up or down depending on the occasion (are you seeing a trend here?).
• Of course, you likely don’t need to include a jacket at all if you’re travelling to, say southern Spain or Malta in July, however, depending on the season, a warm, lightweight jacket is always a good idea for your trip.
• We recommend a packable down jacket ( click here for men’s version ), however, we have written a detailed guide for the best jacket for Europe depending on your needs.
• No matter the region or season, a rain jacket is always a good idea, as you can get caught out in a storm regardless of where and when you are travelling.
• We love the North Face Resolve ( click here for men’s version) as it has consistently kept us warm and dry in the rainiest of conditions.
• How much underwear you bring really depends on at what point in your trip you want to do laundry. If you want to avoid washing at all, then go ahead and bring 14 or 15 pairs of underwear. They do take up valuable space, however.
• Like underwear, how many socks (and the kinds of socks) you bring really depends on your shoe preference and just how often you want to do laundry.
• Bringing a swimming suit is a great idea even if you’re not going to a seaside destination. You never know when you may go to a bathhouse, sauna or pool on your Europe trip no matter the season.
• If you happen to be travelling to a beachy destination like Italy or Spain , consider bringing 2 pairs so you have time to dry each suit between wearings.
• I, personally, like to bring one regular bra and one sports bra, but this really depends on your needs and preferences.
• If you’re not a pajamas person, then don’t bother. I am, so I bring them. One pair for 2 weeks is sufficient.

Shoes take up A LOT of space in your luggage so limiting the footwear you bring on your Europe trip can be the ticket for maximising the space in your bags.

We have a complete guide on the best shoes for Europe to help you pick the right footwear for you. This is just what we recommend bringing when you’re compiling a packing list for 2 weeks.

• A good pair of sturdy, stylish walking sneakers is essential. Pick comfortable walking shoes that you can walk in for hours and kilometres and not have sore feet.
• I, personally, love the Ecco Soft 7 trainers and wear them all the time. For a men’s version consider the Ecco Soft 7 Runner.
• Choose your second pair of shoes depending on your style and the season you’re travelling in.
• If you’re an active traveller, are visiting a largely outdoor destination, or simply plan to do a bit of walking and hiking, then a good pair of hiking boots such as the Merrell Siren Edge for women ( available on REI here ) or Merrell Moab 2 for men ( available on REI here ) is essential.
• Small, compact, and helpful for everywhere from the beach to a hostel shower to a public pool, a pair of flip flops should always make it into your luggage!

Accessories

Whether fashion accessories or handy electronic gadgets, some of these are absolutely essential items to bring with you on your trip to Europe!

• The most important accessory of them all!
• Perfect for add a splash of style to any outfit, sipping over your head or shoulders if you’re visiting a church, using as a makeshift blanket, and also for its traditional use, a scarf is absolutely necessary to bring with you no matter the season.
• A warm hat to keep you toasty in the winter in Europe is always welcome, as is a sun hat to protect you from the harsh rays during summer in Europe.
• An essential item on any winter packing list!
• A solid anti-theft handbag like the PacSafe Cityscape or day pack is perfect for keeping your valuables safe and secure while you’re out and about sightseeing and exploring.
• Buying water and using plastic water bottles is a thing of the past. There are an infinite number of great water bottles for travelling to choose from like a Hydro Flask and you’ll never need to buy a single-use plastic bottle again.
• If you’re more serious about your photography than simply relying on your phone, then bringing a good camera is a great idea.
• We love the Sony A6400 for its high-quality images at a decent starting budget and there being several great travel lenses to use with it. Make sure to bring extra memory cards!
• You always need to have something good to read, but don’t want to pack a bunch of heavy books to bring with you – a Paperwhite Kindle solves all of these problems and it is an absolutely essential item if you love to read.
• Buy a prepaid SIM card like the Orange 20GB SIM either as physical SIM or eSIM to ensure you can stay connected in Europe.
• Finding a universal plug adaptor with a number of different USB drives is a fantastic option and is an absolutely essential item when travelling to Europe from elsewhere in the world!
• Finally, a power bank will give you peace of mind should your phone die while you are out and about or if you forget to give something a much-needed charge when you need to use it.
• Making sure you have an adequate number of charging cords for all of your devices will ensure that you can make sure everything can get the best battery life possible.
• A travel pillow is nice to have if you have a long flight or are taking overnight trains or buses.
• World Nomads   offers flexible and simple travel insurance policies with coverage for more than 150 activities that you can buy or extend while on the road.
• SafetyWing offers travel medical insurance policies that can are an option for long term budget travellers.
• Save your money and landfill space and forgo the travel-sized toiletries for refillable bottles of your shampoo and conditioner. We love GoToobs .
• You might want to bring earplugs if you’re staying at a hostel or budget accommodation where street noise can be an issue or for your flight.
• To avoid unnecessary spills in your toiletry bag, we recommend using a bar soap rather than a shower gel, but this is really up to you
• Keep your dry skin nice and hydrated!
• Bring as little makeup as you need. Personally, I limit myself to one lipstick, one eyeliner, mascara, a small eye shadow palette, foundation and a few brushes. I also make sure I have facial cleansing wipes for makeup removal and just to wash my face at the end of the day.
• If you’re a lens wearer, you need to pack this!
• Blisters and cuts happen, best to be prepared rather than have to hunt for a pharmacy to find these things while travelling.
• While you can get ibuprofen and the other over-the-counter pretty much everywhere, it’s always nice to have it on hand should a headache threaten to put a damper in your Europe trip. Ditto with other OTC medications you take regularly.

Piecing together the Europe packing list for 2 weeks doesn’t have to be all that difficult if you take into consideration all of the things outlined above. Think minimally and pack light and you’re sure to have a fantastic time on your adventure — wherever it may be that you’re going!

Are you trying to figure out what to pack for two weeks in Europe? Was this packing list helpful for your trip? Let us know in the comments!

Related Posts:

The Best Travel Jacket for Europe (Women’s & Men’s)

The Best Travel Purse for Europe in 2024

The Best Packing Cubes For Backpacking

About Maggie Turansky

Maggie is a co-founder and writer for The World Was Here First. Originally from the US, she has lived in five different countries and has travelled to dozens more, both solo and with her partner, Michael. She particularly loves exploring Spain and spending time in the Caucasus and the Baltics. Read more about Maggie

This is a great comprehensive list. It helps to prioritize what is really essential and can serve as a thorough starting point even if you want to tweak it some to meet your needs. I would add socks, belt and 1 or two costume jewelry pieces to the list.

Great list. I reviewed it against my list and they were pretty close. I have been reading your other articles and they have been most helpful. Many thanks!

This is very helpful. Thanks. I always seems to pack too much. Helen

Can most of this fit in a carry on and a personal bag?

This can be really dependent on the kind of bag, how you pack and the airline’s requirements! Sorry I couldn’t be more helpful 🙂

Thanks this was very helpful for a first time traveler 😉

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

This is the Clothing I Packed for 2 Weeks in Europe, Part 1 of 3

alex packing lists , Europe Packing List , Packing Lists , Travel Packing Lists

Support TFG by using the links in our articles to shop. We receive a small commission (at no extra cost to you) so we can continue to create helpful free content. We earn from qualifying purchases made to the featured retailers. Thank you, we appreciate your support!

Traveling to Europe for more than a week and not sure what or how to pack? You’re in luck! This is exactly the clothing I brought for my 2-week summer trip!

In Part 1 of this series , you’ll find out all the clothing that I packed for Europe in the summer. In the other articles, I discuss my travel shoe choices, luggage, and other essentials. Read Part 2 and Part 3.

Clothing for 2 Weeks in Europe

Table of contents, countries i visited: italy, switzerland, france, england.

During the summer, my mom visited me in England so we could take a 12-day tour around Europe. I had been wanting her to visit for a while, and I’m very grateful that we finally had the chance to spend some time together and travel around Europe.

We went to Rome , Venice , Basel , Paris , and London . (See my trip Itinerary here .) She visited for two weeks, so I wanted to take advantage of having her here and showing her as much as I could. We flew Ryanair and EasyJet, which are two budget airlines in Europe, meaning the baggage restrictions are a lot more strict but we were still able to travel carry-on only for two weeks

This is one of the lightest times that I’ve packed. I’m really happy with everything that I took, and even though I packed light, I still packed a few things that I didn’t end up needing, so it’s possible to overpack even in a carry-on!

Weather in June: 55F – 82F (13C – 28C) 

Wherever you travel, always check the advance 10-day weather forecast and also the day before you fly. There might be an unexpected heat wave or storm. Don’t underestimate the wind even when it’s sunny.

Also, compare the weather at your destination with the weather you’re used to at home. What feels cold for one person may be hot for another and vice versa.

The weather was slightly varied in June. The hottest weather I experienced was 82F / 31 C in Rome and the coldest weather was 55F / 13C in Paris at night. It even rained a bit in Venice and Paris, too.

Because the majority of my trip would be in hot weather, I mostly packed for the heat and planned to wear dresses on most days. I also brought along a light jacket , merino wool sweater , and  travel pants I could wear together for colder days. This was sufficient for 55F weather (as a Southern California girl, I get cold easily).

For shoes, I wore slip-on sneakers with this outfit and this strategy was perfect! I didn’t need to pack a bunch of stuff I was only going to wear a couple of times.

If you want to play it safe, you can do as I do, and bring layers. Even though I knew it would be warm this trip, I still brought jackets and sweaters. While I didn’t end up using all of them, a couple came in handy.

Traveling to Paris or London? Find out about our new ebooks for European destinations !

This was my Europe Packing List for 2 Weeks in Summer:

• Michael Stars long sleeve dress , Olive Green
• Toad & Co maxi dress , Blue Print
• Bravissimo striped wrap dress, Black and White 
• Leith body-con tank dress , grey cloudy heather  ( similar )
• Leith body-con tank dress , black ( similar )
• J. Crew Tippi sweater, black ( similar )
• J. Crew Parke blazer, black ( simialr )
• J. Crew sleeveless top , ivory 
• Blouse, ( simialr )
• Pair of leggings
• Nude multi-way bra
• Strapless bra , black
• 10 Underwear
• Pajamas (a tank top and shorts)
• 3 Pairs of Shoes (discussed in Part 2 of this series)

Compass Rose Packing Cubes

How I Packed My Clothing

When I traveled in Europe for two weeks, I went carry-on only using my Compass Rose Slim Packing Cubes . Since they have numbers on them, it was easy to organize my clothing.

I used the No. 1 cube for my main clothing items, such as tops and dresses, and then use the No. 2 cube for extra items. I put my undergarments and pajamas in the No. 3 packing cube. While I didn’t need to use the No. 4 cube on this trip, I could’ve used it as a shoe bag for my sneakers or sandals.

The packing cubes also helped me fit everything into a smaller carryon bag because I used a packing method I developed where you roll your clothes then compress within the cubes. This method has helped over 20 million women travel carryon only. Learn about it here!

Here is how I packed the clothing I took for Europe in summer and the destinations where I wore the items:

I packed 2 Tank Dresses, like the one above in grey and black

Packing Cube #1: Main Clothes

For this trip, I used my packing cube #1 for all of the main clothes I wore. In this cube, I packed:

• Leith body-con tank dress , grey cloudy heather ( similar )

All of these items have fabrics that are wrinkle-resistant, so I folded and rolled each item in this cube.

Since it was hot out, I spent most of my trip in dresses. My Toad & Co. Sun-Kissed maxi dress has an amazing fabric that is lightweight and moisture-wicking. It dries quickly, and even if it gets crumpled up in the cube, the wrinkles fall out easily. And thanks to the higher neckline, it’s bra friendly. I wore this dress in the Venice heat, and I was comfortable the whole time.

I also packed a Bravissimo dress that was also bra-friendly. It’s just a striped wrap dress of a modest length that I could wear in cathedrals and churches. I wore this a lot in Rome. And my Michael Stars dress, I didn’t even wear.

Lastly, I packed two of the same dress, which may sound weird, but it’s because I love this dress that much. Like this top and black cashmere sweater , these dresses are staples in my wardrobe that I wear over and over again.

They’re easy to wear and comfortable in the Rome heat. The dresses have a very flattering ruching on the side that flaunts your figure without being tight. The classic cut will never go out of style, and they’re available in so many colors if I wanted to mix up my wardrobe. Not only do I love this dress, but so do many of our readers.

Note: the colors in my travel wardrobe are neutrals because of my personal preference. I really like black. You should choose colors that can mix and match but also colors you enjoy wearing. More tips for creating a capsule wardrobe here !

J.Crew Cashmere Sweater in Black

Packing Cube #2: Additional Clothing

In the packing cube #2, I packed a lot of miscellaneous items, some of which I didn’t even end up using on the trip. But, you live and you learn! In this cube, I packed:

My airplane outfit was my tried-and-true  pants and  top , but I wanted to have a second top option, just in case, so I took a lightweight sleeveless top from J. Crew . I also packed two other blouses that I wanted just in case I didn’t want to wear dresses, but I never used them on this trip.

The same goes for the blazer. Ultimately, it was too hot to wear it but I have a habit of bringing two items I can wear as outerwear on any trip. When it got chilly at night, I wore either my  sweater or my jacket . I didn’t need a heavier jacket.

These are the best merino wool sweaters according to our readers!

Zella Live In High Waist Leggings

Packing Cube #3: Pajamas, Underwear

My packing cube #3 usually isn’t entirely full, especially for summer trips where I don’t need heavy duty pajamas. For this cube, I packed:

• Black Strapless bra

I start by packing the pajamas , since they’re the largest. The lightweight leggings are great for lounging, and I can also use them as pajama bottoms if it gets colder at night or the A/C is on. Additionally, if I wanted to do a workout or yoga class, I could.

I like to take two bras so they work with all of my tops and dresses. I lay the bras flat and along the edges of the packing cube. Then, in the cups of the bras, I put all of my underwear . 

I like having a variety of underwear styles. Some provide tummy control while others are great for tighter dresses where you don’t want to see any underwear lines.

Zip it up, and you’re done with the final cube!

Underneath my bra, I wore my RFID Secret Bra Wallet ( similar ). This bra stash is an anti-theft travel product that’s part of my own travel line: Compass Rose. It’s RFID lined for digital protection, and it actually has an extra long bra strap that allows women of all bra sizes to wear it. I wear it on the side of my bra, underneath my arm, and I use this instead of a money belt.

Here are more of the best money belts and anti-theft travel accessories!

This is the outfit I rewear on travel days. More info below!

The Outfit I Rewear on Travel Days

It’s so important to have a comfy travel outfit, and I usually re-wear the same outfit for each travel day, whether I’m flying or taking a train. I’ve really nailed down an outfit that works for me for almost any travel day, regardless of where I am.

Loveappella Faux Wrap Top

Drape Short Sleeve Top

Similar to my favorite top is the Loveappella Faux Wrap Top . I love it because it’s incredibly easy to wear. A faux-wrap front flatters on this soft and versatile jersey top cinched with a saucy tie at the hip. It looks a little bit dressy, but it’s also comfortable, so it’s great for travel days.

Shop Sizes XS-4X:  J.Jill

Black Pants for Travel

I paired my top and jacket with black travel pants like the one featured above. I pretty much live in jeans at home, but pants like this pants are more comfortable, so they’re perfect for travel days. Not only did I wear these on planes and trains, but I also for sightseeing, as well, because they’re so comfortable and versatile. 

For travel pants in different price points, read this post on our readers’ favorite black travel pants!

Shop Sizes XS-XXL:  Style & Co Safari Jacket

Lightweight Jacket

A lightweight jacket is one of my staple jackets. I’m obsessed with it, I love i t , and I take it absolutely everywhere. During my European adventure, I not only wore it on travel days, but I also kept it in my purse during sightseeing days to wear in the evenings.

Check out the best packable and beautiful cardigan sweaters  that you’ll want for your next trip!

My Secret to Traveling Light: Laundry

For our trip, we flew Ryanair from London to Rome . We stayed in Rome for three nights, took a train to Venice where we spent two nights, flew on EasyJet to Basel to visit my cousin in Switzerland for three nights, and finally took the train from Basel to Paris for three nights. We finished the trip with a train ride from Paris to London.

How did I make so few items last for so many destinations and days? Laundry .

In Rome and Venice, we stayed in an Airbnb , and in Basel, we stayed with my cousin, so we had access to a washing machine throughout the trip. This was a lifesaver!

We did laundry every day after we came back to our accommodation following a day of sightseeing. It didn’t cause any delays in our day. We simply threw our clothing in the washer when we went out to dinner, and then dried it overnight. As it was really hot while we were traveling, the clothing dried very quickly.

Tip: Many Airbnbs that have laundry available also provide detergent. However, even if it doesn’t, you can take small travel laundry pods with you that won’t take up any space.

Packing Video of My Trip

Watch this video to learn everything I packed for my 2 week trip to Europe using my Osprey Carry-on Backpack

I hope you liked Part 1 of this series about all the clothing that I packed for Europe in the summer. In the next two parts, I discuss my shoe choices, luggage, purses, and other essentials gear.

What did you pack for your summer Europe trip? Please comment below!

For more Europe packing tips, please read:

• 10-Step Packing Guide for Europe
• How Not to Overpack for a 3-Week Trip
• 3 Week Packing List For Europe
• 2 Week Packing List For Europe

Suggested travel resources:

• Travel Shoes for Europe
• The Best Carry-on Suitcases for Europe

LIKED THIS POST? PIN THIS PIC TO SAVE IT!

I hope you liked this post on the clothes I packed for my 2 week summer trip to Europe. Please share it with your friends on Facebook, Twitter, and Pinterest. Thanks for reading!

26 comments.

I know it’s been a while but I can’t find the Michael Stars top with adjustable sleeves ANYWHERE! Any help finding one would be appreciated, I’ve scoured the interwebs!

Hi Renee, sadly I think it has been completely discontinued for a while now. 😢

Used this as inspiration for my 2 weeks in Greece. We just returned and I have never been happier with my packing job. My husband’s bag was busting at the zipper and I was super organzied. Thank you!

Seriously – where have you been all my life!! Love love love all the great info here!

Every single item I SEARCHED FROM YOUR LIST, WAS UNAVAILABLE!!!! ARGGH.

Hi Mary, I am sorry about that. Unfortunately this recap was based on a trip Alex took back in 2018, obviously since then styles have changed and items are no longer available.

Which items were you interested in particular? If you let us know then we could help you find suitable alternatives.

Hope this helps.

You can still find the Leith dresses on nordstromrack.com. I just bought two (5.21.22)

Hi Alex, Do you have a packing list for a 2 week trip for December in Europe. (Austria). We are mostly staying in air bnb

Hi Debbie, thank you for reaching out. Have a look at TFG’s signature packing lists for ideas for a capsule wardrobe and how many clothing items you could pack: https://www.travelfashiongirl.com/functional-and-fashion-packing-list/ The packing lists show you how to pack light and have the right clothes no matter the destination or the length of the journey. For more suggestions to help you with your packing, have a look at our ultimate guide to packing for Europe in the winter: https://www.travelfashiongirl.com/europe-in-winter/ I would also highly recommend that you join TFG’s free facebook community and post any questions you have there: https://www.facebook.com/groups/travelfashiongirls/ Its a fabulous group of helpful female travelers that have the best packing advice and recommendations to share. Hope this helps answer your question. Have an incredible trip! ?

Hi Alex, love your tips and clips but.. Any chance you could make some for down under where the issue is there is mixed weather and only 7kg total for carry on.

I can pack my carry on but usually go over this weight even with my very light weight Samsonite case .

Hi Sonia, thank you for reaching out. We do have this post full of tips to help you pack for the 7kg allowance: https://www.travelfashiongirl.com/baggage-allowance-how-to-pack/

There are also more tips here: https://www.travelfashiongirl.com/how-to-pack-in-5kg/

Hope this helps you with your future packing!

Thank you for sharing your travel insights with other female travelers! I have been following you for years. I was impressed with your sharing of information to support others female travels from the first time I read your blog. When we (females) lift each other up, we all rise together.

When do you use the travelon bag versus the RM backpack? We are going to Italy this summer and I’m trying to only do my Motherlode with packing cubes and debating between getting the travelon or the RM or both as my sightseeing purse. I love the look of the RM but concerned about safety while in crowds and museums. TIA

Hi Annie, I would always use my Rebecca Minkoff purse over the Travelon simply because it’s truly the perfect bag for me. I don’t really own other purses and have worn it to death. I took the Travelon purse to Europe based on the reader recommendations. I wanted to test it out for myself. Although it was an awesome bag, I prefer the backpack style the RM Julian offers. I’d recommend only to use the Travelon bag if you have a concern about theft. Having the bag definitely offers peace of mind. I hope this helps! ?

great article and super helpful! Wondering what size in the Anatomie Kenya Safari Jacket you are wearing? Thank you!!!

Hi Margaret, so please you enjoyed the article!! ❤️ I have the size XS. Unless I’m buying Petite sizing, I normally I buy XS in all my jackets so they fit well across my back and shoulders (but they don’t usually close well in the front). You can read my review of the Anatomie Kenya jacket here: https://www.travelfashiongirl.com/these-travel-jackets-are-selling-like-crazy/ Hope this helps! ?

Thank you SO much for replying to me – I really appreciate it. You have the most informational and great travel videos and posts. Thank you for all that you do for us travelers!

You are more than welcome! Thank you so much for your lovely comment, this means the world to me! ?❤️?

I’ve really enjoyed your series for packing in Europe. My husband and I are traveling to London the last week of May/1st week of June. I love the hat that you show in your pictures, and I wondered if you could tell me where i could find it?! I hadn’t even thought of bringing a hat until I saw your photos!

Thanks! Laura

Hi Laura, I brought the hat from H&M earlier last year. I am not sure if they still stock it. Hope you have an awesome time on your trip to London!!

Thanks Alex!

We are excited about our trip. My mum is English so we are also getting to visit relatives which will be fun.

Your packing lists and tips are so helpful especially for someone who have never traveled abroad before.

Thanks again!

Thank you so much Laura, so pleased you have found the packing lists helpful, this means the world to us!! Sounds really exciting, have a phenomenal time!

How about in may. Spring?

Hi Kristi, thank you for reaching out! If you are planning a trip to Europe, have a look at this 10 step guide which is a useful place to start planning your packing: https://www.travelfashiongirl.com/10-step-packing-guide-europe/ For suggestions for what you could pack if you are visiting Europe in the spring, have a read of this post: https://www.travelfashiongirl.com/europe-in-spring/ Last year there was a heatwave in Europe which started in May so the temperatures are not all that predictable, so the best tip is to monitor the forecast for your specific trip dates to ensure that you have the most appropriate clothing. I hope this helps answer your question. Happy travels!

I really enjoyed this Part 1. When or where can I read Part 2?

Yay, so pleased you enjoyed part 1 Tammy, thank you for reading! You can find part 2 here: https://www.travelfashiongirl.com/shoes-for-2-weeks-in-europe-summer/ . Here is part 3: https://www.travelfashiongirl.com/luggage-for-2-weeks-in-europe-summer/ Hope this helps! 🙂

Submit a Comment Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

The Perfect 2 Week Spain and Portugal Itinerary (+ Essential Tips!)

Tempted by the cultural charm and natural beauty of the Iberian Peninsula and hoping to plan the perfect 2 week Spain and Portugal itinerary?

If so, we’ve designed this itinerary for Portugal and Spain for you!

Tucked away in the southwest corner of Europe, planning a combined trip to Spain and Portugal over 2 weeks is as invigorating as it is challenging.

After more than a year of living in Lisbon as American ex-pats and more trips to Spain than we can count, we have quite a few opinions about planning the perfect 14 days in Portugal and Spain!

These two countries–both of which feature a list of bucket-list destinations that could take months to see if given the opportunity–are fascinating and engaging places, though with more differences between them than might be immediately apparent on the surface.

If you’re hoping to enjoy a whirlwind, fast-paced, crash-course in what makes traveling in Spain and Portugal special, this itinerary is for you.

Here’s how to make the most of 14 days in Spain and Portugal!

Table of Contents

How We Structured This 2 Week Spain and Portugal Itinerary

Getting around during your 14 days in portugal and spain, the ultimate 2 weeks in spain and portugal itinerary, possible alterations to this 14 day itinerary for spain and portugal, the best time of year to enjoy this portugal and spain itinerary, how to extend your iberian peninsula vacation (+ morocco advice), what to pack for your 2 weeks in portugal and spain, faq about planning a spain and portugal vacation, more portugal and spain travel tips, your 14 day spain and portugal itinerary map.

Some links in this post may be affiliate links. If you make a purchase through one of these links, we may earn a small commission at no extra cost to you. Please see our disclosure policy for more detail.

We structured this 14 day itinerary for Spain and Portugal as a “U” shaped route beginning in Barcelona and ending in Porto.

In addition to those 2 cities, we also cover stops in Seville , Cordoba , Granada, the Algarve, Lisbon , and Sintra .

In other words, this is a very, very fast-paced itinerary!

While very doable, I’ll be perfectly honest: this is a mildly exhausting pace, and if you prefer a more relaxed itinerary, trimming the stop that appeals to you the least is a very reasonable option.

We agonized over what destinations should make the cut (and it took me a long time to come to the conclusion Madrid wasn’t doable on top of everything else, though you could easily swap it for Barcelona or Porto if you prefer), but ultimately, we decided to suggest an ambitious but realistic plan that is as varied as possible.

Major cities, legendary architecture, stunning coastlines, and small towns all feature on this itinerary for Spain and Portugal, and we truly believe that you’ll walk away from this trip with a wonderful snapshot of both destinations.

In order to fit it all in, though, be prepared to lace up your most comfortable shoes, plan your transportation in advance, and squeeze lots of sightseeing into one day!

Oh, and pack as light as you can–trust me, unpacking and re-packing this many times in a row is not a blast.

What About Morocco?

When planning a combined vacation to Spain and Portugal, there’s another country that tends to draw the eye: Morocco, which sits a tantalizingly short ferry trip or plane ride away from the southern edge of the Iberian Peninsula.

We opted not to include Morocco here due to sheer logistics.

The reality is that 14 days is barely enough time to do justice to Spain and Portugal, let alone add on a whole additional country (with a wildly different culture, packing list, and attractions to consider, too).

When you add in the fact that Tangier, the Moroccan port city reachable by ferry from the Iberian Peninsula, isn’t typically the favorite destination of visitors to Morocco, it simply doesn’t make sense to add it to this route.

Now, that being said, Morocco is unforgettable–we still count our time there camping in the Sahara Desert as one of our favorite travel memories of all time.

If you have 3 weeks to work with instead of 2, you might consider adding a Morocco leg onto your trip.

We wouldn’t recommend a day trip, though: about 5 days, enough to see the Sahara Desert overnight as well as Marrakech and/or Fes, is enough to give you a solid taste of the country (though of course, 7-14 days would be even better).

With more time, the Blue City of Chefchaouen and the coastal city of Essaouira offer wonderful experiences.

This itinerary for visiting Spain and Portugal in 2 weeks is best accomplished with a mix of transportation.

Between each Spanish city, the best way to get around is typically via high-speed train, though a flight is an option on one route.

In order to pull this itinerary off effectively, you’ll want to purchase tickets in advance and make sure you’re using the most direct routes!

Spain’s high-speed AVE trains, like many high-speed trains around Europe, use dynamic pricing–in other words, you should lock down your fares as soon as you can commit to dates.

(Be sure to show up early, too, as high-speed train routes in Spain require a security check before boarding).

We use and recommend Omio , a ground transportation aggregate that is popular for traveling in Europe, for checking timetables and purchasing tickets.

For traveling between Spain and Portugal, which in this itinerary means traveling from Seville to Lagos, you’ll want to book a bus ( you can also do this through Omio , and the journey takes around 5 hours).

While it is possible to rent a car for this part of the route too, one-way drop-off fees between countries are generally astronomical.

Once you’re in Portugal, depending on your travel style, you might prefer to rent a car for the Algarve portion of your trip and then drive the car to Lisbon, or to do without and take the train to Lisbon.

Taking the train between Lisbon and Porto is very simple, but if you’d rather step off the beaten path and visit somewhere like Óbidos , the Alcobaca Monastery, or Tomar along the way, driving can also be fun!

This guide for traveling between Lisbon and Porto breaks down your options in detail.

Shop rental cars  and  train tickets  for your 2 weeks in Spain and Portugal today!

Here on Our Escape Clause, we have written (and continue to write) extensively about traveling to Spain and Portugal.

Those guides include (but are far from limited to) standalone trip itineraries for Spain , Portugal , and Andalucia , as well as detailed itineraries for most cities covered in this itinerary (for example, here are our suggestions for Madrid , Seville , and Lisbon ).

For that reason, I’ll try to keep the descriptions of each day semi-brief, as this Portugal and Spain travel guide will no doubt be extremely long regardless!

For more detailed day-to-day advice, I’ll continue to link to additional relevant guides throughout the itinerary, and you can also peruse all of our Portugal blog posts here and/or Spain blog posts here .

Day 1: Arrive in Barcelona and hit the ground running.

For the purposes of this 2 week Spain and Portugal itinerary, we’ll assume you arrive in Barcelona in the morning, jet-lagged but excited to start exploring!

(This is an extremely common schedule for flights from North America to Spain).

Once you drop off your language at your hotel (most are more than happy to store bags for you until check-in), it’s time to explore Barcelona’s iconic architecture.

On your first day in Barcelona, start with a visit to either  Casa Milà  or  Casa Batlló , two of the most famous homes designed by Gaudi!

They’re fairly close together, but given how much there is to see in Barcelona, we recommend only going inside one and seeing the other from the outside.

Personally, we recommend  pre-booking tickets for Casa Batlló  for as early a time in the day as possible.

After hitting up your first major attraction, take some time to explore the Gothic Quarter, including the Barcelona Cathedral, the Santa Caterina Market, the famous Las Ramblas, and Plaça Reia.

If you have time (and energy) Catalunya Plaza and Mercado de la Boqueria are also worth a look.

If you’re excited about all of Barcelona’s Catalan modernism architecture, we can also heartily recommend a visit to  Palau de la Música Catalana .

Though not designed by Gaudi, it’s an amazing (and compared to much of Barcelona, uncrowded) example of the style and a memorable place to visit!

Barcelona’s Arc de Triomf is also only a 10-minute walk away, and Ciutadella Park is just beyond it.

From there, depending on your energy, it might be time for a (brief) afternoon nap!

If you can pull together enough energy in the late afternoon or early evening, though, heading down to Barcelona’s coastline and soaking up some sunshine on the beaches (whether that means a swim or just grabbing a bench and enjoying the environment) is a memorable way to close out your first day on the Iberian Peninsula.

Where to Stay in Barcelona, Spain

When deciding where to stay in Barcelona, it’s important to keep in mind that this sprawling city requires some effort to move around.

In other words, there’s no way to stay near all the best things to see in Barcelona, but it’s best to stay by some of them!

We recently stayed at  Citadines Ramblas Barcelona  and were extremely satisfied–to the point that we may just keep going back on additional trips.

Our room was spacious, complete with a kitchenette, and extremely quiet despite the hotel being located in a prime spot right along Las Ramblas.

The view of the Barcelona Cathedral from the rooftop deck of the  Colón Hotel Barcelona  is pretty incredible too, though, and we have it bookmarked for a possible future trip.

If you’re traveling on a bit more of a budget,  Hotel Nouvel  also gets excellent reviews and is in a wonderful location.

Check rates & book your stay in Barcelona today!

Day 2: Dive deeper into Barcelona.

After your first full day of exploring, it’s time to dive even deeper into Barcelona!

Today, plan to head further afield, starting with a visit to  Park Güell  and/or Tibidabo for one of the best views over sprawling Barcelona!

(Keep in mind that these are a bit of a trek from the city center, especially Tibidabo, so plan on using a chunk of time for transportation).

Later on, the incredible Picasso Museum (which holds over 4,000 of the artist’s works), is a must-see for art lovers in Barcelona, while Camp Nou is a popular pilgrimage for football lovers.

And, of course, we can’t forget  the Sagrada Familia : Gaudi’s unfinished masterpiece of a cathedral is an absolute must-see when visiting Barcelona!

We visited in the early evening after hearing that the interior’s light was at its best then, and we were not disappointed–the colors were phenomenal.

If you wrap up at the Sagrada Familia before sunset and would like to enjoy the Mediterranean while in Barcelona, consider wrapping up your evening with  a sunset catamaran cruise .

Book skip-the-line tickets to visit the Sagrada Familia  today!

Day 3: Enjoy a morning stroll in Barcelona and then head to Seville.

After a last look at Barcelona–perhaps one more pass through the Gothic Quarter, a stroll along the beach, or a leisurely breakfast in a cafe–it’s time to head south to Andalucia!

Seville, the capital of Andalucia and one of the best places to visit in Spain, is a 6+ hour train ride from Barcelona.

Alternatively, it’s about a 2-hour flight between the 2 cities.

While we personally find the train more comfortable and pleasant (and it saves you the time and hassle of getting to and from the airports), there’s another factor to consider: flying is sometimes cheaper than traveling by train.

We recommend considering and pricing out both options, but either way, most of day 3 will be eaten up with getting to Seville!

Once you arrive, meander through Barrio Santa Cruz, grab dinner (or just a bunch of tapas– this popular tapas crawl is a fun option if you want to find the best spots with ease) and rest up for a full day of sightseeing tomorrow.

Shop train tickets from Barcelona to Seville today!

Where to Stay in Seville, Spain

When deciding where to stay in Seville, location is key as ideally, you’ll want to stay within walking distance of Seville’s best attractions.

We had a fantastic experience at  Petit Palace Puerta de Triana  on our most recent trip to Seville.

The hotel  has a fantastic location (central but also quiet–a far-from-guaranteed combination in Spain), a delicious breakfast, and comfortable rooms.

Looking for something a bit different?

The incredibly popular  Hotel Rey Alfonso X  is an excellent choice, and its rooftop views are sublime!

If you’d like to stick to more of a budget,  Hotel America Sevilla  gets wonderful reviews and doesn’t sacrifice too much in terms of location.

Meanwhile, for the height of luxury, you can’t beat the absolutely stunning  Hotel Alfonso XIII !

Check rates & book your stay in Seville today!

Day 4: See the best of Seville.

Today, it’s all about appreciating the beauty of colorful, vibrant Seville!

Don’t miss the chance to visit the gilded and glamorous Seville Cathedral (with a side of dark history: you’ll find the tomb of Christoper Colombus here).

Climbing the cathedral’s bell tower (Giralda) for incredible views of the city is also incredibly memorable, and included with your ticket for visiting the Seville Cathedral .

The tiled Plaza de Espana, which is one of the most photographed spots in the city, is also a must-see!

One of Seville’s top attractions, the Royal Alcazar of Seville , is definitely worth experiencing–but depending on your sightseeing style, you may prefer to skip it and enjoy relaxing in the city more.

The Alcazar, with its complex of intricate palaces and beautiful gardens, is incredible… but it is outshone by the Alhambra in Granada , which you’ll be seeing in a couple of days when following this itinerary for Spain and Portugal.

If you’re a traveler who likes to leave no stone unturned, we recommend visiting the Alcazar first thing in the morning–otherwise, you have a more leisurely pace to work with.

Regardless of what you decide about the Alcazar, though, we highly recommend ending your evening with this wildly popular flamenco show , which is held in a venue dating to the 15th century and will give you an excellent taste of flamenco culture.

Flamenco is widely associated with Spain as a whole, but it originated in the south of Spain–and, according to some sources, it originated in Seville itself, making this the perfect place to pause for a show!

Book your flamenco show in Seville today!

Day 5: Take a half-day trip to Cordoba.

Less than  an hour from Seville by train  or car, you’ll find the captivating Andalucian city of Cordoba–which happens to be one of our favorite places in the region!

Once the most powerful city in Islamic Spain, the Cordoba of today is small and manageable, a bite-size tourism destination that nonetheless leaves a big impact on visitors.

Cordoba is most famous for its incredible  Mosque-Cathedral –literally a former mosque with a cathedral built into its center–which is one of the most memorable buildings we’ve had a chance to visit anywhere.

The Mosque-Cathedral should absolutely be your top priority when visiting Cordoba, but beyond that, there’s still plenty to see within a short walk!

Snapping photos of the picturesque Calleja de las Flores, relaxing in the Patio de los Naranjos, wandering through the Jewish Quarter, and checking out some of  the beautiful patios of Cordoba  should also be on your to-do list.

After enjoying the best of Cordoba, head back for a relaxing night in Seville.

You’ll need the rest: tomorrow will be one of the busiest days during your Spain and Portugal vacation!

Day 6: Experience the legendary Alhambra.

Today is all about enjoying one of the giants of tourism in Spain: Granada’s legendary Alhambra.

This collection of centuries-old palaces (plus a fort, gardens, ruins of a medina, and more), is one of the most unique groupings of architecture in Europe, and the most-visited tourist attraction in Spain!

We wrote about  visiting the Alhambra extensively here , so I’ll try to keep this (kind of) brief, but the long and the short of it is that this is a place you need to plan ahead for.

Tickets often sell out, but coming from Seville for the day, we highly recommend booking an organized day trip (and as a bonus, that means you won’t need to book as far in advance as travelers hoping to score tickets independently).

Why take a tour?

While the Alhambra is absolutely worth seeing–it’s truly one of the most incredible places to visit in Spain, and worth going out of your way for–it’s in Granada, which is 3 hours, each way, from Seville.

Add in getting to and from the Alhambra itself and wanting to leave a small amount of time to sample the rest of Granada (we love this city!), and letting someone else take the lead will make your life much easier.

If that doesn’t appeal, there are two alternatives.

First, you could spend the previous night in Granada ( we stayed here and loved it )–but that will add on hours of travel to your journey to Portugal tomorrow.

Alternatively, you could opt to enjoy the Royal Alcazar in Seville instead, perhaps take a half-day trip to a closer town like Ronda or Setenil de las Bodegas, and save the Alhambra for another trip.

If you don’t expect to be back in Andalucia soon, we believe the Alhambra and Granada are worth the headache–but with only 14 days to visit Spain and Portugal, it’s completely understandable if you’d rather slow down a bit, too.

If you do want to experience the Alhambra, this day trip gets great reviews and covers transportation, the Alhambra (including the essential tickets to the Nasrid Palaces), and time in Granada’s beautiful Albayzin neighborhood.

Don’t miss the view from the Mirador de San Nicholas!

Book your day trip to the Alhambra in Granada today!

Day 7: Say goodbye to Spain and hop over to Lagos, Portugal.

As you hit the halfway point of your Iberian adventure, it’s time to trade Spain for Portugal!

The simplest and most efficient way to travel from Seville to Lagos will be to travel by bus , which takes about 5 hours.

Unfortunately, with no trains between Seville and the Algarve, and no direct flights, there are limited transportation options to work with.

However, the good news is that if you haven’t been on a bus since you were school-aged, these buses are likely much more comfortable than you may think!

Considering driving?

Unfortunately, picking up a rental car in one country and dropping it off in another tends to incur extreme fees–think around 1000 Euro, give or take.

Once you arrive in Lagos, check into your hotel and head to the sea!

If you’re ready to stretch your legs (and have enough time in the day–summer visitors will likely have better luck here than winter ones ), consider hiking the Ponta da Piedade coastal trail to one of Portugal’s most famous viewpoints.

It takes a bit over an hour each way, though you can trim time on the way back by simply hiking along the road instead of the trail (though it’s much less scenic).

Want to enjoy the views from Ponta da Piedade, but without the hike?

Calling a ride share (we tend to use FreeNow in Europe, though Uber works too) will get you there from the historic center of Lagos in just a few minutes.

Where to Stay in Lagos, Portugal

Lagos’ central location, beautiful beaches, and convenient town center make it a fantastic place to base yourself during your time in the Algarve!

Each of these properties boasts excellent reviews and a prime location within walking distance of many of the top things to do in Lagos.

For budget travelers, a fantastic included breakfast, private room, and free parking are all waiting for you at Dream Lagos B&B  –and as the rave reviews indicate, you won’t be disappointed.

The trade-off is staying a bit further from the town center, though still within walking distance.

For mid-range travelers, Hotel Lagosmar features excellent reviews and a perfect location right across from the Lagos Marina, plus a rooftop terrace with gorgeous views of the sea and town.

If you’d like to splash out a bit (and by the standards of much of Europe, the Algarve is a very affordable place to do so outside of the peak summer months), Tivoli Lagos makes a wonderful base in Lagos.

We adored our stay at this 4-star resort and would be thrilled to return to enjoy the beautiful property, gorgeous pool, restaurants, and delicious included breakfast again.

With free parking (almost) on-site, comfortable rooms, and incredibly easy access to Lagos’ attractions, Tivoli Lagos is a fantastic place to stay.

Check rates & book your stay in Lagos today!

Day 8: Soak up Algarve views.

With one full day to enjoy the Algarve, the best way to spend your time depends on a few factors, including your travel style, the season, your energy levels now that you’re past the halfway point of your 2 week trip through Spain and Portugal, and whether you feel like driving.

First things first, though: want to find a beach and spend all day on it?

You’re in a great place for that (though fair warning for those who grew up in hot climates like us: the water is quite chilly in the Algarve, even in summer).

Praia Meia, Praia do Camilo, Praia dos Estudantes, and Praia do Pinhão are just a handful of the many dreamy beaches in the immediate vicinity of Lagos (some within walking distance) that are excellent places to relax.

Praia do Camilo in particular is so scenic that it’s worth stopping by just to admire it for a minute!

Craving more activity?

Heading back to Ponta da Piedade, this time from the water, is an incredible experience!

Whether you want to kick back and relax on a boat ride or join an adventurous kayaking tour , you’ll be treated to unforgettable coastal views.

With any luck, you may spot a few dolphins, as well (though if that’s your focus, a dolphin spotting cruise might be more your speed).

Willing to head 30-45 minutes away from Lagos by taxi, ride-share, or rental car?

The famous Benagil Cave can be visited from the charming town of Carvoeiro, and the magnificent Seven Hanging Valleys Trail and Marinha Beach can also be accessed nearby!

If you want to actually walk inside Benagil Cave, though, prepare to sweat for it: popular boat tours like this can enter the cave but can’t land there.

If you want to land… you’ll need to visit by kayak or SUP (but don’t worry–it’s only a 200m distance or so from the shore).

Book your Benagil Cave kayaking tour  or  small boat tour  today!

Day 9: Make your way to Lisbon.

After a last breakfast, a local beach stroll, and possibly even a quick morning visit to Ponte da Piedade, it’s time to say goodbye to the Algarve and head north to Lisbon–our former home for more than a year and a downright delightful city to visit.

The fastest way to get to Lisbon from Lagos is to drive, however, since you won’t need a car once you arrive (and you’ll incur a one-way drop-off fee for returning the car to a different city), you’ll likely want to opt for a train or bus instead.

The train is the most comfortable option, but generally takes between 4 and 5 hours and requires you to make a change, as there are no direct routes between Lisbon and Lagos.

The bus, while less comfortable, is cheaper, doesn’t require a change, and is a bit faster.

You can check both train and bus prices and times here.

Once you arrive in Lisbon, it’s time to check into your hotel and then hit the ground running with sightseeing!

We loved this food tour , which starts later in the afternoon, and it is an excellent way to get introduced to the city.

Alternatively (or in addition!), head to the top of Lisbon to enjoy the gorgeous views from the remains of Castelo de São Jorge , and meander through Alfama.

Here, you’ll see many Lisbon postcards come to life, including the views from the Miradouro das Portas do Sol and the Miradouro de Santa Luzia, the famous Tram 28 (though we don’t recommend riding it–just snap photos from outside) and the Lisbon Cathedral.

As you head downhill from the heart of Alfama, you’ll reach the riverside neighborhood of Baixa (where the food tour starts).

Be sure to check out Praça do Comércio, Rossio Square, and the Church of São Domingos while there!

If you’re interested in experiencing an evening Fado show in Lisbon, tonight is a great opportunity to do so.

Book your Lisbon food tour today!

Where to Stay in Lisbon, Portugal

While there are plenty of excellent neighborhoods to stay in throughout Lisbon, we recommend picking somewhere central with good transportation connections around the city.

Alfama, Baixa, Chiado, Principe Real, and Barrio Alto are great names to keep an eye out for when browsing places to stay.

For a budget-friendly hostel experience (with private rooms available), the  Sunset Destination Hostel  is a great, centrally located option.

At a mid-range price tag, you can’t beat the location or rave reviews for  Tempo FLH Hotels Lisboa .

Looking for a splurge?

The Lumiares Hotel & Spa  is part of the much-acclaimed Small Luxury Hotels of the World Collection, and offers stunning views that you won’t forget anytime soon!

Check rates & book your stay in Lisbon today!

Day 10: Enjoy sightseeing in Lisbon.

Today is all about sightseeing in Lisbon–and wear some comfortable shoes, because it will be a long (and hilly) journey!

First things first: if you didn’t visit Alfama yesterday, take a quick stroll through there and the neighborhood of Castelo (and stop for some pasteis de nata at Pastelaria Santo António while you’re at it).

If you’ve already visited Alfama, start your morning in Lisbon’s Bairro Alto (high town) and Chiado, exploring a corner of the historic center that you didn’t get to see yesterday!

Highlights include the Miradouro de São Pedro de Alcantara, the overwhelming Church of São Roque, the Carmo Convent, and a stop at Livraria Bertrand , the oldest still-operating bookstore in the world.

If you’re a fan of glitzy cafes, consider also grabbing a coffee and pastry at A Brasileira.

From there it’s time to head over to the popular riverside neighborhood of Belém (taxi or ride share will be the easiest way to get there).

Here, you’ll find the famous Jerónimos Monastery and accompanying church (the church is free to enter, the monastery is not), the gorgeous Belém Tower (you don’t need to go in, but it’s worth seeing the exterior), the Monument of the Discoveries, and stunning views of the Tagus River.

You’ll also find the wildly popular Pastéis de Belém, which serves up the original pastéis de nata.

Yes, they are worth the long line (hint: the table service line is often much shorter than the takeaway line!), but if standing in line for carbs isn’t your thing, Manteigaria, another popular Lisbon bakery, has a location just down the street.

Meanwhile, the Jerónimos Monastery, while a must-see, is home to some of the longest lines for any tourist attraction in Portugal!

Pre-book your ticket and, since you’re visiting Belém in the afternoon, consider going close to closing time.

In the evening, close out your day with a sunset boat cruise on the Tagus River, soaking in some of the best views of Lisbon, the Tagus, and the Ponte 25 Abril Bridge from the water.

We absolutely loved our sunset cruise experience in Lisbon and highly recommend it–kicking back and relaxing with beautiful views is the perfect way to end a busy sightseeing day.

Book your sunset cruise in Lisbon today!

Day 11: Take a day trip to Sintra.

Set in the hills just outside of Lisbon, the beautiful town of Sintra–complete with several fantastic palaces–is easily among the most popular places to visit in Portugal.

From the beauty of the distinctive yellow-and-red Pena Palace to the quirky Alice in Wonderland vibes of Quinta da Regaleira to the stunning views from the Moorish Castle and beyond, visiting Sintra is incredibly memorable and worth the effort.

… But, its popularity also has another side effect: the palaces of Sintra are among the most crowded places included on this Iberian Peninsula itinerary, so be prepared for that.

With only 2 weeks to cover both Spain and Portugal, you’ll want to visit Sintra on a day trip from Lisbon, and that essentially leaves you 2 options: travel by public transportation, or on a guided day trip like this .

This day trip is one of the most popular tours in Portugal and includes visits to Pena Palace and Quinta da Regaleira as well as Cabo da Roca (long believed to be the westernmost point of mainland Europe, now simply a stunning viewpoint), and a short stop in the resort town of Cascais .

The pros of taking a tour are simple: as the palaces in Sintra are far enough apart that you can’t walk between most of them and parking is very tricky, it saves you time and allows you to see more.

The cons are simple too: with so many stops to make, you won’t have much time to linger.

If you’d rather travel independently, you can absolutely do that as well, though we recommend nabbing your tickets for Pena Palace and other popular places in advance.

The train takes about 40 minutes from central Lisbon.

Once you arrive in Sintra, you’ll board one of 2 buses that will take you to your first palace, and then (depending on which palaces you choose to see) another to your second and maybe third, depending on how fast you explore.

When you’re finished, you can head back to Lisbon via train or simply call an Uber (which is what we tend to do).

Book your day trip to Sintra today!

Day 12: Make your way from Lisbon to Porto.

All aboard to Porto!

The final destination of this itinerary for 2 weeks in Spain and Portugal, the beautiful city of Porto is compact and memorable, featuring stunning river views, endless port (and if you don’t think you like port… try it here before you commit to that opinion), and oodles of azulejos .

Easy sightseeing and a relaxed vibe make it the perfect final destination of your trip–but first, you need to get there!

The easiest way to travel from Lisbon to Porto is to take the train, which travels directly between the 2 cities and takes about 3.5 hours.

Most trains leave from Lisbon’s Santa Apolonia Station and run consistently throughout the day.

We go into more detail on managing the journey between the 2 cities in this blog post .

We recommend booking your train tickets for the earliest time you feel comfortable with–the sooner you get to Porto, the better!

Once you arrive in Porto, drop your bags off at your hotel (if it’s not time for check-in yet, they should be able to hold them in the lobby for you) and get ready to explore!

If you’re looking for a quick lunch, the roast pork and soft cheese sandwich at Casa Guedes is a great place to start.

From there, we recommend checking out some of Porto’s attractions that are further from the river, such as the Chapel of Souls, the Church of Saint Ildefonso, and Rua Santa Catarina.

If you have time, head over to the Church of Carmo, as and soak up the view from Miradouro da Vitória (and if you don’t have time to visit the Church of Carmo today, add it to your list for tomorrow).

And, of course, you can’t forget the very first attraction you’ll see as you arrive in Porto: the interior of the São Bento train station is magnificent!

Where to Stay in Porto, Portugal

We’ve visited Porto several times now, and have made a habit of staying at Pestana Porto – A Brasileira or NH Hotel Porto Batalha during our visits.

Both hotels are beautiful, with excellent customer service and incredibly central locations that both make it easy to explore Porto on foot and easy to check in when arriving by train.

(They both also welcome Ranger, a must for us).

If you’re traveling Spain and Portugal on a budget, the Zero Box Lodge Porto gets excellent reviews.

Check rates & book your stay in Porto today!

Day 13: Get to know Porto (and Vila Nova de Gaia).

After a leisurely brunch (we can heartily recommend Floresta Cafe and Esquires Coffee, both of which we’ve eaten at many times), make your way to Clerigos Tower to enjoy one of the most stunning views of Porto!

From there, check out the Porto Cathedral–while the church is free to enter, it’s well worth forking over a few Euro to explore the cloisters and attached museum, too.

Meander down toward the gorgeous Bolsa Palace (if you want to go inside, you’ll need to book a 30-minute guided tour ) and the Church of San Francisco, which is home to a downright stunning interior!

At this point, you’ll be very close to Porto’s vibrant, famous, and colorful riverside, also known as the Ribeira District.

Once the haunt of fishermen and sailors, and now the haunt of tourists, the Ribeira district is a beautiful place to relax and enjoy views of Porto.

Like many picturesque neighborhoods around the world, the restaurants here tend toward being expensive and mediocre, but you can find occasional gems (we enjoyed our meal at Grupo Desportivo Infante D. Henrique, which has a great view but is a bit out of the hustle and bustle).

From Ribeira, make your way across the (lower level of the) Dom Luis I Bridge, to Vila Nova de Gaia.

This charming riverfront destination is technically a separate city from Porto, but it’s also home to all of the port lodges, and no trip to Porto is complete without a port tasting!

This port cellar tour and tasting will give you a good idea of what to expect from a typical tasting, and you can either opt for an organized tour or a build-your-own adventure experience ( Quinta dos Corvos is a personal favorite lodge of ours).

This is also where you can hop on a 6 Bridges Cruise to experience Porto from the water for an hour–a delightful experience in and of itself.

Once you wrap up exploring Vila Nova de Gaia, ride the cable car back up to the top of the Dom Luis I Bridge, where you’ll be treated to gorgeous views over the city and an easy walk back to your hotel.

Day 14: Say goodbye to the Iberian Peninsula and head home.

As you come to the close of 14 (hopefully) perfect days spent exploring Portugal and Spain, there’s one more challenge ahead: getting home!

By far the simplest method for closing out this itinerary is to fly out of Porto, however, for many North Americans, there’s a chance that will be a less ideal option due to scheduling, price, or both (Porto’s airport is much smaller than Lisbon’s).

It’s worth considering, but most likely, you’ll want to head back to Lisbon either the night of day 13 or this morning in order to catch a flight home.

However you say goodbye, be sure to make time for at least one more pastel de nata as you bid adios and adeus to the Iberian Peninsula!

I mentioned this above, but it bears repeating here: while realistic, this itinerary is jam-packed, and one of the fastest-paced itineraries that we’ve published here on Our Escape Clause.

If you’re a traveler who loves to move fast, doesn’t mind changing hotels, and is hoping to see as much variety as possible on their Spain and Portugal vacation, you’ll love it (and be very excited to get home to your own bed afterward).

If you prefer a slower pace, or are enjoying 2 weeks in Spain and Portugal as part of an even longer adventure, you’ll likely want to slow it down a bit.

Here are a few good options for personalizing this itinerary.

Skip Porto to spend longer in Lisbon and the Algarve.

I debated for a long time whether or not to include Porto in the original itinerary above, as it adds quite a bit of travel time!

However, Porto is a small city that can be thoroughly sampled in a day, and it’s a very different city from the other cities featured on this itinerary.

Plus, port!

However, while we definitely consider Porto well worth a visit, if you’re flying out of Lisbon and want to limit your train time toward the end of the trip (it’s about 3 hours each way by train), skipping northern Portugal is definitely a valid option.

If you decide to spend longer in Lisbon, you might even want to add on an easy additional day trip to see a different side of Portugal, such as to Cascais or Óbidos ( here are the best day trips from Lisbon ).

Start your itinerary in Seville.

While Barcelona is wonderful, there’s no doubt that you can cut your travel time significantly by flying straight to Seville to start your trip!

The downside of this route is that you’ll only see one region of Spain ( Andalucia ), but the upside is, you’ll move at a much slower pace.

Skip the Algarve and head right to Lisbon.

We decided to include the Algarve in this 14 day itinerary as it is not only beautiful and an incredibly fun place to visit, but a great change of pace from the more city-sightseeing-and-history-focused stops that make up most of the itinerary.

However, while swapping city streets for sandy beaches and seaside hikes is a wonderful addition to this trip, you can definitely save time by heading right from Seville to Lisbon.

If you’re more interested in cities than coastlines, or the weather isn’t cooperating for your trip, this might be a great option.

Visiting Cabo da Roca from Lisbon as part of your day trip to Sintra, or taking a day trip to Cascais , will also give you a small chance to appreciate the beauty of the Portuguese coastline offers without leaving the Lisbon area.

Swap Barcelona for Madrid.

This change isn’t a matter of timing, but of taste (and flight schedules).

We included Barcelona in this itinerary over Madrid as there’s only room for one of Spain’s two most famous cities, and Barcelona is both the most popular and arguably the most unique.

However, while Barcelona’s Gaudi architecture, Catalan culture, and seaside location are phenomenal, Madrid also has a lot to offer!

If you’re a big fan of art museums and royal palaces, you might prefer the Spanish capital ( our recommended Madrid itinerary is a great guide to what to expect).

Not sure which you’d prefer?

Let flight deals dictate which city you visit!

Spain and Portugal are both the definitions of year-round destinations, and that includes this Spain and Portugal itinerary!

That being said, though, if you have flexible dates and are trying to pinpoint the ideal time to travel Portugal and Spain, we recommend enjoying this itinerary in the spring or fall.

Summer in Spain in particular, especially in Andalucia, can be brutally hot (we shudder to think of  visiting the Alhambra  at noon in July).

Winter is perfectly doable, but the weather can be rainy and less predictable than in spring or summer (it is, however, a fantastic time to go hiking in the Algarve, as long as you don’t mind skipping the swimming).

On the plus side for winter, though, you’ll experience few crowds, low prices, and still have a decent chance at soaking up some sunshine, albeit with a jacket at hand.

The sweet spot for this 14 day Spain and Portugal itinerary, though, which travels across a decent swath of both countries and therefore needs to take multiple climates into account, is the spring and fall.

We have spent time in both Portugal and Spain in every season, and while each trip was a delight, we have a special place in our hearts for the spring and fall!

If you’re lucky enough to have more than 2 weeks in Spain and Portugal, you have a chance to do two things: first, add Madrid to this itinerary (it was very hard leaving it off!).

And, second, slow down as much as you can: every one of the destinations included in this itinerary has plenty more to see, and also boasts far more incredible day trip options than there is time to cover in 2 weeks.

A day trip to Toledo from Madrid , to Monserrat from Barcelona, to Ronda from Seville, to Cascais from Lisbon , or to the Douro Valley from Porto, just barely scratches the surface of the options out there!

For even more ideas, here are the best day trips from Lisbon , and here are the best day trips from Barcelona .

By adding day trips instead of overnights, you’ll be able to slow down the pace of travel and enjoy your trip even more.

If you have close to 3 weeks on the Iberian Peninsula, that’s when I would start to potentially consider adding on a Morocco leg, if that’s something you’re interested in.

As I mentioned at the beginning of the post, we’d recommend concentrating on the Sahara Desert , Marrakech and/or Fes, and if you have time, Chefchaouen and/or Essaouira.

Taking the ferry from Spain or Portugal to Tangier, Morocco, is a cool experience (though if you have a tendency toward seasickness like me–fair warning, it was also a nauseating experience), but Tangier is quite far from the most popular places to visit in Morocco.

Unless you’re particularly interested in traveling overland for its own sake, flying will likely make more sense, and there are tons of budget airline routes between Spain, Portugal, and Morocco.

Our detailed packing lists for visiting Europe in the spring ,  summer ,  fall , and  winter  cover just about everything you’ll need to bring on your 14 day Spain and Portugal vacation!

To get you started on your list, though, here are a few essentials to add to your packing list:

Travel Adaptors for Spain and Portugal  — If you’re coming from outside of mainland Europe, you’ll definitely need adaptors for your electronics!

Spain and Portugal use the same plugs/voltage, so you won’t need anything different when moving between them.

Travel Insurance  — No one like to think about the possibility of canceled or interrupted trips, let alone accidents on the road.

Anything can happen while traveling, though–and that’s where travel insurance can help.

Check travel insurance policy inclusions and prices with  Safety Wing  for your trip here.

Camera  — We completely adore our  Sony a7R III , but whatever camera you’re comfortable with works–just make sure you have something with you to preserve your memories!

Comfortable Day Bag  — We currently use   Pacsafe’s sleek anti-theft backpack  and love it, but if you don’t want to shell out the cash for this trip, that’s totally understandable.

Just aim for something comfortable to wear, not flashy, and medium-sized–we used a  Northface Jester backpack  for years and loved it as well.

Sunglasses  — The sun in Spain and Portugal is famous for a reason!

I find myself regularly reaching for sunglasses even in the winter when on the Iberian Peninsula.

Apple Air Tags  — Air Tags are a relatively new addition to our packing list, but we’ve absolutely loved having the extra security when checking our luggage!

They’ll be coming with us from now on.

Reusable Water Bottle  — Save both money and plastic during your 14 days in Spain and Portugal and add a reusable water bottle to your packing list for Europe!  I love this metal one .

Portable USB Charger  — Don’t stress about your phone dying while you’re sightseeing in Portugal and Spain: bring a USB charger along for the ride.

How many days do you need for Portugal and Spain?

Personally, we recommend visiting for a minimum of 2 weeks if you want to have a solid overview of both Spain and Portugal.

If you have less time to work with, consider sticking with fewer destinations, and perhaps sampling one city in each country instead.

Can you do Spain and Portugal on the same trip?

Yes, you can absolutely visit both Spain and Portugal on the same trip!

As next-door neighbors located in the far southwestern corner of Europe, Portugal and Spain make a great combination when planning a European vacation .

Is it possible to visit Spain and Portugal in 7 days?

Yes, you can visit both Spain and Portugal in 7 days–but don’t expect (or try) to see everything!

If you have a week in Spain and Portugal, we recommend picking one city in each country to focus on, with a possible day trip from each.

You’ll likely want to fly between the two countries in this scenario as well unless you happen to pick Lisbon and Seville, which are fairly close together (about 4.5 hours by car).

Can you drive a rental car from Spain to Portugal?

Typically, yes, you can drive rental cars between Spain and Portugal.

Be sure to confirm with your rental car company, though, and as always, make sure you tell them you plan to cross borders!

Can you rent a car in Spain and return it in Portugal (or vice versa)?

Yes, it’s technically possible to rent a car in one EU country and return it to another, but be prepared for an eye-watering fee for doing so!

One-way rental fees are almost always a bit pricey, but when it comes to crossing borders, it can get very expensive: we’ve been quoted around 1000 Euro (not a typo) more than once for the privilege.

If you plan to rent a car for your trip to Spain and Portugal, be sure to build extra fees into your budget… or just plan on returning it to the same country you picked it up in.

Check prices and shop rental cars for your Spain and Portugal road trip today!

Which is cheaper to visit, Spain or Portugal?

We go into this in a bit more detail in our Spain vs Portugal comparison post , but the basic answer is that while online resources and blog posts tend to state that Portugal is cheaper to visit than Spain, the reality on the ground is a bit more complex.

The cost of travel in Spain (and Portugal, for that matter) varies dramatically based on where you visit.

Barcelona, for example, clocks in as a pricey destination on par with  Paris  or  Milan , while other regions like Andalucia can be  far  less expensive–including less expensive than popular places in Portugal’s Algarve.

Overall, from the perspective of planning a vacation, I would say that the Spain leg of this trip and the Portugal leg probably cost about the same, with the most expensive destination (Barcelona) being balanced out by Andalucia being among the more affordable stops.

Can you take the train between Spain and Portugal?

Technically, you can take trains between Spain and Portugal… but for this trip, you probably won’t want to.

Spain and Portugal are not well-connected by train, and doing so requires going out of your way from most major tourist destinations (there’s a train from Porto to Vigo in the north, and alternatively, with multiple stops, you can cobble together a very long route through the center of Portugal into Spain).

Lisbon and Madrid used to be connected via a night train, but that was discontinued in 2020 and talk of bringing it back (or installing a high-speed rail) is stalled at rumor level indefinitely.

There are no trains connecting the Algarve to Andalucia.

Looking for more tips for visiting Spain and Portugal?

We’ve written about both countries extensively, with many more blog posts to come in the future!

You can scroll through all of our Portugal articles here , our Spain articles here , or check out these guides:

• The Ultimate 3 Days in Lisbon Itinerary
• Visiting the Alhambra in Granada: 21 Important Tips (FAQ + Tour Info!)
• 17 Best Things to Do in Lagos, Portugal (+ Nearby!)
• The Ultimate 3 Days in Madrid Itinerary
• How to Travel From Lisbon to Porto (By Train, Car, or Bus!)
• 19 Best Day Trips from Barcelona (+ How to Get There!)

Take This Map With You! Click each highlight to pull up the name of the destination. To save this map to “Your Places” on Google Maps, click the star to the right of the title. You’ll then be able to find it under the Maps tab of your Google Maps account! To open the map in a new window, click the button on the top right of the map.

About Kate Storm

In May 2016, I left my suburban life in the USA and became a full-time traveler. Since then, I have visited 50+ countries on 5 continents and lived in Portugal, developing a special love of traveling in Europe (especially Italy) along the way. Today, along with my husband Jeremy and dog Ranger, I’m working toward my eventual goal of splitting my life between Europe and the USA.

9 thoughts on “The Perfect 2 Week Spain and Portugal Itinerary (+ Essential Tips!)”

This Spain and Portugal itinerary is a fantastic guide for planning my upcoming trip – it covers all the highlights I’ve been dreaming of! 🌍🌟

Thanks so much! Have a great trip. 🙂

Wonderful info in this guide. Planning our Portugal and Spain trip for April/May 2024 including 10 day Portuguese Camino de Santiago walk. I will be using lots of the tips you have included in this itinerary. Thank you.

Thanks so much, Glenda–hope your Camino is wonderful!

Hi. Thanks for the tips & advice. What’s the best way to visit sights in each city? Uber? And did you book your accommodation in each city in advance?

Within each city, a combination of walking, tram/metro, and occasional taxi or Uber is best–it depends on which city and which specific sites you’re trying to visit! We have written detailed itineraries on several of the included cities that break those steps down in more detail. For example, here’s one of our Lisbon itineraries: https://www.ourescapeclause.com/3-days-in-lisbon-itinerary/

We do recommend booking your accommodation in advance. Personally, we never choose to arrive in a city without knowing where we’re staying. 🙂

Any suggestions re: going “counter clockwise” from Barcelona to Lisbon? We’d like to catch San Sebastian/Bilbao and maybe part of the Camino on the way to Porto then head home from Lisbon (2-3 weeks). Thank you for sharing your great insight!

My understanding is that you’re wanting to cover Barcelona, San Sebastian/Bilbao, some of the Camino (we’ll call that 5-7 days), Porto, and Lisbon–but nowhere else on this itinerary.

If so, that’s doable over 3 weeks, though I’d consider trimming one stop (probably the Camino, as it’s a bit of a commitment even when doing a section) if you need to trim the trip down to 2 weeks.

You’ll also be in the lucky position of being able to take the train from Spain to Portugal, which is typically out of the question for most standard itineraries! There is a route from Vigo (you can connect there from Santiago de Compostela in Spain) to Porto that will get you across the border.

Great insight. Thank you!

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

National Geographic content straight to your inbox—sign up for our popular newsletters here

What you need to know about European travel this summer

With headlines warning of everything from flight delays to wildfires, summer travel is changing. Here’s how to make sure your trip this summer goes smoothly.

Record numbers of tourists are expected to visit Europe this summer. In the first three months of 2024, the number of international arrivals has already risen by 7.2% compared to 2019’s pre-pandemic figures, according to the European Travel Commission , with 120 million international tourists visiting the region in that time. Yet while this is welcome news for the tourism industry, some challenges remain for visitors, especially during the summer’s busy peak season, when potential flight delays, high temperatures, new laws and major events could all impact travel. Here’s what you need to know to make sure your European trip this summer goes smoothly.

1. What you need to know about flight disruptions

Increased passenger numbers, staff shortages and strikes meant there were 106.7 million delayed air passengers in Europe during peak summer months last year. More than 700,000 passengers were affected over the August bank holiday in the UK alone following a technical meltdown at air traffic control. This year, EasyJet has had to cancel over 100 flights from Paris due to a no-fly zone during the opening ceremony of the Olympic Games. Ryanair has also cut flights from its summer schedule after the delivery of several of its new Boeing aircraft was delayed. If you’re due to fly, visit the airport’s website for the latest information, and check social media for real-time updates from other travellers. Remember that you may be owed compensation if you face disruption, but rules vary, so take out a travel insurance policy as soon as you book flights.

( What should you do if your flight is delayed or cancelled? )

2. Why you should consider travelling by train

Keep your carbon footprint low, avoid airport hassle and see even more of Europe this summer by taking advantage of a whole host of new and expanded routes across the continent. New services include a high-speed route connecting Barcelona to Madrid and Seville , a sleeper train from Brussels to Prague , a daily train between Vilnius and Riga , a relaunched night train between Paris and Nice and a sleeper train from Rome to the Dolomites . Following the success of Germany’s €49 unlimited monthly travel pass last year, France has also introduced its own nationwide rail pass for the same price. However, this is only valid for those under 27 and excludes high-speed TGV trains and travel in the greater Paris region of Ile-de-France.

( 6 of the world’s best coastal rail journeys .)

3. What to do you if you’re affected by wildfires

Following unprecedented high temperatures, wildfires swept through some of Europe’s most popular tourist spots last summer, scorching parts of Tenerife, mainland Spain, Greece, Portugal and Italy. This year, protective measures have already been put in place that aim to prevent a repeat of the disaster, with Greece banning all outdoor fires from April and increasing investment in fire detection and water tankers. To ensure you’re protected if the worst happens, arrange travel insurance at the time of booking, then keep an eye on official travel advisories for up-to-date information. If you’re affected by wildfires or any other natural disasters when you’re away, follow the advice of the emergency services and evacuate when instructed, then contact your tour operator or airline for help getting home.

( What to do if you’re caught in a disaster while travelling. )

4. How big events could disrupt your travel  

From Taylor Swift’s tour across Europe to the UEFA European Championship in Germany, Europe is limbering up for a summer of major cultural and sporting events. The Olympic Games in Paris are expected to attract three million more visitors than usual . This is likely to mean a greater demand for accommodation, higher prices, crowded public transport, unexpected road closures and even increased security checks in response to the heightened risk of terrorist attacks. If your holiday does coincide with an event, try to explore beyond the city itself, visit nearby tourist attractions that could be quieter than normal, or just enjoy the inevitable citywide buzz surrounding the main event.

( How to explore Paris this summer beyond the Olympics. )

5. Why you should think about overcrowding

While many destinations welcome a return to pre-pandemic levels of tourism, others are actively trying to deter visitors. In Barcelona , tour groups have been capped at 20 people, while entrance to Athens’ Acropolis is now limited to 20,000 tourists each day. Dubrovnik has already cut the number of souvenir stands by 80%, while thousands attended an anti-tourism protest in Santa Cruz de Tenerife in April. All are concerned that overcrowding leads to skyrocketing prices for locals and causes environmental damage, with increased plastic pollution, erosion of heritage sites and traffic congestion. Consider less-visited destinations instead, swapping Santorini for Folegandros an hour’s ferry ride away, Dubrovnik for Šibenik with its medieval centre and fortress, or Barcelona for the Spanish seaside city of Valencia.

( What’s the problem with overtourism? )

6. How to deal with heatwaves

2023 was the hottest year on record globally, with temperatures in Europe above average for 11 months of the year. The Mediterranean was the worst area affected, with temperatures soaring above 40°C across Italy, Spain, Turkey, Cyprus and Greece. Consider travelling outside the hottest months, between July and September, or visiting destinations further north such as Denmark, Germany, Belgium, Lithuania or Ireland which should escape the most intense heat. If temperatures do climb, wear high-factor SPF, avoid being outside in the middle of the day and wear light-coloured clothes made from breathable materials. Avoid alcohol and drink plenty of water, and keep a close eye on vulnerable people, including young children and the elderly.

7. How to avoid being caught out by local laws and taxes

Do your research before travelling to make sure you don’t fall foul of new laws. A €5 tax for day-trippers was introduced in Venice in April, for example, and will be enforced on selected dates until July. It can be paid online in advance, and those staying overnight are exempt but do still need to register. A second tourist tax of €1 to €5 per night is already applicable to overnight stays and should be paid at your hotel. Be aware that some Airbnbs ask that this is paid in cash. Other new rules in parts of Mallorca and Ibiza ban drinking on the street and prevent shops selling alcohol at night, though you will still be able to buy drinks in bars and restaurants.

Related Topics

• FAMILY TRAVEL
• CITY GUIDES

You May Also Like

How to explore Paris this summer beyond the Olympics

Would you travel by flying taxi? Here's everything you need to know

Introducing nat geo kids book bundle.

Peak fun: what's new in the Alps this summer, from trains to trails

3 European cities of innovation and what they're doing to build a better future

The ultimate Canary Islands itinerary: 48 hours in Northern Lanzarote

The best packing cubes to save space and keep you organized

A family city guide to Berlin

• Environment
• Paid Content
• Photography

History & Culture

• History & Culture
• History Magazine
• Mind, Body, Wonder
• Destination Guide
• Terms of Use
• Privacy Policy
• Your US State Privacy Rights
• Children's Online Privacy Policy
• Interest-Based Ads
• About Nielsen Measurement
• Do Not Sell or Share My Personal Information
• Nat Geo Home
• Attend a Live Event
• Book a Trip
• Inspire Your Kids
• Shop Nat Geo
• Visit the D.C. Museum
• Learn About Our Impact
• Support Our Mission
• Advertise With Us
• Customer Service
• Renew Subscription
• Manage Your Subscription
• Work at Nat Geo
• Sign Up for Our Newsletters
• Contribute to Protect the Planet

Copyright © 1996-2015 National Geographic Society Copyright © 2015-2024 National Geographic Partners, LLC. All rights reserved

• Share full article

Advertisement

Supported by

Here It Comes: Another Hot Summer in Europe

Extreme heat and other weather challenges are in the forecast this summer, and travel advisers, tourists and local officials are getting prepared.

By Ceylan Yeğinsu

Europe, the world’s fastest-warming continent, is headed for another scorching summer, meteorologists warn. And travelers, once again, are heading to the hot spots.

Last year, large parts of southern Europe experienced prolonged periods of extreme heat with temperatures reaching 118 degrees and lasting up to two weeks or more. The sweltering conditions upended vacations throughout the summer season as visitors collapsed from heat exhaustion at crowded tourist sites, and wildfires led to evacuations in Greece, Italy and Spain.

“Our computer models are in good agreement that it’s going to be another unusually hot summer, especially during late July through August,” said Todd Crawford, vice president of meteorology at Atmospheric G2 , a weather and climate intelligence firm based in Manchester, N.H. The company expects the magnitude of the heat to be similar to 2022, the hottest summer ever recorded in Europe, with the most anomalous heat projected in the south, in popular countries for travelers like Greece, Croatia and Italy.

Since 1991, Europe has been warming at twice the global average, and 23 of the 30 most severe heat waves in Europe since 1950 have occurred since 2000, with five in the last three years, according to the World Meteorological Organization. The European Union's Copernicus Climate Change Service said several factors contribute to the continent’s vulnerability, including the proportion of European land in the Arctic — the fastest-warming region on earth — and changes in atmospheric circulation.

Yet despite the forecast and increasing trend of excessive summer heat, demand is still high for destinations where temperatures reached 100 degrees or higher in recent summers. Overall, U.S. demand for travel to Europe has increased since last year, according to the travel site Hopper . Rome, Paris and Athens are among the most searched cities out of billions of annual searches for summer vacations on Kayak and Expedia.

“The destinations are being booked again, and what really characterizes people is how quickly they forget and push back negative experiences,” said Stefan Gössling, a professor who researches tourism and climate change at Linnaeus University in Sweden. “People who were caught in life-threatening situations like the wildfires may reconsider where they travel, but for the broader population, we are not yet seeing a big change in decision-making because of the heat.”

Green spaces and heat officers: Cities adapt

As the summer approaches, popular destinations that were hit hard last year are working on protocols to make residents and tourists safe and more comfortable. In 2021, Athens became the first European city to appoint a chief heat officer to oversee those efforts. One of the first steps was to categorize heat waves by severity, like hurricanes, as an early warning system for the potential impact on human health. It is also naming heat waves to emphasize their potential risks.

“Heat is a silent killer and projections for the coming years show that it will only get worse, so we are redesigning our city and making changes to adapt,” said Elissavet Bargianni, the chief heat officer for Athens. Beyond raising awareness, the city plans to implement additional measures, which include increasing the number of green spaces and creating cool public areas.

For visitors planning to visit Athens this summer, Ms. Bargianni advises using the Extrema Global app that calculates the coolest route for getting from point A to point B according to the current temperature and density of the trees. The city already has several air-conditioned cooling centers that are free.

During last July’s heat wave, the Acropolis was forced to close between midday and the early evening to protect visitors after some of them collapsed from the heat. The ministry of culture could make the same decision this year, Ms. Bargianni said, if the heat is severe.

Heat and tours: Travel advisers get creative

Travel advisers are also factoring heat into flexible itineraries. In cities like Rome, Barcelona, Paris and Athens, they are scheduling sightseeing in the cooler morning and evening hours, and arranging air-conditioned transportation.

“We tend to do activities and tours in the morning, then stop for lunch, and in the mid- to late afternoon you either go back to the hotel to sit by the pool or go to the beach,” said Gary Portuesi, a co-managing partner at Authentic Explorations, a New York-based travel company that specializes in Europe.

If clients insist on taking midday tours, the company will work with local partners to make the experience as comfortable as possible. “If there is a six-hour tour, for example, they will cut it down to four and take them to an air-conditioned gelateria for a break,” Mr. Portuesi said.

It is not only the heat that travel advisers have had to grapple with, but also other unpredictable weather events. Last summer, while some parts of the continent were hot and dry, others were cold and wet. “There was a period during the summer peak when it was hotter in the Dolomites than it was in Sicily,” said Jennifer Schwartz, the Italy-based partner of Authentic Explorations. “The most important aspect of our job is to set expectations about the variables and guide people instead of saying it’s too hot, don’t come.”

Heat insurance?

To help travelers book with more confidence, Sensible Weather, a Los Angeles-based start-up that provides a weather guarantee for vacations and outdoor experiences, has recently added high heat protection to its coverage. When booking through a Sensible partner, travelers will be able to add daily protection and if the temperature exceeds a threshold — usually set between 90 and 100 degrees — they can claim reimbursement. Currently, the insurance is only available in the United States, but, the company said, will gradually be rolled out in Europe and elsewhere.

“The goal of the company is to cover everything that can ruin a trip, and usually it’s rain, but temperature is number two,” said Nick Cavanaugh, the company’s founder who was developing the product while caught in a heat wave in Barcelona last year.

Customers do not need to cancel their trip in order to be reimbursed. Those on package tours are reimbursed for the average daily rate of their entire trip for each day that surpassed the heat threshold. “Our customers can still go on their vacations, but if it’s too hot for some hours of the day and unpleasant to go outside, you can hang out in the air-conditioning and we will reimburse you,” Mr. Cavanaugh said.

Heading to cooler climes

Some travelers who were caught in Europe’s heat waves last summer are seeking cooler destinations this summer in places like Norway, Slovenia, Switzerland, Sweden and Finland. Flight searches for Tromsø, Norway, for example, have increased by 85 percent over 2023, according to Kayak.

Joanna Walker, a 43-year-old recruiter from Boston, was caught in a blistering heat wave with her family in Italy last July and vowed never to return during the summer. She said she had been advised to travel during the shoulder season, but couldn’t because her children were in school.

“We couldn’t even cool off in the pool because there was no shade and the water was hot,” Ms. Walker recalled. “We wanted to see the sights in Florence and have long lunches in the piazzas, but instead we were stuck in our overpriced villas under the air-conditioning.”

This year her family has booked a tour of Norway’s fjords in July, where temperatures linger in the high 60s. “It’s going to be a different vibe to Italy for sure, lots of nature and not as much history, but at least it will be cool enough to experience something.”

Follow New York Times Travel on Instagram and sign up for our weekly Travel Dispatch newsletter to get expert tips on traveling smarter and inspiration for your next vacation. Dreaming up a future getaway or just armchair traveling? Check out our 52 Places to Go in 2024 .

Ceylan Yeginsu is a travel reporter for The Times who frequently writes about the cruise industry and Europe, where she is based. More about Ceylan Yeğinsu

Explore Our Weather Coverage

Extreme Weather Maps: Track the possibility of extreme weather in the places that are important to you .

Heat Safety: Heat waves are becoming increasingly common across the world. Here is how to keep yourself and your loved ones cool, hydrated and healthy .

Tornado Alerts: A tornado warning demands instant action. Here’s what to do if one comes your way .

Flash Flooding: Fast rising water can be deadly. Here’s what to do if you’re caught off guard , and how to prepare for a future flooding event.

Evacuating Pets: When disaster strikes, household pets’ lives are among the most vulnerable. You can avoid the worst by planning ahead .

Climate Change: What’s causing global warming? How can we fix it? Our F.A.Q. tackles your climate questions big and small .

• Election 2024
• Entertainment
• Newsletters
• Photography
• Personal Finance
• AP Investigations
• AP Buyline Personal Finance
• AP Buyline Shopping
• Press Releases
• Israel-Hamas War
• Russia-Ukraine War
• Global elections
• Asia Pacific
• Latin America
• Middle East
• Election Results
• Delegate Tracker
• AP & Elections
• Auto Racing
• 2024 Paris Olympic Games
• Movie reviews
• Book reviews
• Personal finance
• Financial Markets
• Business Highlights
• Financial wellness
• Artificial Intelligence
• Social Media

Biden to make his first state visit to France after attending D-Day 80th commemorations next week

FILE - France’s President Emmanuel Macron, left, speaks with U.S. President Joe Biden during a family photo of leaders of the G7 and invited countries during the G7 Leaders’ Summit in Hiroshima, western Japan, Saturday, May 20, 2023. French President Emmanuel Macron’s office said Thursday that U.S. President Joe Biden will make his first state visit to France next week after attending D-Day 80th anniversary commemorations in Normandy. Macron will be hosting Biden and his wife Jill on June 8, the statement said. (Brendan Smialowski/Pool Photo via AP, File)

• Copy Link copied

PARIS (AP) — French President Emmanuel Macron’s office said Thursday that U.S. President Joe Biden will make his first state visit to France next week after attending D-Day 80th anniversary commemorations in Normandy.

Macron will be hosting Biden and his wife Jill on June 8, the statement said.

Both presidents will discuss “the need for unwavering, long-term support for Ukraine” at a time when war has returned to Europe, 80 years after the landings that led to the liberation of France and the continent from Nazi Germany’s occupation, Macron’s office said.

In Normandy next week, major commemorations will draw 25 heads of state and government, along with dozens of World War II veterans , to honor the nearly 160,000 troops from Britain, the United States, Canada and other nations that landed on June 6, 1944.

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy is among those expected to attend .

Biden’s state visit will allow “close coordination” between France and the U.S. on world crises ahead of international events including the summit of the Group of Seven major economies next month in Italy and the NATO summit in Washington in July.

Discussions also will include climate-related issues and will focus on strengthening bilateral cooperation, particularly in the economic, space and nuclear fields, the statement said.

Macron and his wife Brigitte went on a state visit to the U.S. in Dec. 2022.

We've detected unusual activity from your computer network

To continue, please click the box below to let us know you're not a robot.

Why did this happen?

Please make sure your browser supports JavaScript and cookies and that you are not blocking them from loading. For more information you can review our Terms of Service and Cookie Policy .

For inquiries related to this message please contact our support team and provide the reference ID below.

NEWS... BUT NOT AS YOU KNOW IT

The common airport mistake that could cost you £200 on your next holiday

Share this with

Tapping your card may be all well and good when it comes to day-to-day spending, but on holiday, cash is still king.

Even if your bank promises no fees for using your card abroad, it’s still important to have some of the local currency in your wallet to pay for taxis, leave tips, and book excursions.

But leaving buying your travel money to the last minute before you get on a plane can be costly – especially at certain airports.

A recent study by eurochange looked at priced offered in the UK’s five busiest airports in the UK, finding that Brits could be losing out on over £200 when they purchase €1,000 at London Stansted due to a less-than-ideal exchange rate of €0.9076 per £1.

Even at the cheapest airport (Birmingham) you’re looking at wasting £155.98 on the same transaction; that’s enough to get a whole load of cocktails, banana boat rides or souvenirs.

If you’re heading across the pond, the savings missed out on per $1,000 ranges from £144.17 at Birmingham Airport to £193.93 at Stansted.

Savings missed out on per €1,000 at UK airports

Birmingham : £155.98

Edinburgh : £157.85

London Heathrow : £163.90

London Luton : £161.66

London Stansted : £208.80

In general, global exchange rates are far higher at the terminal than they are on the high street or online, so it pays to plan ahead.

Laura Evans-Fisk, head of digital engagement at eurochange comments: ‘Changing money at the airport is absolutely the least cost-effective way of picking up your holiday money, as rates can be up to 13% higher than they are on the high-street or online.

‘This is simply because there is much less competition, and they know customers aren’t shopping around for the best deal, so they can rack up the rates.’

Savings missed out on per $1,000 at UK airports

Birmingham : £144.17

Edinburgh : £145.90

London Heathrow : £152.84

London Luton : £149.33

London Stansted : £193.93

As well as sorting out your travel money ahead of time, Laura recommends keeping an eye on the exchange rate before you travel and stocking up when you get a good deal.

She also advises buying between Monday and Thursday, adding: ‘These are the least busy days for transfers, so you might see a little less fluctuation in the mid-market rate over these days.’

For those who don’t like carrying physical cash around, a prepaid travel money card can be a good alternative, especially if you’re taking a multi-location break and will need a few different currencies.

Your Daily Horoscope

Daily horoscope today: June 6, 2024 astrological predictions for your star sign

‘Plus you don’t get charged for using them, as you often do when you use a normal bank card,’ adds Laura.

Do you have a story to share?

Get in touch by emailing [email protected] .

MORE : What your in-flight tipple really does to your health

MORE : Little-known European town is a ‘prettier’ Prague alternative — only without the stag dos

MORE : The shortest flight from UK lets you do a European city break in a day

Get need-to-know travel news, inspiration and advice from Metro every week.

Sign up here....

Privacy Policy

You were tall, with light-coloured eyes, brown hair, an eyebrow piercing…

To the curly haired white man in black. You were on the Elizabeth line…

Enter your birthday for your free daily horoscope sent straight to your inbox!

Get us in your feed